2011 Nissan Juke Owner's Manual

User Manual: 2011-juke

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 347

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby
:

Black plate (2,1)

Foreword
Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN
owners. This vehicle is delivered to you with
confidence. It was produced using the latest
techniques and strict quality control.
This manual was prepared to help you understand the operation and maintenance of your
vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles of
driving pleasure. Please read through this
manual before operating your vehicle.
A separate Warranty Information Booklet
explains details about the warranties covering your vehicle. The NISSAN Service
and Maintenance Guide explains details
about maintaining and servicing your vehicle. Additionally, a separate Customer
Care/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) will
explain how to resolve any concerns you
may have with your vehicle, as well as
clarify your rights under your state’s lemon
law.
Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best.
When you require any service or have any
questions, we will be glad to assist you with the
extensive resources available to us.

WARNING
IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY!
Follow these important driving rules to
help ensure a safe and comfortable trip
for you and your passengers!
. NEVER drive under the influence of
alcohol or drugs.
.

ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for
conditions.

ALWAYS give your full attention to
driving and avoid using vehicle
features or taking other actions that
could distract you.

ALWAYS use your seat belts and
appropriate child restraint systems.
Pre-teen children should be seated
in the rear seat.

ALWAYS provide information about
the proper use of vehicle safety
features to all occupants of the
vehicle.

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELY
Before driving your vehicle, read your Owner’s
Manual carefully. This will ensure familiarity with
controls and maintenance requirements, assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle.

ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manual for important safety information.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD
DRIVING
This vehicle will handle and maneuver
differently from an ordinary passenger
car because it has a higher center of
gravity for off-road use. As with other
vehicles with features of this type, failure
to operate this vehicle correctly may
result in loss of control or an accident.
Be sure to read “On-pavement and offroad driving precautions”, “Avoiding collision and rollover” and “Driving safety
precautions” in the “5. Starting and driving” section of this manual.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification could affect its performance,
safety or durability, and may even violate
governmental regulations. In addition,
damage or performance problems resulting from modification may not be covered
under NISSAN warranties.

WHEN READING THE MANUAL
This manual includes information for all
options available on this model. Therefore,
you may find some information that does
not apply to your vehicle.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 23

Black plate (3,1)

All information, specifications and illustrations in
this manual are those in effect at the time of
printing. NISSAN reserves the right to change
specifications or design at any time without
notice.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those
above call attention to an item in the illustration.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT
THIS MANUAL

WARNING

You will see various symbols in this manual. They
are used in the following ways:

WARNING
This is used to indicate the presence of
a hazard that could cause death or
serious personal injury. To avoid or
reduce the risk, the procedures must
be followed precisely.

CAUTION
This is used to indicate the presence of
a hazard that could cause minor or
moderate personal injury or damage to
your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk,
the procedures must be followed carefully.

SIC0697

If you see the symbol above, it means “Do not
do this” or “Do not let this happen”.

If you see a symbol similar to those above in an
illustration, it means the arrow points to the front
of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those
above indicate movement or action.

Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and certain vehicle components
contain or emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive
harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products
of component wear contain or emit
chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects
or other reproductive harm.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY
Some vehicle parts, such as lithium batteries, may contain perchlorate material.
The following advisory is provided: “Perchlorate Material - special handling may
apply, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/
hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (4,1)

Bluetooth® is a trademark owned
by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A.
and licensed to Visteon Corporation.
XM Radio® requires subscription, sold separately. Not available in Alaska, Hawaii or Guam.
For more information, visit www.
xmradio.com.

C 2010 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.
*

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s
Manual may be reproduced or stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form, or
by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the
prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co.,
Ltd.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (5,1)

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE
PROGRAM
NISSAN CARES ...
Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are
our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.
However, if there is something that your
NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you
would like to provide NISSAN directly with
comments or questions, please contact the
NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department using
our toll-free number:

For U.S. customers
1-800-NISSAN-1
(1-800-647-7261)
For Canadian customers
1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for
the following information:
— Your name, address, and telephone number
— Vehicle identification number (attached to
the top of the instrument panel on the
driver’s side)
— Date of purchase
— Current odometer reading

You can write to NISSAN with the information at:
For U.S. customers
Nissan North America, Inc.
Consumer Affairs Department
P.O. Box 685003
Franklin, TN 37068-5003
For Canadian customers
Nissan Canada Inc.
5290 Orbitor Drive
Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5

— Your NISSAN dealer’s name
— Your comments or questions
OR

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (1,1)

Table of
Contents

Illustrated table of contents

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental
restraint system

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Technical and consumer information

Index

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

10
Model "F15-D" Edited: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (1,1)

0 Illustrated table of contents
Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-2
Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3
Exterior rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4
Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5
Cockpit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-7
Meters and gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9
MR16DDT engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9
Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-10

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (4,1)

SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
SYSTEM (SRS)
10. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air
bags (P.1-35)
11. Seat belt with pretensioners (P.1-47)
12. Occupant classification sensors (weight sensors)
— Advanced Air Bag System (P.1-41)
13. Front passenger air bag status light (P.1-42)

SSI0765

1.
2.
3.
4.

0-2

Rear headrests (Page 1-8)
Child restraint anchor points (for top tether strap
child restraint) (P.1-31)
Head restraints (P.1-4)
— Front-seat Active Head Restraints (P.1-7)
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental
air bags (P.1-35)

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Seat belts (P.1-10)
Front seats (P.1-3)
Supplemental front-impact air bags (P.1-35)
LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren)
system* (P.1-19)
Rear seats (P.1-4)
— Child restraints
(P.1-18)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Illustrated table of contents

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (5,1)

EXTERIOR FRONT
— Bulb replacement (P.8-26)
Power windows (P.2-44)
Outside mirrors (P.3-26)
License plate installation (P.9-11)
Recovery hook (P.6-13)
Fog lights*
— Switch operation (P.2-37)
— Bulb replacement (P.8-26)
11. Headlights
— Switch operation (P.2-34)
— Bulb replacement (P.8-25)
12. Tires
— Wheels and tires (P.8-27, P.9-7)
— Flat tire (P.6-2)
— Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
(P.2-14, P.5-3)
13. Doors
— Keys (P.3-2)
— Door locks (P.3-4)
— Remote keyless entry system* (P.3-7)
— Intelligent Key system* (P.3-10)
— Security system (P.2-28)
*: if so equipped
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

SSI0766

1.
2.

Hood (P.3-21)
Windshield wiper and washer
— Switch operation (P.2-31)
— Blade replacement (P.8-16)
— Window washer fluid (P.8-12)

4.
5.

Clearance lights, turn signal lights and front side
marker lights
— Switch operation (P.2-34)
— Bulb replacement (P.8-25)
Moonroof* (P.2-47)
Side turn signal lights
— Switch operation (P.2-37)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (6,1)

EXTERIOR REAR
8.
9.
*:

Rear combination lights
— Bulb replacement (P.8-26)
Child safety rear door lock (P.3-6)
if so equipped

SSI0767

1.
2.

Lift gate (P.3-22)
— Intelligent Key system* (P.3-10)
Rear window wiper and washer
— Switch operation (P.2-32)
— Window washer fluid (P.8-12)
High-mounted stop light (P.8-24)

4.
5.
6.

0-4

Antenna (P.4-50)
— Satellite radio antenna* (P.4-22)
Rear window defroster (P.2-33)
Fuel-filler door
— Operation (P.3-23)
— Fuel recommendation (P.9-3)
Rearview camera* (P.4-9)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Illustrated table of contents

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (7,1)

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

SSI0768

2.
3.
4.
5.

Cargo area
— Cargo cover* (P.2-43)
— Cargo light (P.8-24)
Coat hook (P.2-43)
Sun visors (P.3-25)
Moonroof switch* (P.2-47)
Room light and map lights (P.2-49)

6.
7.

Inside rearview mirror (P.3-26)
Door armrest
— Power window switch (P.2-44)
— Power door lock switch (P.3-5)
if so equipped
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Illustrated table of contents 0-5

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (8,1)

COCKPIT
5.

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

11.
12.
13.
*:

Selector lever or shift lever
— Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
(P.5-16)
— Manual Transmission (MT) (P.5-20)
Fuse box cover (P.8-20)
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch
(P.5-37)
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) switch* (P.5-29)
Tilting steering wheel lever (P.3-25)
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)
— Audio control (P.4-49)
— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System control
(P.4-52)
Ignition switch (models without Intelligent Key
system) (P.5-9)
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)
— Cruise control switches (P.5-26)
Heated seat switch* (P.2-39)
if so equipped

SSI0769

1.
2.

Outside mirror remote control switch (P.3-26)
Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch
— Headlight (P.2-34)
— Turn signal light (P.2-37)
— Fog light* (P.2-37)

Steering wheel
— Electric power steering system (P.5-34)
— Horn (P.2-38)
— Driver’s supplemental air bag (P.1-35)
Wiper and washer switch (P.2-31)

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

0-6

Illustrated table of contents

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (9,1)

INSTRUMENT PANEL
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
*:
**:

Front passenger supplemental air bag (P.1-35)
Side ventilator (P.4-13)
Fuel-filler door release handle (P.3-23)
Hood release handle (P.3-21)
Push-button ignition switch (models with Intelligent Key system) (P.5-11)
AUX/USB connector* (P.4-25)
Parking brake (P.5-26)
Cup holder (P.2-41)
Power outlet (P.2-41)
Glove box (P.2-43)
if so equipped
Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner’s
Manual.

SSI0770

1.
2.
3.
4.

Meters and gauges (P.2-4)
Center ventilator (P.4-13)
Audio system* or Navigation system** (P.4-21)
— Clock* (P.2-40)
Hazard warning flasher switch (P.2-37)

Integrated Control System*
— Clock (P.2-21)
— Drive mode (P.5-22)
— Heater and air conditioner control (P.4-14)
— Defroster switch (P.2-33)
Heater and air conditioner control (models without
Integrated Control System) (P.4-14)
— Defroster switch
(P.2-33)
I
nf
or
mat
i
o
nPr
ovi
dedby:

Illustrated table of contents 0-7

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (10,1)

METERS AND GAUGES
9.
*:

RESET switch for trip odometer (P.2-5)/Trip
computer mode switch (P.2-8)
if so equipped

SIC4601

1.
2.
3.

0-8

Tachometer (P.2-6)
Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-6)
Vehicle information display (P.2-8)
— Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-5)
— Trip computer (P.2-8)
— Outside air temperature (P.2-8)
Fuel gauge (P.2-7)

5.
6.
7.
8.

Speedometer (P.2-5)
Warning/indicator lights (P.2-11)
Instrument brightness control knob (P.2-36)
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) position indicator* (P.2-8)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Illustrated table of contents

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (11,1)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
*:

for Manual Transmission (MT) models

SDI2639

MR16DDT ENGINE
1.
2.
3.
4.

Engine oil filler cap (P.8-8)
Radiator filler cap (P.8-7)
— Vehicle overheat (P.6-9)
Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir (P.8-11)
Air cleaner (P.8-16)

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-12)
Engine drive belt location (P.8-14)
Engine oil dipstick (P.8-8)
Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-7)
Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-19)
Battery (P.8-12)
— Jump starting
(P.6-7)
I
nf
or
ma
t
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Illustrated table of contents 0-9

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (12,1)

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS
Warning
light

Name

Page

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning
light (yellow) (AWD model)

2-12

Anti-lock Braking System
(ABS) warning light

Brake warning light

Charge warning light
Door open warning light
Electric power steering warning
light

Warning
light

2-12

Name

Page

Low washer fluid warning light*

Name

Page

2-15

Engine start operation indicator
light*

2-17

P position selecting warning
light*

2-15

High beam indicator light

2-17

Seat belt warning light

2-15

Malfunction Indicator Light
(MIL)

2-17

Supplemental air bag warning
light

2-15

Security indicator light*

2-18

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
warning light

2-16

Low beam indicator light

2-18

Turn signal/hazard indicator
lights

2-18

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
off indicator light

2-18

2-13
2-13
2-13

Indicator
light

Name

Page

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) indicator light (green) (AWD model)

2-16

*: if so equipped

Engine oil pressure warning
light

2-13

All-Wheel Drive (AWD)-V indicator light (green) (AWD model)

Intelligent Key system warning
light*

2-13

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) indicator light*

2-16

Low fuel warning light

2-14

Front passenger air bag status
light

2-17

Low tire pressure warning light

2-14

Cruise indicator light*

2-16

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

0-10 Illustrated table of contents

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (4,1)

1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Rear seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Adjustable headrests (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Pregnant women. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Three-point type seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Seat belt extenders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Infants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Precautions on child restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System
(LATCH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19

Rear-facing child restraint installation using
LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear-facing child restraint installation using the
seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forward-facing child restraint installation using
LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forward-facing child restraint installation using
the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installing top tether strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Precautions on supplemental restraint system . . . . .
NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System
(front seats) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental
air bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impact
supplemental air bag systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat belts with pretensioners (front seats) . . . . . . . . .
Supplemental air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supplemental air bag warning light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repair and replacement procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1-21
1-23
1-26
1-28
1-31
1-31
1-35
1-35
1-41

1-45
1-47
1-48
1-48
1-49

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (16,1)

SEATS
.

The seatback should not be reclined
any more than needed for comfort.
Seat belts are most effective when
the passenger sits well back and
straight up in the seat. If the seatback is reclined, the risk of sliding
under the lap belt and being injured
is increased.

CAUTION
SSS0133

well back in the seat with both feet
on the floor and adjust the seat
properly. See “PRECAUTIONS ON
SEAT BELT USAGE” later in this
section.

WARNING
.

1-2

Do not ride in a moving vehicle
when the seatback is reclined. This
can be dangerous. The shoulder belt
will not be against your body. In an
accident, you could be thrown into it
and receive neck or other serious
injuries. You could also slide under
the lap belt and receive serious
internal injuries.
For the most effective protection
when the vehicle is in motion, the
seat should be upright. Always sit

When adjusting the seat positions, be
sure not to contact any moving parts to
avoid possible injuries and/or damage.

After adjustment, gently rock in the
seat to make sure it is securely
locked.

Do not leave children unattended
inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls. Unattended children could
become involved in serious accidents.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (17,1)

SSS1129

SSS0792

FRONT SEATS
Front manual seat adjustment
Forward and backward:
1 up and hold it while you slide
Pull the lever *
the seat forward or backward to the desired
position. Release the lever to lock the seat in
position.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of the
seatback for occupants of different sizes for
added comfort and to help obtain proper seat
belt fit. (See “PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT
USAGE” later in this section.) Also, the seatback
can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when
the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in
the P (Park) position or N (Neutral) position with
the parking brake fully applied.

Seat lifter (for driver’s seat):
Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to
adjust the seat height until the desired position
is achieved.

Reclining:
2 up and
To recline the seatback, pull the lever *
lean back. To bring the seatback forward, pull
the lever up and lean your body forward. Release
the lever to lock the seatback in position.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (18,1)

CAUTION
When folding or returning the
seatback(s) to the upright position, to
avoid injury to yourself and others:
. Make sure that the seat path is clear
before moving the seat.

WARNING
.

Do not fold down the rear seats
when occupants are in the rear seat
area or any objects are on the rear
seats.

Never allow anyone to ride in the
cargo area or on the rear seats
when they are in the fold-down
position. Use of these areas by
passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury
in an accident or sudden stop.

SSS1142

REAR SEATS
Folding
Before folding the rear seats:
Secure the seat belts on the seat belt hooks on
the side wall. (See “Seat belt hooks” later in this
section.)
To fold the seat back, pull the adjusting knob
1 .
*
To return the seatback to the seating position, lift
up each seatback and push it to the upright
position until it is latched.

1-4

When returning the seatbacks to the
upright position, be certain they are
completely secured in the latched
position. If they are not completely
secured, passengers may be injured
in an accident or sudden stop.

HEAD RESTRAINTS

WARNING
Head restraints supplement the other
vehicle safety systems. They may provide additional protection against injury
in certain rear end collisions. Adjust the
head restraints properly, as specified in
this section. Check the adjustment after
someone else uses the seat. Do not
attach anything to the head restraint
stalks or remove the head restraint. Do
not use the seat if the head restraint
has been removed. If the head restraint
was removed, reinstall and properly
adjust the head restraint before an
occupant uses the seating position.
Failure to follow these instructions
can reduce the effectiveness of the
head restraints. This may increase the
risk of serious injury or death in a

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (19,1)

collision.

SSS1019

The illustration shows the seating positions
equipped with head restraints. The head restraints are adjustable.
Indicates the seating position is equipped
with a head restraint.

SSS0992

Components
1. Head restraint
2. Adjustment notches
3. Lock knob
4. Stalks

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (20,1)

SSS0997

Adjustment

SSS0993

To raise the head restraint, pull it up.

Adjust the head restraint so the center is level
with the center of your ears.

SSS0994

To lower, push and hold the lock knob and push
the head restraint down.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

1-6

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (21,1)

SSS0995

SSS0996

SSS0508

Removal

Install

Front-seat Active Head Restraints

Use the following procedure to remove the
adjustable head restraints.

1. Align the head restraint stalks with the holes
in the seat. Make sure that the head restraint
is facing the correct direction. The stalk with
1
must be inthe adjustment notches *
2 .
stalled in the hole with the lock knob *

The Active Head Restraint moves forward
utilizing the force that the seatback receives
from the occupant in a rear-end collision. The
movement of the head restraint helps support
the occupant’s head by reducing its backward
movement and helping absorb some of the
forces that may lead to whiplash-type injuries.

1. Pull the head restraint up to the highest
position.
2. Push and hold the lock knob.
3. Remove the head restraint from the seat.

2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the
head restraint down.

4. Store the head restraint properly in a secure
place so it is not loose in the vehicle.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint before an
occupant uses the seating position.

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head
restraint before an occupant uses the
seating position.

Active Head Restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said
that whiplash injury occurs most.
Active Head Restraints operate only in certain
rear-end collisions. After the collision, the head
restraints return to their original positions.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (22,1)

Properly adjust the Active Head Restraints as
described in this section.

ADJUSTABLE HEADRESTS (if so
equipped)

WARNING
The adjustable headrests supplement
the other vehicle safety systems. They
may provide additional protection
against injury in certain rear end collisions. Adjust the headrest properly, as
specified in this section. Check the
adjustment after someone else uses
the seat. Do not attach anything to the
adjustable headrest stalks or remove
the adjustable headrest. Do not use the
seat if the adjustable headrest has
been removed. If the adjustable headrest was removed, reinstall and properly adjust the headrest before an
occupant uses the seating position.
Failure to follow these instructions
can reduce the effectiveness of the
adjustable headrests. This may increase the risk of serious injury or
death in a collision.

SSS1143

SSS1034

The illustration shows the seating positions
equipped with adjustable headrests.

Components

Indicates the seating position is equipped
with an adjustable headrest.

2. Adjustment notch

+ Indicates the seating position is not equipped
with a head restraint or adjustable headrest.

1. Adjustable headrest

3. Lock knob
4. Stalks

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

1-8

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (23,1)

SSS1035

Adjustment
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the lock
position.

SSS1036

To lower, push and hold the lock knob and push
the headrest down.

SSS1037

Removal
Use the following procedure to remove the
adjustable headrests.
Before removing the headrests, fold down the
seatback. (See “REAR SEATS” earlier in this
section.)
1. Pull the headrest up to the highest position.
2. Push and hold the lock knob.
3. Remove the headrest from the seat.
4. Store the headrest properly in a secure
place so it is not loose in the vehicle.
5. Reinstall and properly adjust the headrest

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (24,1)

SEAT BELTS
before an occupant uses the seating position.

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT
USAGE
If you are wearing your seat belt properly
adjusted, and you are sitting upright and well
back in your seat with both feet on the floor, your
chances of being injured or killed in an accident
and/or the severity of injury may be greatly
reduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you and
all of your passengers to buckle up every time
you drive, even if your seating position includes a
supplemental air bag.

SSS1038

Install

Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces
or territories specify that seat belts be
worn at all times when a vehicle is being
driven.

Before installing the headrests, fold down the
seatback. (See “REAR SEATS” earlier in this
section.)
1. Align the headrest stalks with the holes in
the seat. Make sure that the headrest is
facing the correct direction. The stalk with
1 must be installed
the adjustment notch *
2 .
in the hole with the lock knob *
2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the
headrest down.
3. Properly adjust the headrest before an
occupant uses the seating position.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

1-10 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (25,1)

SSS0136

SSS0016

SSS0134

SSS0014

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (26,1)

WARNING
.

Every person who drives or rides in
this vehicle should use a seat belt at
all times. Children should be properly restrained in the rear seat and,
if appropriate, in a child restraint.
The seat belt should be properly
adjusted to a snug fit. Failure to do
so may reduce the effectiveness of
the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of
injury in an accident. Serious injury
or death can occur if the seat belt is
not worn properly.
Always route the shoulder belt over
your shoulder and across your
chest. Never put the belt behind
your back, under your arm or across
your neck. The belt should be away
from your face and neck, but not
falling off your shoulder.
Position the lap belt as low and
snug as possible AROUND THE
HIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap belt
worn too high could increase the
risk of internal injuries in an accident.

Be sure the seat belt tongue is
securely fastened to the proper
buckle.

Do not wear the seat belt inside out
or twisted. Doing so may reduce its
effectiveness.

Removal and installation of the
pretensioner system components
should be done by a NISSAN dealer.

Do not allow more than one person
to use the same seat belt.

Never carry more people in the
vehicle than there are seat belts.

If the seat belt warning light glows
continuously while the ignition is
turned ON with all doors closed and
all seat belts fastened, it may indicate a malfunction in the system.
Have the system checked by a
NISSAN dealer.

No changes should be made to the
seat belt system. For example, do
not modify the seat belt, add material, or install devices that may
change the seat belt routing or
tension. Doing so may affect the
operation of the seat belt system.
Modifying or tampering with the
seat belt system may result in
serious personal injury.

All seat belt assemblies, including
retractors and attaching hardware,
should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer. NISSAN
recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be
replaced unless the collision was
minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Seat belt assemblies not in use
during a collision should also be
inspected and replaced if either
damage or improper operation is
noted.

All child restraints and attaching
hardware should be inspected after
any collision. Always follow the
restraint manufacturer’s inspection
instructions and replacement recommendations. The child restraints
should be replaced if they are
damaged.

activated, it cannot be reused and
must be replaced together with the
retractor. See a NISSAN dealer.

Once a seat
belt
pretensioner has
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

1-12 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (27,1)

PREGNANT WOMEN
NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use
seat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug,
and always position the lap belt as low as
possible around the hips, not the waist. Place
the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across
your chest. Never put the lap/shoulder belt over
your abdominal area. Contact your doctor for
specific recommendations.

INJURED PERSONS
NISSAN recommends that injured persons use
seat belts, depending on the injury. Check with
your doctor for specific recommendations.

internal injuries.
.

For the most effective protection
when the vehicle is in motion, the
seat should be upright. Always sit
well back in the seat with both feet
on the floor and adjust the seat belt
properly.

Fastening the seat belts
1. Adjust the seat. (See “SEATS” earlier in this
section.)
SSS0292

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor
and insert the tongue into the buckle until
you hear and feel the latch engage.

WARNING
.

Every person who drives or rides in
this vehicle should use a seat belt at
all times.

The retractor is designed to lock
during a sudden stop or on impact.
A slow pulling motion permits the
belt to move and allows you some
freedom of movement in the seat.

If the seat belt cannot be pulled
from its fully retracted position,
firmly pull the belt and release it.
Then smoothly pull the belt out of
the retractor.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (28,1)

allow the driver and passengers some freedom
of movement in the seat. The ELR locks the seat
belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or
during certain impacts.
The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode
(child restraint mode) locks the seat belt for
child restraint installation.

SSS0290

3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug
on the hips as shown.
4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the
retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the
shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder
and across your chest.
The front passenger seat and the rear seating
positions three-point seat belts have two modes
of operation:
.

Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode
allows the seat belt to extend and retract to

When ALR mode is activated the seat belt
cannot be extended again until the seat belt
tongue is detached from the buckle and fully
retracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR mode
after the seat belt fully retracts. For additional
information, see “CHILD RESTRAINTS” later in
this section.
The ALR mode should be used only for
child restraint installation. During normal
seat belt use by an occupant, the ALR
mode should not be activated. If it is
activated, it may cause uncomfortable seat
belt tension.

SSS0326

Unfastening the seat belts
To unfasten the seat belt, push the button on the
buckle. The seat belt automatically retracts.

WARNING
When fastening the seat belts, be
certain that seatbacks are completely
secured in the latched position. If they
are not completely secured, passengers
may be injured in an accident or sudden
stop.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

1-14 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (29,1)

WARNING

SSS0351A

After adjustment, release the adjustment button and try to move the
shoulder belt anchor up and down
to make sure it is securely fixed in
position.

The shoulder belt anchor height
should be adjusted to the position
best for you. Failure to do so may
reduce the effectiveness of the
entire restraint system and increase
the chance or severity of injury in an
accident.

Shoulder belt height adjustment (for front
seats)

SSS1138

Seat belt hooks
When the rear seat belts are not in use and
when folding down the rear seats, hook the rear
seat belts on the seat belt hooks.

The shoulder belt anchor height should be
adjusted to the position best for you. (See
“PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE”
earlier in this section.)
1 , and
To adjust, pull the adjustment button *
then move the shoulder belt anchor to the
2 , so that the belt passes
desired position *
over the center of the shoulder. The belt should
be away from your face and neck, but not falling
off of your shoulder. Release the adjustment
button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into
position.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (30,1)

CHILD SAFETY
SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE

Children need adults to help protect them.

If, because of body size or driving position, it is
not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder belt
and fasten it, an extender that is compatible with
the installed seat belts is available that can be
purchased. The extender adds approximately 8
in (200 mm) of length and may be used for either
the driver or front passenger seating position.
See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with
purchasing an extender if an extender is
required.

They need to be properly restrained.

WARNING
.

Only NISSAN seat belt extenders,
made by the same company which
made the original equipment seat
belts, should be used with NISSAN
seat belts.

Adults and children who can use the
standard seat belt should not use an
extender. Such unnecessary use
could result in serious personal
injury in the event of an accident.

Never use seat belt extenders to
install child restraints. If the child
restraint is not secured properly, the
child could be seriously injured in a
collision or a sudden stop.

To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a
mild soap solution or any solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpets.
Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat
belts to dry in the shade. Do not allow the
seat belts to retract until they are completely
dry.

If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt
guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat
belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder
belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

Periodically check to see that the seat
belt and the metal components, such as
buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wires
and anchors, work properly. If loose parts,
deterioration, cuts or other damage on the
webbing is found, the entire seat belt
assembly should be replaced.

In addition to the general information in this
manual, child safety information is available from
many other sources, including doctors, teachers,
government traffic safety offices, and community
organizations. Every child is different, so be sure
to learn the best way to transport your child.
There are three basic types of child restraint
systems:
.

Rear-facing child restraint

Forward-facing child restraint

Booster seat

The proper restraint depends on the child’s size.
Generally, infants up to about 1 year and less
than 20 lbs (9 kg) should be placed in rearfacing child restraints. Forward-facing child
restraints are available for children who outgrow
rear-facing child restraints and are at least 1
year old. Booster seats are used to help position
a vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no
longer use a forward-facing child restraint.

WARNING

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Infants and children need special protection. The vehicle’s seat belts may not
fit them properly. The shoulder belt may

1-16 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (31,1)

come too close to the face or neck. The
lap belt may not fit over their small hip
bones. In an accident, an improperly
fitting seat belt could cause serious or
fatal injury. Always use appropriate
child restraints.
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
territories require the use of approved child
restraints for infants and small children. See
“CHILD RESTRAINTS” later in this section.
A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle
by using either the LATCH (Lower Anchor and
Tethers for CHildren) system or with the vehicle
seat belt. See “CHILD RESTRAINTS” later in
this section for more information.
NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens
and children be restrained in the rear seat.
Studies show that children are safer when
properly restrained in the rear seat than in
the front seat.
This is especially important because your
vehicle has a supplemental restraint system (Air bag system) for the front passenger. See “SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
SYSTEM” later in this section.

INFANTS
Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed
in a rear-facing child restraint. NISSAN recom-

mends that infants be placed in child restraints
that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards. You should choose a child restraint
that fits your vehicle and always follow the
manufacturer’s instructions for installation and
use.

SMALL CHILDREN
Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at
least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in a rear-facing
child restraint as long as possible up to the
height or weight limit of the child restraint.
Forward-facing child restraints are available for
children who outgrow rear-facing child restraints
and are at least 1 year old. Refer to the
manufacturer’s instructions for minimum and
maximum weight and height recommendations.
NISSAN recommends that small children be
placed in child restraints that comply with
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. You
should choose a child restraint that fits your
vehicle and always follow the manufacturer’s
instructions for installation and use.

LARGER CHILDREN
Children who are too large for child restraints
should be seated and restrained by the seat
belts which are provided. The seat belt may not
fit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in (142.5
cm) tall and weighs
between
40
I
nf
or
ma
t
i
onPr
ovi
dedb
y: lbs (18 kg) and

80 lbs (36 kg). A booster seat should be used to
obtain proper seat belt fit.
NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in a
commercially available booster seat if the
shoulder belt fits close to the face or neck or if
the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the
abdomen. The booster seat should raise the
child so that the shoulder belt is properly
positioned across the top, middle portion of
the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips.
A booster seat can only be used in seating
positions that have a three-point type seat belt.
The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and
have a label certifying that it complies with
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt
is no longer on or near the face and neck, use
the shoulder belt without the booster seat.

WARNING
Never let a child stand or kneel on any
seat and do not allow a child in the
cargo area. The child could be seriously
injured or killed in a sudden stop or
collision.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2011/ 2/ 21

Black plate (32,1)

CHILD RESTRAINTS
PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD
RESTRAINTS

WARNING
.

SSS0099

SSS0100

Failure to follow the warnings and
instructions for proper use and installation of child restraints could
result in serious injury or death of a
child or other passengers in a
sudden stop or collision:
— The child restraint must be used
and installed properly. Always
follow all of the child restraint
manufacturer’s instructions for
installation and use.
— Infants and children should
never be held on anyone’s lap.
Even the strongest adult cannot
resist the forces of a collision.
— Do not put a seat belt around
both a child and another passenger.
— NISSAN recommends that all
child restraints be installed in
the rear seat. Studies show that
children are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seat than
in the Infront
seat.
If you must
f
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

—

—
—

—

install a forward-facing child
restraint in the front seat, see
“FORWARD-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING
THE SEAT BELTS” later in this
section.
Even with the NISSAN Advanced
Air Bag System, never install a
rear-facing child restraint in the
front seat. An inflating air bag
could seriously injure or kill a
child. A rear-facing child restraint must only be used in the
rear seat.
Be sure to purchase a child
restraint that will fit the child
and vehicle. Some child restraints may not fit properly in
your vehicle.
Child restraint anchor points are
designed to withstand loads
from child restraints that are
properly fitted.
Never use the anchor points for
adult seat belts or harnesses.
A child restraint with a top tether
strap should not be used in the
front passenger seat.
Keep seatbacks as upright as

1-18 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (33,1)

possible after fitting the child
restraint.
— Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child restraint while in the
vehicle.
When the child restraint is not in
use, keep it secured with the LATCH
system or a seat belt. In a sudden
stop or collision, loose objects can
injure occupants or damage the
vehicle.

CAUTION
A child restraint in a closed vehicle can
become very hot. Check the seating
surface and buckles before placing a
child in the child restraint.
This vehicle is equipped with a universal child
restraint anchor system, referred to as the
LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system. Some child restraints include rigid
or webbing-mounted attachments that can be
connected to these anchors.
For details, see “Lower Anchors and Tethers for
CHildren System (LATCH)” later in this section.

If you do not have a LATCH compatible child
restraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used.
Several manufacturers offer child restraints for
infants and small children of various sizes. When
selecting any child restraint, keep the following
points in mind:
.

Choose only a restraint with a label certifying
that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

Check the child restraint in your vehicle to
be sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s
seat and seat belt system.

If the child restraint is compatible with your
vehicle, place your child in the child restraint
and check the various adjustments to be
sure the child restraint is compatible with
your child. Choose a child restraint that is
designed for your child’s height and weight.
Always follow all recommended procedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
territories require that infants and small
children be restrained in an approved child
restraint at all times while the vehicle is
being operated. Canadian law requires the
top tether strap on forward-facing child
restraints be secured to the designated
anchor point on the vehicle.

SSS0801
LATCH label location

Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren
System (LATCH)
Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor
points that are used with the LATCH (Lower
Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system
compatible child restraints. This system may
also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX
compatible system. With this system, you do not
have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the
child restraint.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (34,1)

LATCH lower anchor

WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and
instructions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in
serious injury or death of a child or
other passengers in a sudden stop or
collision:
— Attach LATCH system compatible
child restraints only at the locations
shown in the illustration.
— Do not secure a child restraint in the
center rear seating position using
the LATCH lower anchors. The child
restraint will not be secured properly.
— Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower
anchor area. Feel to make sure
there are no obstructions over the
anchors such as seat belt webbing
or seat cushion material. The child
restraint will not be secured properly if the lower anchors are obstructed.

SSS0637
LATCH lower anchor location

LATCH lower anchor location
The LATCH anchors are located at the rear of
the seat cushion near the seatback. A label is
attached to the seatback to help you locate the
LATCH anchors.

SSS0643
LATCH webbing-mounted attachment

Installing child restraint LATCH lower
anchor attachments
LATCH compatible child restraints include two
rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can
be connected to anchors located at certain
seating positions in your vehicle. With this
system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat
belt to secure the child restraint. Check your
child restraint for a label stating that it is
compatible with LATCH. This information may
also be in the instructions provided by the child
restraint manufacturer.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

1-20 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (35,1)

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child
safety” and “Child restraints” sections before
installing a child restraint.
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child
restraint using the LATCH system:
1. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions.

SSS0644

SSS1136

LATCH rigid attachment

When installing a child restraint, carefully read
and follow the instructions in this manual and
those supplied with the child restraint.

Top tether anchor point locations
Anchor points are located on the back side of
the seatbacks.
The child restraint top tether strap must be used
when installing child restraints with the LATCH
lower anchor attachments or seat belts.
If you have any questions when installing a
top tether strap child restraint on the rear
seat, consult a NISSAN dealer for details.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (36,1)

SSS0648
Rear-facing web-mounted — step 2

SSS0649
Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check
to make sure the LATCH attachment is
properly attached to the lower anchors.

SSS0639
Rear-facing — step 3

3. For child restraints that are equipped with
webbing-mounted attachments, remove any
additional slack from the anchor attachments. Press downward and rearward firmly
in the center of the child restraint with your
hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion
and seatback while tightening the webbing
of the anchor attachments.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

1-22 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (37,1)

properly secured prior to each use. If the
child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1
through 4.

SSS0650

SSS0100

Rear-facing — step 4

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS

4. After attaching the child restraint, test it
before you place the child in it. Push it from
side to side while holding the child restraint
near the LATCH attachment path. The child
restraint should not move more than 1 inch
(25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it
forward and check to see if the LATCH
attachment holds the restraint in place. If the
restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH
attachment as necessary, or put the restraint
in another seat and test it again. You may
need to try a different child restraint or try
installing by using the vehicle seat belt (if
applicable). Not all child restraints fit in all
types of vehicles.
5. Check to make sure the child restraint is

WARNING

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

The three-point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be
used when installing a child restraint.
Failure to use the ALR mode will result
in the child restraint not being properly
secured. The restraint could tip over or
be loose and cause injury to a child in a
sudden stop or collision. Also, it can
change the operation of the front
passenger air bag. See “Front passen-

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (38,1)

ger air bag and status light” later in this
section.

SSS0100

SSS0654

Rear-facing — step 1

Rear-facing — step 2

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the
“CHILD SAFETY” earlier in this section and
“CHILD RESTRAINTS” earlier in this section
before installing a child restraint.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child
restraint and insert it into the buckle until you
hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to
follow the child restraint manufacturer’s
instructions for belt routing.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child
restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear
seats:
1. Child restraints for infants must be
used in the rear-facing direction and
therefore must not be used in the front
seat. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the restraint manufacturer’s
instructions.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

1-24 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (39,1)

SSS0655

SSS0656

SSS0657

Rear-facing — step 3

Rear-facing — step 4

Rear-facing — step 5

3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully
extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor
is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)
mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to the
Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode
when the seat belt is fully retracted.

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the
shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

5. Remove any additional slack from the seat
belt; press downward and rearward firmly in
the center of the child restraint to compress
the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while
pulling up on the seat belt.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (40,1)

through 6.
After the child restraint is removed and the seat
belt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraint
mode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING
LATCH
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child
safety” and “Child restraints” sections before
installing a child restraint.

SSS0658
Rear-facing — step 6

6. After attaching the child restraint, test it
before you place the child in it. Push it from
side to side while holding the child restraint
near the seat belt path. The child restraint
should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm),
from side to side. Try to tug it forward and
check to see if the belt holds the restraint in
place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten
the seat belt as necessary, or put the
restraint in another seat and test it again.
You may need to try a different child
restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all
types of vehicles.
7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is
properly secured prior to each use. If the
seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1

Follow these steps to install a forward-facing
child restraint using the LATCH system:
1. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions.

SSS0645
Forward-facing web-mounted — step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check
to make sure the LATCH attachment is
properly attached to the lower anchors.
If the child restraint is equipped with a top
tether strap, route the top tether strap and
secure the tether strap to the tether anchor
point. See “Installing top tether strap” in this
section. Do not install child restraints that
require the use of a top tether strap in
seating positions that do not have a top
tether anchor.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

1-26 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (41,1)

SSS0646

SSS0647

SSS0638

Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 3

Forward-facing — step 4

Forward-facing — step 6

3. The back of the child restraint should be
secured against the vehicle seatback.

4. For child restraints that are equipped with
webbing-mounted attachments, remove any
additional slack from the anchor attachments. Press downward and rearward firmly
in the center of the child restraint with your
knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion
and seatback while tightening the webbing
of the anchor attachments.

6. After attaching the child restraint, test it
before you place the child in it. Push it from
side to side while holding the child restraint
near the LATCH attachment path. The child
restraint should not move more than 1 inch
(25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it
forward and check to see if the LATCH
attachment holds the restraint in place. If the
restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH
attachment as necessary, or put the restraint
in another seat and test it again. You may
need to try a different child restraint. Not all
child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrest
to obtain the correct child restraint fit. If the
headrest is removed, store it in a secure
place. Be sure to reinstall the headrest
when the child restraint is removed.
See “Adjustable headrest” in this section for
headrest adjustment information.
If the seating position does not have an
adjustable headrest and it is interfering with
the proper child restraint fit, try another
seating position or a different child restraint.

5. Tighten the tether strap according to the
manufacturer’s instructions to remove any
slack.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

7. Check to make sure the child restraint is
properly secured prior to each use. If the
child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (42,1)

through 6.

turer’s instructions.
The back of the child restraint should be
secured against the vehicle seatback.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE
SEAT BELTS

WARNING
The three-point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be
used when installing a child restraint.
Failure to use the ALR mode will result
in the child restraint not being properly
secured. The restraint could tip over or
be loose and cause injury to a child in a
sudden stop or collision. Also, it can
change the operation of the front
passenger air bag. See “Front passenger air bag and status light” later in this
section.

SSS0640
Forward-facing (front passenger seat) — step 1

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child
safety” and “Child restraints” sections before
installing a child restraint.
Follow these steps to install a forward-facing
child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the
rear seats or in the front passenger seat:

If necessary, adjust or remove the head
restraint or headrest to obtain the correct
child restraint fit. If the head restraint or
headrest is removed, store it in a secure
place. Be sure to reinstall the head
restraint or headrest when the child
restraint is removed. See “HEAD RESTRAINTS” earlier in this section or “ADJUSTABLE HEADRESTS” earlier in this
section for head restraint or headrest
adjustment, removal and installation information.
If the seating position does not have an
adjustable head restraint or headrest and it
is interfering with the proper child restraint
fit, try another seating position or a different
child restraint.

1. If you must install a child restraint in
the front seat, it should be placed in a
forward-facing direction only. Move the
seat to the rearmost position. Child
restraints for infants must be used in
the rear-facing direction and, therefore,
must not be used in the front seat.
2. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow
the
child
restraint
manufacI
nf
or
ma
t
i
onP
r
ovi
dedb
y:

1-28 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (43,1)

SSS0360B

SSS0651

SSS0652

Forward-facing — step 3

Forward-facing — step 4

Forward-facing — step 5

3. Route the seat belt tongue through the child
restraint and insert it into the buckle until you
hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to
follow the child restraint manufacturer’s
instructions for belt routing.

4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully
extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor
is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)
mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to
Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode
when the seat belt is fully retracted.

5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the
shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

If the child restraint is equipped with a top
tether strap, route the top tether strap and
secure the tether strap to the tether anchor
point (rear seat installation only). See “INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP” later in
this section. Do not install child restraints
that require the use of a top tether strap in
seating positions that do not have a top
tether anchor.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (44,1)

through 8.

SSS0653

SSS0641

Forward-facing — step 6

Forward-facing — step 8

6. Remove any additional slack from the seat
belt; press downward and rearward firmly in
the center of the child restraint with your
knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion
and seatback while pulling up on the seat
belt.

8. After attaching the child restraint, test it
before you place the child in it. Push it from
side to side while holding the child restraint
near the seat belt path. The child restraint
should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm),
from side to side. Try to tug it forward and
check to see if the belt holds the restraint in
place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten
the seat belt as necessary, or put the
restraint in another seat and test it again.
You may need to try a different child
restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all
types of vehicles.

7. Tighten the tether strap according to the
manufacturer’s instructions to remove any
slack.

9. Check to make sure the child restraint is
properly secured prior to each use. If the
seat belt isInfonot
r
mat
i
onlocked,
Pr
ovi
dedby:repeat steps 2

1-30 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (45,1)

this section for headrest adjustment, removal and installation information.
Position the top tether strap over the top of
the seatback.
3. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor
point on the rear parcel shelf.
4. Refer to the appropriate child restraint
installation procedure steps in this section
before tightening the tether strap.
If you have any questions when installing a
top tether strap, consult your NISSAN
dealer for details.
SSS1135

SSS1136

Forward-facing — step 10

10. If the child restraint is installed in the front
passenger seat, place the ignition switch in
the ON position. The front passenger air bag
should illuminate. If this
status light
light is not illuminated, see “Front passenger
air bag and status light” in this section.
Move the child restraint to another
seating position. Have the system
checked by a NISSAN dealer.
After the child restraint is removed and the seat
belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (child
restraint mode) is canceled.

INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP
First, secure the child restraint with the LATCH
lower anchors (rear outboard seat positions
only) or the seat belt, as applicable.
1. Flip up the anchor cover from the anchor
point which is located on the back side of
the seatbacks.
2. If necessary, raise or remove the headrest to
position the top tether strap over the top of
the seatback. If the headrest is removed,
store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall
the headrest when the child restraint is
removed.
See “ADJUSTABLE
HEADRESTS”
earlier in
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

BOOSTER SEATS
Precautions on booster seats

WARNING
If a booster seat and seat belt are not
used properly, the risk of a child being
injured in a sudden stop or collision
greatly increases:
— Make sure the shoulder portion of
the belt is away from the child’s face
and neck and the lap portion of the
belt does not cross the stomach.
— Make sure the shoulder belt is not
behind the child or under the child’s

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (46,1)

arm.
— A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has
a lap/shoulder belt.

LRS0455

Booster seats of various sizes are offered by
several manufacturers. When selecting any
booster seat, keep the following points in mind:
.

Choose only a booster seat with a label
certifying that it complies with Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be
sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat
and seat belt system.

LRS0453

Make sure the child’s head will be properly
supported by the booster seat or vehicle
seat. The seatback must be at or above the
center of the child’s ears. For example, if a
1 is chosen, the
low back booster seat *
vehicle seatback must be at or above the
center of the child’s ears. If the seatback is
lower than the center of the child’s ears, a
2 should be used.
high back booster seat *

If the booster seat is compatible with your
vehicle, place your child in the booster seat
and check the various adjustments to be
sure the booster seat is compatible with
your child. Always follow all recommended
procedures.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

1-32 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (47,1)

Booster seat installation

CAUTION
Do not use the lap/shoulder belt Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode
when using a booster seat with the
seat belts.
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child
safety”, “Child restraints” and “Booster seats”
sections earlier in this section before installing a
child restraint.
LRS0464

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
territories require that infants and small
children be restrained in an approved child
restraint at all times while the vehicle is
being operated.

Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the
rear seat or in the front passenger seat:

SSS0640

1. If you must install a booster seat in the
front seat, move the seat to the rearmost position.
2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Only
place it in a forward-facing direction. Always
follow the booster seat manufacturer’s
instructions.

The instructions in this section apply to booster
seat installation in the rear seats or the front
passenger seat.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (48,1)

adjustable head restraint or headrest and it
is interfering with the proper booster seat fit,
try another seating position or a different
booster seat.
4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low
and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure to
follow the booster seat manufacturer’s
instructions for adjusting the seat belt
routing.

LRS0454
Front passenger position

3. The booster seat should be positioned on
the vehicle seat so that it is stable.
If necessary, adjust or remove the head
restraint or headrest to obtain the correct
booster seat fit. If the head restraint or
headrest is removed, store it in a secure
place. Be sure to reinstall the head
restraint or headrest when the booster
seat is removed. See “HEAD RESTRAINTS” earlier in this section or “ADJUSTABLE HEADRESTS” earlier in this
section for head restraint or headrest
adjustment, removal and installation information.
If the seating position does not have an

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt
toward the retractor to take up extra slack.
Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned
across the top, middle portion of the child’s
shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat
manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the
seat belt routing.
6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instructions for properly fastening a seat belt
shown in “SEAT BELTS” earlier in this
section.

SSS1135

7. If the booster seat is installed in the front
passenger seat, place the ignition switch in
the ON position. The front passenger air bag
may or may not illuminate
status light
depending on the size of the child and the
type of booster seat used. See “Front
passenger air bag and status light” later in
this section.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

1-34 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 8/ 4

Black plate (49,1)

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
SYSTEM
PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT SYSTEM
This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
section contains important information concerning the following systems:
.

Driver and passenger supplemental frontimpact air bag (NISSAN Advanced Air Bag
System)

Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bag

Seat belt with pretensioner

Supplemental front-impact air bag system:
The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can
help cushion the impact force to the head and
chest of the driver and front passenger in certain
frontal collisions.
Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag system: This system can help
cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvic
area of the driver and front passenger in certain
side impact collisions. The side air bag is
designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle
is impacted.

cushion the impact force to the head of
occupants in front and rear outboard seating
positions in certain side impact collisions. The
curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the
side where the vehicle is impacted.
These supplemental restraint systems are designed to supplement the crash protection
provided by the driver and passenger seat belts
and are not a substitute for them. Seat belts
should always be correctly worn and the
occupant seated a suitable distance away from
the steering wheel, instrument panel and door
finishers. (See “SEAT BELTS” earlier in this
section for instructions and precautions on seat
belt usage.)
The supplemental air bags operate only
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
After the ignition is placed in the ON
position, the supplemental air bag warning
light illuminates. The supplemental air bag
warning light will turn off after about 7
seconds if the systems are operational.

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bag system: This system can help
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (50,1)

WARNING
.

The front air bags ordinarily will not
inflate in the event of a side impact,
rear impact, rollover, or lower severity frontal collision. Always wear
your seat belts to help reduce the
risk or severity of injury in various
kinds of accidents.

The front passenger air bag will not
inflate if the passenger air bag
status light is lit or if the front
passenger seat is unoccupied. See
“Front passenger air bag and status
light” later in this section.

The seat belts and the front air bags
are most effective when you are
sitting well back and upright in the
seat with both feet on the floor. The
front air bags inflate with great
force. Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, if you are
unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting sideways or out of position in
any way, you are at greater risk of
injury or death in a crash. You may
also receive serious or fatal injuries
from the front air bag if you are up
against it when it inflates. Always sit

SSS0131

SSS0132
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

1-36 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (51,1)

back against the seatback and as
far-away as practical from the steering wheel or instrument panel. Always use the seat belts.
.

crease the risk that they are injured
if the front air bag inflates.

The driver and front passenger seat
belt buckles are equipped with
sensors that detect if the seat belts
are fastened. The Advanced Air Bag
System monitors the severity of a
collision and seat belt usage then
inflates the air bags. Failure to
properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury
in an accident.

T he f r o n t pa s s e ng e r s e at i s
equipped with occupant classification sensors (weight sensors) that
turn the front passenger air bag
OFF under some conditions. This
sensor is only used in this seat.
Failure to be properly seated and
wearing the seat belt can increase
the risk or severity of injury in an
accident. See “Front passenger air
bag and status light” later in this
section.

Keep hands on the outside of the
steering wheel. Placing them inside
the steering wheel rim could in-

SSS0007

SSS0006
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (52,1)

WARNING

SSS0008

Never let children ride unrestrained
or extend their hands or face out of
the window. Do not attempt to hold
them in your lap or arms. Some
examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations.

Children may be severely injured or
killed when the front air bags, side
air bags or curtain air bags inflate if
they are not properly restrained.
Pre-teens and children should be
properly restrained in the rear seat,
if possible.

Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air
Bag System, never install a rearfacing child restraint in the front
seat. An inflating front air bag could
seriously injure or kill your child.
See “CHILD RESTRAINTS” earlier in
this section for details.

SSS0099

SSS0009

SSS0100
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

1-38 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (53,1)

SSS0059A

SSS0140

SSS0159

Do not lean against doors or windows.

WARNING

SSS0188A

SSS0162
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bags and roof-mounted
curtain side-impact supplemental air
bags:
. The side air bags and curtain air
bags ordinarily will not inflate in the
event of a frontal impact, rear impact, rollover or lower severity side
collision. Always wear your seat
belts to help reduce the risk or
severity of injury in various kinds
of accidents.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (54,1)

The seat belts, the side air bags and
curtain air bags are most effective
when you are sitting well back and
upright in the seat. The side air bag
and curtain air bag inflate with great
force. Do not allow anyone to place
their hand, leg or face near the side
air bag on the side of the seatback
of the front seat or near the side
roof rails. Do not allow anyone
sitting in the front seats or rear
outboard seats to extend their hand
out of the window or lean against
the door. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown
in the previous illustrations.

When sitting in the rear seat, do not
hold onto the seatback of the front
seat. If the side air bag inflates, you
may be seriously injured. Be especially careful with children, who
should always be properly restrained. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in
the illustrations.

Do not use seat covers on the front
seatbacks. They may interfere with
side air bag inflation.

SSS1131

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Crash zone sensor
Supplemental front-impact air bag modules
Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air
bag modules
Occupant classification sensors (weight sensors)
Occupant classification system control unit
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental
air bags modules
7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental
air bag inflators
8. Seat belt with pretensioners
9. Satellite sensors
10. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

1-40 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (55,1)

NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYSTEM (front seats)

WARNING
To ensure proper operation of the
passenger’s advanced air bag system,
please observe the following items.
. Do not allow a passenger in the rear
seat to push or pull on the seatback
pocket.
.

Do not place heavy loads heavier
than 2.2 lb (4 kg) on the seatback,
head restraint or in the seatback
pocket.

Do not store luggage behind the
seat that can press into the seatback.

Confirm the operating condition
with the front passenger air bag
status light.

If you notice that the front passenger air bag status light is not
operating, please take your vehicle
to your NISSAN dealer to check the
occupant classification system.

Until you have confirmed with your
dealer that your passenger seat

occupant classification system is
working properly, position the occupants in the rear seating positions.
This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN
Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and
front passenger seats. This system is designed
to meet certification requirements under U.S.
regulations. It is also permitted in Canada.
However, all of the information, cautions
and warnings in this manual still apply and
must be followed.
The driver supplemental front-impact air bag is
located in the center of the steering wheel. The
passenger supplemental front-impact air bag is
mounted in the instrument panel above the glove
box. The front air bags are designed to inflate in
higher severity frontal collisions, although they
may inflate if the forces in another type of
collision are similar to those of a higher severity
frontal impact. They may not inflate in certain
frontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is
not always an indication of proper front air bag
operation.
The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has
dual stage air bag inflators. The system monitors
information from the Air bag Control Unit (ACU),
seat belt buckle sensors and the occupant
classification sensors (weight sensors). Inflator
operation is based on the severity of a collision
and seat belt usage
for
the
driver.
For the front
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
ded
by:

passenger, the occupant classification sensors
are also monitored. Based on information from
the sensors, only one front air bag may inflate in
a crash, depending on the crash severity and
whether the front occupants are belted or
unbelted. Additionally, the front passenger air
bag may be automatically turned OFF under
some conditions, depending on the information
provided by the occupant classification sensors.
If the front passenger air bag is OFF, the
passenger air bag status light will be illuminated
(if the seat is unoccupied, the light will not be
illuminated, but the air bag will be off). (See
“Front passenger air bag and status light” later
in this section for further details.) One front air
bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system.
If you have any questions about your air bag
system, contact NISSAN or a NISSAN dealer. If
you are considering modification of your vehicle
due to a disability, you may also contact
NISSAN. Contact information is contained in
the front of this Owner’s Manual.
When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noise
may be heard, followed by release of smoke.
This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate
a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it
may cause irritation and choking. Those with a
history of a breathing condition should get fresh
air promptly.
Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts,

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (56,1)

help to cushion the impact force on the head
and chest of the front occupants. They can help
save lives and reduce serious injuries. However,
an inflating front air bag may cause facial
abrasions or other injuries. Front air bags do
not provide restraint to the lower body.
Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seat
belts should be correctly worn and the driver
and passenger seated upright as far as practical
away from the steering wheel or instrument
panel. The front air bags inflate quickly in order
to help protect the front occupants. Because of
this, the force of the front air bag inflating can
increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too
close to, or is against, the air bag module during
inflation.

Status light:
The front passenger air bag status light
is
located on the instrument panel. The light
operates as follows:

SSS1135
Front passenger air bag status light

Front passenger air bag and status light

The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision.
The front air bags operate only when the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
After the ignition is placed in the ON
position, the supplemental air bag warning
light illuminates. The supplemental air bag
warning light will turn off after about 7
seconds if the system is operational.

WARNING
The front passenger air bag is designed
to automatically turn OFF under some
conditions. Read this section carefully
to learn how it operates. Proper use of
the seat, seat belt and child restraints is
necessary for most effective protection.
Failure to follow all instructions in this
manual concerning the use of seats,
seat belts and child restraints can
increase the risk or severity of injury in
an accident.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Unoccupied passenger seat: The
light
is OFF and the front passenger air bag is
OFF and will not inflate in a crash.

Passenger’s seat occupied by a small adult,
child or child restraint as outlined in this
light illuminates to indisection: The
cate that the front passenger air bag is OFF
and will not inflate in a crash.

Occupied passenger seat and the passenger meets the conditions outlined in this
light is OFF to indicate
section: The
that the front passenger air bag is operational.

Front passenger air bag:
The front passenger air bag is designed to
automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is
operated under some conditions as described
below as permitted by U.S. regulations. If the
front passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflate
in a crash. The driver air bag and other air bags
in your vehicle are not part of this system.
The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce
the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag
to certain front passenger seat occupants, such

1-42 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (57,1)

as children, by requiring the air bag to be
automatically turned OFF.
The occupant classification sensors (weight
sensors) are on the seat cushion frame under
the front passenger seat and are designed to
detect an occupant and objects on the seat. For
example, if a child is in the front passenger seat,
the Advanced Air Bag System is designed to
turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance
with the regulations. Also, if a child restraint of
the type specified in the regulations is on the
seat, the occupant classification sensors can
detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF.
Front passenger seat adult occupants who are
properly seated and using the seat belt as
outlined in this manual should not cause the
passenger air bag to be automatically turned
OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF,
however, if the occupant does not sit in the seat
properly (for example, by not sitting upright, by
sitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwise
being out of position), this could cause the
sensors to turn the air bag OFF. Always be sure
to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly
for the most effective protection by the seat belt
and supplemental air bag.
NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and children be properly restrained in a rear seat.
NISSAN also recommends that appropriate
child restraints and booster seats be properly
installed in a rear seat. If this is not possible, the

occupant classification sensors are designed to
operate as described above to turn the front
passenger air bag OFF for specified child
restraints. Failing to properly secure child
restrains and to use the Automatic Locking
Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode)
may allow the restraint to tip or move in an
accident or sudden stop. This can also result in
the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead
of being OFF. (See “CHILD RESTRAINTS”
earlier in this section for proper use and
installation.)
If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the
passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a
crash. However, heavy objects placed on the
seat could result in air bag inflation, because of
the object being detected by the occupant
classification sensors. Other conditions could
also result in air bag inflation, such as if a child is
standing on the seat, or if two children are on the
seat, contrary to the instructions in this manual.
Always be sure that you and all vehicle
occupants are seated and restrained properly.
Using the passenger air bag status light, you can
monitor when the front passenger air bag is
automatically turned OFF with the seat occupied. The light will not illuminate when the front
passenger seat is unoccupied.
If an adult occupant is in the seat but the
passenger air bag status light is illuminated
I
nf
or
ma
t
i
onbag
Pr
ovi
de
dby
:
(indicating that the
air
is
OFF),
it could be

that the person is a small adult, or is not sitting
on the seat properly.
If a child restraint must be used in the front seat,
the passenger air bag status light may or may
not be illuminated, depending on the size of the
child and the type of child restraint being used. If
the air bag status light is not illuminated
(indicating that the air bag might inflate in a
crash), it could be that the child restraint or seat
belt is not being used properly. Make sure that
the child restraint is installed properly, the seat
belt is used properly and the occupant is
positioned properly. If the air bag status light is
not illuminated, reposition the occupant or child
restraint in a rear seat.
If the passenger air bag status light will not
illuminate even though you believe that the child
restraint, the seat belts and the occupant are
properly positioned, the system may be sensing
an unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag is
OFF). Your NISSAN dealer can check that the
system is OFF by using a special tool. However,
until you have confirmed with your dealer that
your air bag is working properly, reposition the
occupant or child restraint in a rear seat.
The air bag system and passenger air bag status
light will take a few seconds to register a change
in the passenger seat status. However, if the
seat becomes unoccupied, the air bag status
light will remain off.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (58,1)

If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air
bag system, the supplemental air bag warning
, located in the meter and gauges area,
light
will blink. Have the system checked by a
NISSAN dealer.

Other supplemental front-impact air bag
precautions

(hot steam cleaners) on the seat.
This can damage the seat or occupant classification sensors. This can
also affect the operation of the air
bag system and result in serious
personal injury.
.

Immediately after inflation, several
front air bag system components
will be hot. Do not touch them; you
may severely burn yourself.

No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring
of the supplemental air bag system.
This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or
damage to the supplemental air bag
system.

Do not make unauthorized changes
to your vehicle’s electrical system,
suspension system or front end
structure. This could affect proper
operation of the front air bag system.

WARNING
.

Do not place any objects on the
steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel. Also, do not place any
objects between any occupant and
the steering wheel or instrument
panel. Such objects may become
dangerous projectiles and cause
injury if the front air bags inflate.

Do not place objects with sharp
edges on the seat. Also, do not
place heavy objects on the seat that
will leave permanent impressions in
the seat. Such objects can damage
the seat or occupant classification
sensors (weight sensors). This can
affect the operation of the air bag
system and result in serious personal injury.

Do not use water or acidic cleaners

Tampering with the front air bag
system may result in serious personal injury. Tampering includes
changes to the steering wheel and
the instrument panel assembly by
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

placing material over the steering
wheel pad and above the instrument
panel or by installing additional trim
material around the air bag system.
.

Modifying or tampering with the
front passenger seat may result in
serious personal injury. For example, do not change the front seats by
placing material on the seat cushion
or by installing additional trim material, such as seat covers, on the
seat that is not specifically designed
to assure proper air bag operation.
Additionally, do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat
or the seat cushion and seatback.
Such objects may interfere with the
proper operation of the occupant
classification sensors.

No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring
of the seat belt system. This may
affect the front air bag system.
Tampering with the seat belt system
may result in serious personal injury.

Work on and around the front air
bag system should be done by a
NISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-

1-44 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (59,1)

collisions, although they may inflate if the forces
in another type of collision are similar to those of
a higher severity side impact. They are designed
to inflate on the side where the vehicle is
impacted. They may not inflate in certain side
collisions on the side where the vehicle is
impacted.

trical equipment should also be
done by a NISSAN dealer. The
Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) wiring harnesses* should not
be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electrical test equipment
and probing devices should not be
used on the air bag system.
.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an
indication of proper side air bag and curtain air
bag operation.

A cracked windshield should be
replaced immediately by a qualified
repair facility. A cracked windshield
could affect the function of the
supplemental air bag system.

*The SRS wiring harness connectors are
yellow and orange for easy identification.
When selling your vehicle, we request that you
inform the buyer about the front air bag system
and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections
in this Owner’s Manual.

SSS0978

FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND
ROOF-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS
The side air bags are located in the outside of
the seatback of the front seats. The curtain air
bags are located in the side roof rails. These
systems are designed to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out-ofposition occupants. However, all of the
information, cautions and warnings in this
manual still apply and must be followed.
The side air bags and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate in higher severity side
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

When the side air bags and curtain air bags
inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed
by release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful
and does not indicate a fire. Care should be
taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation
and choking. Those with a history of a breathing
condition should get fresh air promptly.
Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts,
help to cushion the impact force on the chest
and pelvic area of the front occupants. Curtain
air bags help to cushion the impact force to the
head of occupants in the front and rear outboard
seating positions. They can help save lives and
reduce serious injuries. However, side air bags
and curtain air bags may cause abrasions or
other injuries. Side air bags and curtain air bags
do not provide restraint to the lower body.
The seat belts should be correctly worn and the
driver and passenger seated upright as far as
practical away from the side air bags. Rear seat

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (60,1)

passengers should be seated as far away as
practical from the door finishers and side roof
rails. The side air bags and curtain air bags
inflate quickly in order to help protect the
occupants in the outboard seating positions.
Because of this, the force of the side air bags
and curtain air bags inflating can increase the
risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, or is
against, these air bag modules during inflation.
The side air bags and curtain air bags will deflate
quickly after the collision is over.
The side air bags and curtain air bags
operate only when the ignition switch is in
the ON position.

Right after inflation, several side air
bag and curtain air bag system
components will be hot. Do not
touch them; you may severely burn
yourself.

No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring
of the side air bag and curtain air
bag systems. This is to prevent
damage to or accidental inflation
of the side air bag and curtain air
bag systems.

Do not make unauthorized changes
to your vehicle’s electrical system,
suspension system or side panel.
This could affect proper operation
of the side air bag and curtain air
bag systems.

After turning the ignition switch to the ON
position, the supplemental air bag warning
light illuminates. The supplemental air bag
warning light will turn off after about 7
seconds if the systems are operational.

WARNING
.

Do not place any objects near the
seatback of the front seats. Also, do
not place any objects (an umbrella,
bag, etc.) between the front door
finisher and the front seat. Such
objects may become dangerous
projectiles and cause injury if a side
air bag inflates.

Tampering with the side air bag
system may result in serious personal injury. For example, do not
change the front seats by placing
material near the seatbacks or by
installing additional trim material,
such as seat covers, around the side
air bag.

Work around and on the side air bag
and curtain air bag systems should

be done by a NISSAN dealer. Installation of electrical equipment
should also be done by a NISSAN
dealer. The Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS) wiring harnesses*
should not be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electrical test
equipment and probing devices
should not be used on the side air
bag and curtain supplemental air
bag systems.
*The SRS wiring harness connectors are
yellow and orange for easy identification.
When selling your vehicle, we request that you
inform the buyer about the side air bag and
curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to
the appropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

1-46 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (61,1)

SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS
(front seats)

WARNING
.

The pretensioners cannot be reused
after activation. They must be replaced together with the retractor
and buckle as a unit.
If the vehicle becomes involved in a
collision but a pretensioner is not
activated, be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and, if
necessary, replaced by a NISSAN
dealer.
No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring
of the pretensioner system. This is
to prevent damage to or accidental
activation of the pretensioners.
Tampering with the pretensioner
system may result in serious personal injury.
Work around and on the pretensioner system should be done by a
NISSAN dealer. Installation of electrical equipment should also be
done by a NISSAN dealer. Unauthorized electrical test equipment

and probing devices should not be
used on the pretensioner system.
.

If you need to dispose of a pretensioner or scrap the vehicle, contact a
NISSAN dealer. Correct pretensioner disposal procedures are set
forth in the appropriate NISSAN
Service Manual. Incorrect disposal
procedures could cause personal
injury.

reduce forces against the chest.
The supplemental airbag warning light
is
used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner
system. See “SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG
WARNING LIGHT” later in this section. If the
supplemental airbag warning light illuminates,
have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.
When selling your vehicle, we request that you
inform the buyer about the pretensioner system
and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections
in this Owner’s Manual.

The pretensioner system may activate with the
supplemental air bag system in certain types of
collisions. Working with the seat belt retractor, it
helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle
becomes involved in certain types of collisions,
helping to restrain front seat occupants.
The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt
retractor. These seat belts are used the same
way as conventional seat belts.
When a pretensioner activates, smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard. The
smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a
fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it
may cause irritation and choking. Those with a
history of a breathing condition should get fresh
air promptly.
After pretensioner activation, load limiters allow
the seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) to
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-47

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2011/ 2/ 21

Black plate (62,1)

the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off.
This means the system is operational.
If any of the following conditions occur, the front
air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and
pretensioner systems need servicing:

SSS1020

SPA1097

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING
LABELS

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING
LIGHT

Warning labels about the supplemental frontimpact air bag system are placed in the vehicle
as shown in the illustration.

The supplemental air bag warning light, displayin the instrument panel, monitors the
ing
circuits of the supplemental front-impact air bag,
front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental
air bag, roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bag and seat belt pretensioner
systems. The monitored circuits include Air bag
Control Unit (ACU), crash zone sensor, satellite
sensors, occupant classification system, front air
bag modules, side air bag modules, curtain air
bag modules, pretensioners and all related
wiring.

1 SRS air bag
*

The warning labels are located on the surface of
the sun visors.

The supplemental air bag warning light
remains on after approximately 7 seconds.

The supplemental air bag warning light
flashes intermittently.

The supplemental air bag warning light does
not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the front air bag, side air
bag, curtain air bag and pretensioner systems
may not operate properly. They must be checked
and repaired. Take your vehicle to the nearest
NISSAN dealer.

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

1-48 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (63,1)

WARNING
If the supplemental air bag warning
light is on, it could mean that the front
air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag
and/or pretensioner systems will not
operate in an accident. To help avoid
injury to yourself or others, have your
vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as
soon as possible.

REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
The front air bags, side air bags, curtain air bags
and pretensioners are designed to activate on a
one-time-only basis. As a reminder, unless it is
damaged, the supplemental air bag warning light
will remain illuminated after inflation has occurred. Repair and replacement of these systems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer.
When maintenance work is required on the
vehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtain
air bags and pretensioners and related parts
should be pointed out to the person performing
the maintenance. The ignition switch should
always be in the LOCK position when working
under the hood or inside the vehicle.

WARNING
.

Once a front air bag, side air bag or
curtain air bag has inflated, the air
bag module will not function again
and must be replaced. Additionally,
the activated pretensioners must
also be replaced. The air bag module and pretensioner should be
replaced by a NISSAN dealer. The
air bag modules and pretensioner
system cannot be repaired.

The front air bag, side air bag and
curtain air bag systems, and pretensioner system should be inspected
by a NISSAN dealer if there is any
damage to the front end or side
portion of the vehicle.

If you need to dispose of a supplemental air bag or pretensioner or
scrap the vehicle, contact a NISSAN
dealer. Correct supplemental air
bag and pretensioner system disposal procedures are set forth in the
appropriate NISSAN Service Manual. Incorrect disposal procedures
could cause personal injury.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-49

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (7,1)

2 Instruments and controls
Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cockpit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Rear window wiper and washer switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch. . . . .
Meters and gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tachometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Fog light switch (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle information display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outside air temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch . . . . . . . . . . .
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
position indicator (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Heated seats (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trip computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Clock (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . . 2-11
Adjusting the time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indicator lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Cup holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Cargo floor box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Integrated control system (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Coat hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setup function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Cargo cover (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eco information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Moonroof (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Security System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Automatic moonroof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

2-31
2-32
2-33
2-34
2-34
2-37
2-37
2-37
2-38
2-38
2-39
2-40
2-40
2-41
2-41
2-41
2-42
2-43
2-43
2-43
2-44
2-44
2-47
2-47

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (8,1)

Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
Map lights (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49

Map light control switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
Cargo room lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (66,1)

COCKPIT
5.

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

11.
12.
13.
*:

Selector lever or shift lever
— Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
— Manual Transmission (MT)
Fuse box cover
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) switch*
Tilting steering wheel lever
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)
— Audio control
— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System control
Ignition switch (models without Intelligent Key
system)
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)
— Cruise control switches
Heated seat switch*
if so equipped

SSI0769

1.
2.

Outside mirror remote control switch
Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch
— Headlight
— Turn signal light
— Fog light*

Steering wheel
— Electric power steering system
— Horn
— Driver’s supplemental air bag
Wiper and washer switch

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

2-2

Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (67,1)

INSTRUMENT PANEL
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
*:
**:

Front passenger supplemental air bag
Side ventilator
Fuel-filler door release handle
Hood release handle
Push-button ignition switch (models with Intelligent Key system)
AUX/USB connector*
Parking brake
Cup holder
Power outlet
Glove box
if so equipped
Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner’s
Manual.

SSI0770

1.
2.
3.
4.

Meters and gauges
Center ventilator
Audio system* or Navigation system**
— Clock*
Hazard warning flasher switch

Integrated Control System*
— Clock
— Drive mode
— Heater and air conditioner control
— Defroster switch
Heater and air conditioner control (models without
Integrated Control System)
— Defroster switch
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Instruments and controls 2-3

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (68,1)

METERS AND GAUGES
*:

if so equipped

The needle indicators may move slightly
after the ignition switch is placed in the
OFF or LOCK position. This is not a
malfunction.

SIC4601

1.
2.
3.

2-4

Tachometer
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Vehicle information display
— Odometer/twin trip odometer
— Trip computer
— Outside air temperature
Fuel gauge

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Speedometer
Warning/indicator lights
Instrument brightness control knob
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) position indicator*
RESET switch for trip odometer/Trip computer
mode switch Informati
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (69,1)

For trip computer information, see “TRIP COMPUTER” later in this section.
Resetting the trip odometer:
3 for approximately 1
Pushing the reset switch *
second resets the trip odometer to zero.

SIC4504
Speedometer

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER
Speedometer
The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in
miles per hour (MPH) and kilometers per hour
(km/h).

SIC4571
Odometer/twin trip odometer

Odometer/twin trip odometer

1 /twin trip odometer *
2 are
The odometer *
displayed when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.

The odometer records the total distance the
vehicle has been driven.
The twin trip odometer records the distance of
individual trips.
Changing the display:
3
located on the
Pushing the reset switch *
meter panel changes the display as follows:

TRIP A ? TRIP B ? Trip computer mode ?
TRIP A
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Instruments and controls 2-5

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (70,1)

SPA2809

Loose fuel cap warning message

A
Push the reset button *
for more than 1
second to reset the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning
message after the fuel cap has been tightened.
For additional information see “FUEL-FILLER
CAP” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section of this manual.

SIC4506

TACHOMETER
The tachometer indicates engine speed in
revolutions per minute (RPM). Do not rev the
1 .
engine into the red zone *

CAUTION
When engine speed approaches the red
zone, shift to a higher gear or reduce
engine speed. Operating the engine in
the red zone may cause serious engine
damage.

SIC4123

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
GAUGE
1
The gauge *
indicates the engine coolant
temperature.

The engine coolant temperature is within the
normal range when the gauge is within the zone
2 shown in the illustration.
*
The engine coolant temperature varies with the
outside air temperature and driving conditions.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

2-6

Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (71,1)

indicates that the fuel-filler door is
The
located on the front passenger’s side of the
vehicle.

CAUTION
If the gauge indicates engine coolant
temperature near the hot (H) end of the
normal range, reduce vehicle speed to
decrease temperature. If gauge is over
the normal range, stop the vehicle as
soon as safely possible. If the engine is
overheated, continued operation of the
vehicle may seriously damage the engine. See “IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS” in the “6. In case of emergency”
section for immediate action required.

CAUTION
.

If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the
malfunction indicator light
(MIL) may come on. Refuel as soon
as possible. After a few driving trips,
the
light should turn off. If the
light remains on after a few driving
trips, have the vehicle inspected by
a NISSAN dealer.

For additional information, see
“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”
later in this section.

SIC4124

FUEL GAUGE
1 indicates the approximate fuel
The gauge *
level in the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,
turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills.
Refill the fuel tank before the gauge
registers 0 (empty).
The low fuel warning light
illuminates when
the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low.
Refuel as soon as it is convenient, preferably
before the gauge reaches 0. There will be a
small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel
gauge reaches 0.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Instruments and controls 2-7

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (72,1)

378F (38C) or lower, the outside air temperature
display blinks to give a warning. The display will
stop blinking after 1 minute or when the outside
air temperature becomes 398F (48C) or above.
The display may differ from the actual outside
temperature displayed on various signs or billboards.

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT) POSITION INDICATOR
(if so equipped)

SIC4531

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY

The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
position indicator indicates the selector lever
position when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.

When the ignition switch is placed in the ON
position, the vehicle information display shows
the following information:
1.
2.
3.
4.

SIC4532

TRIP COMPUTER
The switch for the trip computer is located on
the meter panel.
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON
position, modes of the trip computer can be
selected by pushing the trip computer mode
A .
switch *

Outside air temperature
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) position indicator (if so equipped)
Odometer/Instrument brightness control display
Twin trip odometer/Trip computer

A is
Each time the trip computer mode switch *
pushed, the display will change as follows:

OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE

(TRIP A ? TRIP B) ? Current fuel consumption
? Distance to empty (dte) ? Average fuel
consumption ? Elapsed time ? Torque vectoring AWD (AWD model) (? TRIP A)

The outside air temperature is displayed in 8F or
8C.
When the outside air temperature becomes
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

2-8

Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (73,1)

Current fuel consumption
The current fuel consumption mode shows the
current fuel consumption.

Distance to empty (dte — mls or km)

Average fuel consumption (mpg or l
(liter)/100 km)
The average fuel consumption mode shows the
average fuel consumption since the last reset.
Resetting is done by pushing the trip computer
A for approximately 1 second.
mode switch *

The distance to empty (dte) mode provides you
with an estimation of the distance that can be
driven before refueling. The dte is constantly
being calculated, based on the amount of fuel in
the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption.

The display is updated every 30 seconds. At
about the first 1/3 mile (500 m) after a reset, the
display shows “---”.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.

Elapsed time

The dte mode includes a low range warning
feature. When the fuel level is low, the dte mode
is automatically selected and the dte display will
A
blink. Push the trip computer mode switch *
to return to the mode that was selected before
the warning occurred.

The elapsed time mode shows the time since
the last reset. The displayed time can be reset
A
by pushing the trip computer mode switch *
for approximately 1 second.

If the amount of fuel added is small, the
display just before the ignition switch is
turned off may continue to be displayed.

When driving uphill or rounding curves, the
fuel in the tank shifts, which may momentarily change the display.

Torque vectoring AWD (AWD model)
The Torque vectoring mode shows the current
amount of torque distributed to each wheel.
Each torque indicator is displayed as a bar
1 divided into 3 segments. The upper
graph *
indicator displays the current amount of torque
distribution (left and right) for the front wheels.
The lower indicator displays the current amount
of torque distribution (left and right) for the rear
wheels. The number of segments shows the
amount of torque currently distributed to each
wheel.

When the fuel level drops even lower, the dte
display will change to “----”.
.

SIC4600

Resetting displays
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

When the average fuel consumption, elapsed
time or TRIP B is displayed, push the trip
Instruments and controls 2-9

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (74,1)

A for longer than 3
computer mode switch *
seconds. The average fuel consumption,
elapsed time and trip odometer (TRIP B only)
displays will be reset at the same time.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

2-10 Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (75,1)

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS AND
AUDIBLE REMINDERS
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light (AWD
model)*

Low fuel warning light

Cruise indicator light*

Low tire pressure warning light

Front passenger air bag status light

Low washer fluid warning light*

Engine start operation indicator light*

P position selecting warning light*

High beam indicator light

Seat belt warning light

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Charge warning light

Supplemental air bag warning light

Security indicator light

Door open warning light

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning
light

Low beam indicator light

Electric power steering warning light

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) indicator light (AWD
model)*

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Engine oil pressure warning light

All-Wheel Drive (AWD)-V indicator light
(AWD model)*

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator
light

Intelligent Key system warning light*

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
indicator light*

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning
light

Brake warning light

CHECKING BULBS
With all doors closed, apply the parking brake
and place the ignition switch in the ON position
without starting the engine. The following lights
will come on:

*: if so equipped

The following lights come on briefly and then go
off (if so equipped):
,
,

or
,

,
,

If any light does not come on, it may indicate a
burned-out bulb or an open circuit in the
electrical system. Have the system checked by
a NISSAN dealer.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Instruments and controls 2-11

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (76,1)

WARNING LIGHTS
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning
light (AWD model)
When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position,
the All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light will
illuminate. It will turn off soon after the engine is
started.
If the AWD system malfunctions or the revolution or radius of the front and the rear wheel
differs, the AWD warning light will either remain
illuminated or blink. (See “ALL-WHEEL DRIVE
(AWD)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.)

Anti-lock Braking System
(ABS) warning light

Starting and driving” section.)

Brake warning light

This light functions for both the parking brake
and the foot brake systems.
Parking brake indicator:
When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
the light illuminates when the parking brake is
applied.

When the parking brake is released and the
brake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brake
warning light and the Anti-lock Braking System
(ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicate
the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the
brake system checked, and if necessary repaired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. (See
“Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light”
earlier in this section.)

Low brake fluid warning light:
When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
the light warns of a low brake fluid level. If the
light illuminates while the engine is running with
the parking brake not applied, stop the vehicle
and perform the following:

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning
light illuminates and then turns off. This indicates
the ABS is operational.

1. Check the brake fluid level. If brake fluid is
necessary, add fluid and have the system
checked by a NISSAN dealer. (See “BRAKE
AND CLUTCH FLUID” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

If the ABS warning light illuminates while the
engine is running, or while driving, it may
indicate the ABS is not functioning properly.
Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the
warning system checked by a NISSAN
dealer.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock
function is turned off. The brake system then
operates normally, but without anti-lock assistance. (See “BRAKE SYSTEM” in the “5.

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning
indicator:

WARNING
.

Your brake system may not be
working properly if the warning light
is on. Driving could be dangerous. If
you judge it to be safe, drive carefully to the nearest service station
for repairs. Otherwise, have your
vehicle towed because driving it
could be dangerous.

Pressing the brake pedal with the
engine stopped and/or low brake
fluid level may increase your stopping distance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as
pedal travel.

If the brake fluid level is below the

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

2-12 Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (77,1)

minimum or MIN mark on the brake
fluid reservoir, do not drive until the
brake system has been checked at a
NISSAN dealer.

Charge warning light
If the light illuminates while the engine is running,
it may indicate the charging system is not
functioning properly. Turn the engine off and
check the alternator belt. If the belt is loose,
broken, missing or if the light remains on, see a
NISSAN dealer immediately.

CAUTION
Do not continue driving if the alternator
belt is loose, broken or missing.

Door open warning light
This light illuminates when any of the doors and/
or lift gate are not closed securely while the
ignition switch is in the ON position.

Electric power steering warning
light
When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
the electric power steering warning light illuminates. After starting the engine, the electric

power steering warning light turns off. This
indicates the electric power steering system is
operational.

yourself” section.)

CAUTION

If the electric power steering warning light
illuminates while the engine is running, it may
indicate the electric power steering system is
not functioning properly and may need servicing.
Have the electric power steering system
checked by a NISSAN dealer.
When the electric power steering warning light
illuminates with the engine running, the power
assist to the steering will cease operation but
you will still have control of the vehicle. At this
time, greater steering efforts are required to
operate the steering wheel, especially in sharp
turns and at low speeds.
See “ELECTRIC POWER STEERING SYSTEM” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.

Engine oil pressure warning light
This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If the
light flickers or illuminates during normal driving,
pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engine
immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other
authorized repair shop.
The engine oil pressure warning light is
not designed to indicate a low oil level.
Use the dipstick to check the oil level. (See
“ENGINE OIL” inInf
the
“8.
Maintenance
and do-itor
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Running the engine with the engine oil
pressure warning light on could cause
serious damage to the engine almost
immediately. Such damage is not covered by warranty. Turn off the engine as
soon as it is safe to do so.

Intelligent Key system warning light
(if so equipped)
After the ignition switch is placed in the ON
position, this light comes on for about 2 seconds
and then turns off.
This light illuminates or blinks as follows:
.

The light blinks in yellow when the door is
closed with the Intelligent Key left outside
the vehicle and the ignition switch in the
ACC or ON position. Make sure that the
Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

The light blinks in green when the Intelligent
Key battery is running out of power. Replace
the battery with a new one. (See “KEY
BATTERY REPLACEMENT” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)
Instruments and controls 2-13

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (78,1)

The light illuminates in yellow when it warns
of a malfunction with Intelligent Key system.

If the warning light illuminates in yellow while the
engine is stopped, it may be impossible to start
the engine. If the light comes on while the engine
is running, you can drive the vehicle. However in
these cases, contact a NISSAN dealer for repair
as soon as possible.

Low fuel warning light
This light illuminates when the fuel in the tank is
getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient,
preferably before the fuel gauge reaches the 0
(empty) position.
There will be a small reserve of fuel
remaining in the tank when the fuel gauge
reaches the 0 position.

Low tire pressure warning light
Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tire
pressure of all tires except the spare.
The low tire pressure warning light warns of low
tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not
functioning properly.
After the ignition switch is placed in the ON
position, this light illuminates for about 1 second
and turns off.

Low tire pressure warning:

“5. Starting and driving” section.

If the vehicle is being driven with low tire
pressure, the warning light will illuminate.
When the low tire pressure warning light
illuminates, you should stop and adjust the tire
pressure to the recommended COLD tire
pressure shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. The low tire pressure warning
light does not automatically turn off when the tire
pressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to
the recommended pressure, the vehicle must be
driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) to
activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire
pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure
gauge to check the tire pressure.
For additional information, see “TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)” in the
“5. Starting and driving” section and “TIRE
PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)”
in the “6. In case of emergency” section.
TPMS malfunction:
If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the low
tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute when the ignition switch is
placed in the ON position. The light will remain
on after 1 minute. Have the system checked by a
NISSAN dealer.
For additional information, see “TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM
I
nf
or
mat
i
on
Pr
ovi
dedby: (TPMS)” in the

WARNING
.

If the light does not illuminate with
the ignition switch placed in the ON
position, have the vehicle checked
by a NISSAN dealer as soon as
possible.

If the light illuminates while driving,
avoid sudden steering maneuvers or
abrupt braking, reduce vehicle
speed, pull off the road to a safe
location and stop the vehicle as
soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently
damage the tires and increase the
likelihood of tire failure. Serious
vehicle damage could occur and
may lead to an accident and could
result in serious personal injury.
Check the tire pressure for all four
tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the
recommended COLD tire pressure
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label to turn the low
tire pressure warning light OFF. If
the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure,

2-14 Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (79,1)

a tire may be flat. If you have a flat
tire, replace it with a spare tire as
soon as possible.
.

When a spare tire is mounted or a
wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not
function and the low tire pressure
warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will
remain on after 1 minute. Contact
your NISSAN dealer as soon as
possible for tire replacement and/
or system resetting.
Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could
affect the proper operation of the
TPMS.

CAUTION
.

The TPMS is not a substitute for the
regular tire pressure check. Be sure
to check the tire pressure regularly.
If the vehicle is being driven at
speeds of less than 16 MPH (25
km/h), the TPMS may not operate
correctly.

Be sure to install the specified size
of tires to the four wheels correctly.

Low washer fluid warning light
(Canada only)
This light illuminates when the washer fluid is at
a low level. Add washer fluid as necessary. (See
“WINDOW WASHER FLUID” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

P position selecting warning light
(if so equipped)
The warning light blinks in red when the ignition
switch is pushed to stop the engine with the
selector lever in any position except the P (Park)
position.
If this warning appears, move the selector lever
to the P (Park) position or push the ignition
switch to the ON position.
An inside warning chime will also sound.
See “INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM” in the “3.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Seat belt warning light
The light and chime remind you to fasten seat
belts. The light illuminates whenever the ignition
switch is placed in the ON position, and will
remain illuminated until the driver’s seat belt is
fastened. At the same time, the chime will sound
for about 6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt
is securely fastened.
The seat belt warning light for the front
passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is not
fastened when the front passenger’s seat is
occupied. For about 5 seconds after the ignition
switch is in the ON position, the system does
not activate the warning light for the front
passenger.
See “SEAT BELTS” in the “1. Safety — Seats,
seat belts and supplemental restraint system”
section for precautions on seat belt usage.

Supplemental air bag warning light
After turning the ignition switch to the ON
position, the supplemental air bag warning light
will illuminate. The supplemental air bag warning
light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the
supplemental front air bag and supplemental
side air bag, curtain side-impact air bag systems
and/or pretensioner seat belt are operational.
If any of the following conditions occur, the front
Instruments and controls 2-15

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (80,1)

air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and
pretensioner systems need servicing and your
vehicle must be taken to your nearest NISSAN
dealer.
.

The supplemental air bag warning light
remains on after approximately 7 seconds.

The supplemental air bag warning light
flashes intermittently.

The supplemental air bag warning light does
not illuminate at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the Supplemental
Restraint Systems and/or the pretensioners may
not function properly.
For additional information, see “SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM” in the “1. Safety —
Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint
system” section.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
warning light
The light will blink when the Vehicle Dynamic
Control (VDC) system is operating, thus alerting
the driver that the vehicle is nearing its traction
limits. The road surface may be slippery.

INDICATOR LIGHTS
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) indicator
light (AWD model)
When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position,
the All-Wheel Drive (AWD) indicator light
illuminates and then turns off.
When selecting AWD mode while the engine is
running, the AWD indicator light illuminates.
(See “ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD)” in the “5.
Starting and driving” section.)

All-Wheel Drive (AWD-V) indicator light (AWD model)
When selecting AWD-V mode while the engine
is running, the AWD-V indicator light illuminates.
(See “ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD)” in the “5.
Starting and driving” section.)

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) indicator light (if so
equipped)
When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position,
the Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
indicator light illuminates and then turns off.

Cruise indicator light (if so
equipped)
Cruise main switch indicator:
This light illuminates when the cruise control
main switch is pushed. The light turns off when
the main switch is pushed again. When the
cruise indicator light illuminates, the cruise
control system is operational.
Cruise malfunction:
If the cruise indicator light blinks while the
engine is running, it may indicate the cruise
control system is not functioning properly. Have
the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.
See “CRUISE CONTROL” in the “5. Starting
and driving” section.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

2-16 Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (81,1)

Front passenger air bag status
light

selected.

If the malfunction indicator light illuminates
steady or blinks while the engine is running, it
may indicate a potential emission control and/or
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) malfunction.

For front passenger air bag status light operation, see “NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG
SYSTEM (front seats)” in the “1. Safety —
Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint
system” section of this manual.

The malfunction indicator light may also illuminate steady if the fuel-filler cap is loose or
missing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel. Check
to make sure the fuel-filler cap is installed and
closed tightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3
US gallons (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.

This light appears when the selector lever is in
the P (Park) position (Continuously Variable
Transmission (CVT) models) or N (Neutral)
position (Manual Transmission (MT) models).
This light means that the engine will start by
pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal
depressed. You can start the engine directly in
any position.

High beam indicator light
This light illuminates when the headlight high
beam is on and goes out when the low beam is

Malfunction indicator light illuminated steady
— An emission control system and/or CVT
malfunction has been detected. Check the
fuel-filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP
warning message is displayed on the twin
trip odometer. If the fuel-filler cap is loose or
missing, tighten or install the cap and
light
continue to drive the vehicle. The
should turn off after a few driving trips. If the
light does not turn off after a few
driving trips, have the vehicle inspected by a
NISSAN dealer. You do not need to have
your vehicle towed to the dealer.

Malfunction indicator light blinking — An
engine misfire has been detected which may
damage the emission control system.

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

The front passenger air bag status light (located
on the center of the instrument panel) will be lit
and the passenger front air bag will be OFF
depending on how the front passenger seat is
being used.

Engine start operation indicator
light (if so equipped)

light should
After a few driving trips, the
turn off if no other potential emission control
system malfunction exists.
If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds
and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine
is not running, it indicates that the vehicle is not
ready for an emission control system inspection/
maintenance test. (See “READINESS FOR
INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST” in
the “9. Technical and consumer information”
section.)

To reduce or avoid emission control system
damage:
a) Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH
(72 km/h).
b) Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.
c) Avoid steep uphill grades.
d) If possible, reduce the amount of cargo
being hauled or towed.
The malfunction indicator light may stop
blinking and remain illuminated.

Operation:
The malfunction indicator light will illuminate in
one of two ways:

Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Instruments and controls 2-17

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 10/ 25

Black plate (82,1)

dealer. You do not need to have your vehicle
towed to the dealer.

CAUTION
Continued vehicle operation without
having the emission control system
and/or CVT system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor
driveability, reduced fuel economy, and
possible damage to the emission control system.

Security indicator light
The light blinks when the ignition switch is in the
ACC, OFF or LOCK position. This function
indicates the security system equipped on the
vehicle is operational.
If the security system is malfunctioning, this light
will remain on while the ignition switch is in the
ON position. For additional information, see
“SECURITY SYSTEMS” later in this section.

Low beam indicator light
The light illuminates when the headlight switch is
position.
turned to the

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights
The light flashes when the turn signal switch
lever or hazard switch is turned on.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off
indicator light
The light illuminates when the Vehicle Dynamic
Control (VDC) off switch is pushed to OFF. This
indicates that the VDC system is not operating.
When the VDC off indicator light and slip
indicator light illuminate with the VDC system
turned on, this light alerts the driver to the fact
that the VDC system’s fail-safe mode is operating, for example the VDC system may not be
functioning properly. Have the system checked
by a NISSAN dealer. If a malfunction occurs in
the system, the VDC system function will be
canceled but the vehicle is still driveable. For
additional information, see “VEHICLE DYNAMIC
CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM” in the “5. Starting
and driving” section of this manual.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS
Key reminder chime
Models with Intelligent Key system:
A chime will sound if the driver side door is
opened while the ignition switch is pushed to
the ACC position.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Make sure the ignition switch is pushed to the
OFF position, and take the Intelligent Key with
you when leaving the vehicle.
Models without Intelligent Key system:
The key reminder chime sounds if the driver’s
side door is opened while the key is left in the
ignition switch and the ignition switch is in the
ACC, OFF or LOCK position. Remove the key
and take it with you when leaving the vehicle.

Light reminder chime
The light reminder chime will sound when the
driver side door is opened with the light switch
or
position, and the
in the AUTO,
ignition switch is in the ACC, OFF or LOCK
position.
Turn the light switch off when you leave the
vehicle.

Brake pad wear warning
The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it
will make a high pitched scraping sound when
the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will
first occur only when the brake pedal is
depressed. After more wear of the brake pad,
the sound will always be heard even if the brake
pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes
checked as soon as possible if the warning
sound is heard.

2-18 Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (83,1)

Parking brake reminder chime
The parking brake reminder chime will sound if
the vehicle is driven at more than 4 MPH (7
km/h) with the parking brake applied. Stop the
vehicle and release the parking brake.

Depending on which Integrated Control System
mode selected (Drive mode or Climate Control
mode), the screen display and some button
functions will change.

Seat belt warning chime
The seat belt warning chime will sound for about
6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt is
securely fastened.

Drive mode
In the Drive mode, three types of driving
modes can be selected: NORMAL, SPORT
and ECO. See “DRIVE MODE” in the “5.
Starting and driving” section. In addition,
while in the Drive mode, SETUP, Drive
information and ECO information can be
displayed and adjusted. See “DRIVE
MODE” later in this section.

Climate Control mode
In the Climate Control mode, the climate
control can be set and adjusted. See
“AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER (with
Integrated Control System)” in the “4.
Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone
systems” section.

DRIVE MODE
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

When the Drive mode select button is pressed,
the display and buttons appear as shown.
Instruments and controls 2-19

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (84,1)

SETUP FUNCTION
While in the Drive mode, the following items can
be set up by pressing the SETUP button.
.

Display Brightness

Button Brightness

Clock Time Setting

Select Language

Select Units

Auto Interior Illumination

Selective Door unlock

Auto Headlight Sensitivity (if so equipped)

CLIMATE ECO

NOTE:
. The SETUP function cannot be adjusted while driving.
.
SIC4623

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Drive mode select button
SETUP button
Drive mode NORMAL button
Drive mode SPORT button
Drive mode ECO button
Display screen

7.
8.
9.

Drive information button
ECO information button
ENTER button/Selection dial

When the battery is disconnected, the
SETUP memory is erased and reverts to
the default settings. If necessary, reset
the SETUP memory after reconnecting
the battery.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

2-20 Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (85,1)

SIC4617

Setting Display Brightness and Button
Brightness
1. Press the Drive Mode Select button.
2. Press the SETUP button.
3. Turn the Selection dial to “Display Brightness” or “Button Brightness” then press the
ENTER button.

SIC4557

SIC4558

4. Turn the Selection dial to + to increase
brightness or to − to decrease brightness,
then press the ENTER button to apply the
selection.

Clock Time Setting

Display Brightness and Button Brightness can
be manually adjusted during the day (when the
headlight switch is off) or at night (when the
headlight switch is on).

3. Turn the Selection dial to “Clock Time
Setting”, then press the ENTER button.

1. Press the Drive Mode Select button.
2. Press the SETUP button.

When the bar is at the minimum or maximum
brightness level, the brightness level is the same
as the daytime level (headlight switch is on) or
nighttime level (headlight switch off).

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Instruments and controls 2-21

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (86,1)

SIC4559

4. Turn the Selection dial to select the day of
the week, then press the ENTER button to
apply the selection.
5. Turn the Selection dial to select the hour and
AM or PM, then press the ENTER button to
apply the selection.

SIC4560

Select Language
1. Press the Drive Mode Select button.

SIC4561

4. Turn the Selection dial to select the preferred language, then press the ENTER
button to apply the selection.

2. Press the SETUP button.
3. Turn the Selection dial to “Select Language”, then press the ENTER button.

6. Turn the Selection dial to select the minutes,
then press the ENTER button to apply the
selection.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

2-22 Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (87,1)

SIC4580

Select Units
1. Press the Drive Mode Select button.

SIC4581

4. Turn the Selection dial to select “US” or
“METRIC”, then press the ENTER button to
apply the selection.

2. Press the SETUP button.

SIC4605

Auto Interior Illumination
Select to turn the illumination of the interior
lights on or off when any door is unlocked.
1. Press the Drive Mode Select button.

3. Turn the Selection dial to “Select Units” then
press the ENTER button.

2. Press the SETUP button.
3. Turn the Selection dial to “Auto Interior
Illumination” then press the ENTER button.
4. Turn the Selection dial to select “ON” or
“OFF”, then press the ENTER button to
apply the selection.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Instruments and controls 2-23

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (88,1)

4. Turn the Selection dial to select “ON” or
“OFF”, then press the ENTER button to
apply the selection. The indicator will turn
red when selective door unlock is on.

SIC4606

SIC4607

Selective Door Unlock

Auto Headlight Sensitivity (if so
equipped)

When this item is turned on, only the driver’s
door is unlocked after the door unlock operation
is performed once. All of the doors can be
unlocked if the door unlock operation is performed again within 1 minute.

Select to adjust the sensitivity of the automatic
headlight.
1. Press the Drive Mode Select button.
2. Press the SETUP button.

When this item is turned off, all the doors will be
unlocked after the door unlock operation is
performed once.

3. Turn the Selection dial to “Auto Headlight
Sensitivity” then press the ENTER button.

1. Press the Drive Mode Select button.
2. Press the SETUP button.
3. Turn the Selection dial to “Selective Door
Unlock” then press the ENTER button.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

2-24 Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (89,1)

Trip distance (km or MILES)
The trip distance shows the distance driven
since the last reset.
To reset the elapsed time, average speed and
trip distance, push the ENTER button for more
than one second. All three drive information
displays will reset at the same time.

SIC4583

4. Turn the Selection dial to + to increase
sensitivity or to − to decrease sensitivity,
then press the ENTER button to apply the
selection.

SIC4562

DRIVE INFORMATION
While in the Drive mode, push the Drive
information button to display elapsed time,
average speed and trip distance. Pressing the
Drive information button a second time will
display the G (gravity)-Force screen.

Elapsed time
The elapsed time shows the time since the last
reset.

Average speed (km/h or MPH)
The average speed shows the average vehicle
speed since the last reset.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Instruments and controls 2-25

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (90,1)

button, then turning the selection dial to scroll
through the different screens.
While driving, only one ECO information screen
is displayed. The vehicle must be stopped to
scroll through the different screens.

SIC4618

G-Force screen
The G (gravity)-Force screen displays the
current acceleration and deceleration (front-torear) and cornering (side-to-side) G-Force on
the vehicle.

ECO INFORMATION

CAUTION
Do not adjust the display controls while
driving so that full attention may given
to vehicle operation.
The following ECO INFO mode will appear on
the display by pushing the ECO information

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

2-26 Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (91,1)

Reset at Start
Records of up to the past 4 times of each time of
ignition switch ON fuel consumption can be
shown on the display.

Manual Reset
Records of up to the past 4 times of resetting
fuel consumption can be shown on the display.
The displayed ECO INFO can be reset by
pushing the ENTER button for longer than 1
second.

SIC4563

Daily Reset
Records of up to the past 4 days of fuel
consumption can be shown on the display.

Weekly Reset
Records of up to the past 4 weeks of each

week’s fuel consumption can be shown on the
display.
NOTE:
When the clock is not set, the ECO
information (daily and weekly) cannot be
used.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Instruments and controls 2-27

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (92,1)

SECURITY SYSTEMS
The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot
prevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interior
or exterior vehicle components in all situations.
Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a
brief period. Never leave your keys in the vehicle,
and always lock it when unattended. Be aware
of your surroundings, and park in secure, well-lit
areas whenever possible.

SIC4543

Your vehicle has two types of security systems,
as follows:
.

Vehicle security system

NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System

Many devices offering additional protection,
such as component locks, identification markers,
and tracking systems, are available at auto
supply stores and specialty shops. Your
NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment.
Check with your insurance company to see if
you may be eligible for discounts for various
theft protection features.

SIC2045

How to arm the vehicle security system
1. Close all windows.
The system can be armed even if the
windows are open.
2. Models with Intelligent Key system:

The security condition will be shown by the
security indicator light.

Place the ignition switch in the OFF position
and remove the Intelligent Key from the
vehicle.

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM
The vehicle security system provides visual and
audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors,
or lift gate when the system is armed. It is not,
however, a motion detection type system that
activates when a vehicle is moved or when a
vibration occurs.

Models without Intelligent Key system:
Place the ignition switch in the LOCK
position and remove the key.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

2-28 Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (93,1)

3. Close all doors. Lock all doors. The doors
can be locked with:
.
.

the LOCK
button on the keyfob or
Intelligent Key (if so equipped)
any request switch (Intelligent Key
equipped model)

the power door lock switch

the key — master or mechanical (Intelligent Key equipped model)

4. Confirm that the security indicator light
illuminates. The security indicator light stays
on for about 30 seconds. The vehicle
security system is now pre-armed. After
about 30 seconds the vehicle security
system automatically shifts into the armed
phase. The security light begins to flash
once every approximately 3 seconds. If,
during this 30-second pre-arm time period,
the door is unlocked, or the ignition switch is
placed in the ACC or ON position, the
system will not arm.
Even when the driver and/or passengers
are in the vehicle, the system will activate
with all doors locked with the ignition
switch in the LOCK position. When turning
the ignition switch to the ACC or ON
position, the system will be released.

Vehicle security system activation
The vehicle security system will give the following alarm:
.

The headlights blink and the horn sounds
intermittently.

The alarm automatically turns off after
approximately 50 seconds. However, the
alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered
with again.

The alarm is activated by:
.

Unlocking the door without using the keyfob,
the Intelligent Key (if so equipped) the
request switch (if so equipped) or the key.
(Even if the door is opened by releasing the
door inside lock knob, the alarm will
activate.)

How to stop an activated alarm
The alarm will stop by unlocking a door by
button on the keyfob
pushing the UNLOCK
or Intelligent Key, pushing the request switch or
using the key. The alarm will not stop if the
ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON
position.
If the system does not operate as described above, have it checked by a
NISSAN dealer.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not
allow the engine to start without the use of the
registered key.
If the engine fails to start using the registered
key, it may be due to interference caused by
another registered key, an automated toll road
device or automated payment device on the key
ring. Restart the engine using the following
procedures:
1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON position
for approximately 5 seconds.
2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF or
LOCK position and wait approximately 10
seconds.
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again.
4. Restart the engine while holding the device
(which may have caused the interference)
separate from the registered key.
If this procedure allows the engine to start,
NISSAN recommends placing the registered key on a separate key ring to avoid
interference from other devices.
Statement related to section 15 of FCC
rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer
System (CONT ASSY-BCM. ANT ASSYIMMOBILISER)
Instruments and controls 2-29

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (94,1)

This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following
two conditions;

service as soon as possible. Please bring
all registered keys that you have when
visiting a NISSAN dealer for service.

(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation of the device.
CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EXPRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY
RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD
VOID THE USER’S AUTHORITY TO OPERATE THE EQUIPMENT.

SIC2045

Security indicator light
The security indicator light is located on the
meter panel. It indicates the status of the
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System.
The light blinks after the ignition switch was in
the LOCK position. This function indicates the
security systems equipped on the vehicle are
operational.
If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is
malfunctioning, this light will remain on while the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
If the light still remains on and/or the
engine will not start, see a NISSAN dealer
for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

2-30 Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (95,1)

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
SWITCH

WARNING
In freezing temperatures the washer
solution may freeze on the windshield
and obscure your vision which may lead
to an accident. Warm windshield with
the defroster before you wash the
windshield.

CAUTION
.

mix the washer fluid concentrate
and water.
If the windshield wiper operation is interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper may stop
moving to protect its motor. If this occurs,
turn the wiper switch to the OFF position
and remove the snow or ice that is on and
around the wiper arms. In approximately 1
minute, turn the switch on again to operate
the wiper.

Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds.

SIC3664

Do not operate the washer if the
reservoir tank is empty.

The windshield wiper and washer operates
when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Do not fill the window washer
reservoir tank with washer fluid
concentrates at full strength. Some
methyl alcohol based washer fluid
concentrates may permanently stain
the grille if spilled while filling the
window washer reservoir tank.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the
following speed:

Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates
with water to the manufacturer’s
recommended levels before pouring
the fluid into the window washer
reservoir tank. Do not use the
window washer reservoir tank to

High — continuous high speed operation
4
Push the lever up *
to have one sweep
operation of the wiper.

1
*

2
*
3
*

Intermittent — intermittent operation can be
A
adjusted by turning the knob toward *
B (Faster).
(Slower) or *
Low — continuous low speed operation

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Instruments and controls 2-31

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (96,1)

REAR WINDOW WIPER AND
WASHER SWITCH
5
Pull the lever toward you *
to operate the
washer. Then the wiper will also operate several
times.

Pulling up the wiper arm:
The wiper arm should be in the up position when
replacing the wiper.
5 when
To pull up the wiper arm, pull the lever *
the ignition switch is in the “OFF” position within
1 minute. The wiper operation stops in midoperation. The wiper arm can be pulled up.

To replace the wiper arm, place the wiper arm in
4
the down position and then push the lever *
up once.

CAUTION

WARNING
In freezing temperatures the washer
solution may freeze on the rear window
glass and obscure your vision. Warm
the rear window with the defroster
before you wash the rear window.

CAUTION
.

Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds.

Do not operate the washer if the
reservoir tank is empty.

Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates
with water to the manufacturer’s
recommended levels before pouring
the fluid into the window washer
reservoir tank. Do not use the
window washer reservoir tank to
mix the Iwasher
fluid
concentrate
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Do not operate the windshield wiper
while the wiper arm is pulled up. The
wiper arm may be damaged.

and water.
If the rear window wiper operation is
interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper may
stop moving to protect its motor. If this
occurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFF
position and remove the snow or ice that is
on and around the wiper arms. In approximately 1 minute, turn the switch on again
to operate the wiper.

2-32 Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (97,1)

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE
MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH
To defog/defrost the rear window glass and
outside mirrors (if so equipped), start the engine
1 on. The indicator light
and push the switch *
2 will illuminate. Push the switch again to turn
*
the defroster off.
It will automatically turn off in approximately 15
minutes.

CAUTION
When cleaning the inner side of the rear
window, be careful not to scratch or
damage the rear window defroster.
SIC3666

The rear window wiper and washer operate
when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

SIC4520
Type A

Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position
to operate the wiper.
1
*

Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operation
(not adjustable)

2
*

Low (ON) — continuous low speed operation
3
to operate the
Push the switch forward *
washer. Then the wiper will also operate several
times.
SIC4519
Type
Bi
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ov
dedby:

Instruments and controls 2-33

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (98,1)

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL
SWITCH
automatically when it is dark and turn off the
headlights when it is light.
For US models (if so equipped): The headlights
will also be turned on automatically at twilight or
in rainy weather (when the windshield wiper is
operated continuously).
If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF
position and one of the doors is opened and this
condition is continued, the headlights remain on
for 5 minutes.

Automatic headlights off delay
SIC3669

SIC3668

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

Autolight system (if so equipped)

Lighting

The autolight system allows the headlights to be
set so they turn on and off automatically.

1
*

*
2

Turn the switch to the
position:
The front park, side marker, tail, license
plate and instrument lights will come on.
Turn the switch to the
position:
Headlights will come on and all the other
lights remain on.

You can keep the headlights on for up to 45
seconds after you place the ignition switch in
OFF and open any door then close all the doors.

To set the autolight system:
1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the
1 .
AUTO position *
2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.
3. The autolight system automatically turns the
headlights on and off.
To turn the autolight system off, turn the switch
to the OFF,
or
position.
The autolight system can turn on the headlights
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

2-34 Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (99,1)

has been placed in the OFF position.
.

When the headlight switch remains in the
or
position after the lights
automatically turn off, the lights will turn on
when the ignition switch is placed in the ON
position.

CAUTION

SAA1232

Be sure not to put anything on top of the
1 located on the top of the
photo sensor *
instrument panel. The photo sensor controls the autolight; if it is covered, the
photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the
headlights will illuminate.

When you turn on the headlight
switch again after the lights automatically turn off, the lights will not
turn off automatically. Be sure to
turn the light switch to the OFF
position when you leave the vehicle
for extended periods of time, otherwise the battery will be discharged.

Never leave the light switch on
when the engine is not running for
extended periods of time even if the
headlights turn off automatically.

SIC3670

Headlight beam select
1
*
2
*

3
*

To select the low beam, put the lever in the
neutral position as shown.
To select the high beam, push the lever
forward while the switch is in the
position. Pull it back to select the low beam.
Pulling the lever toward you will flash the
headlight high beam even when the headlight switch is in the OFF position.

Battery saver system
.

When the headlight switch is in the
or
position while the ignition switch is in
the ON position, the lights will automatically
turn off 5 minutes
after
the ignition switch
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Daytime running light system (Canada
only)
The daytime running lights automatically illuminate when the engine is started with the parking
brake released. The daytime running lights
operate with the headlight switch in the OFF
position. Turn the
position or in the
position for full
headlight switch to the
Instruments and controls 2-35

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (100,1)

illumination when driving at night.

Instrument brightness control

If the parking brake is applied before the engine
is started, the daytime running lights do not
illuminate. The daytime running lights illuminate
once the parking brake is released. The daytime
running lights will remain on until the ignition
switch is placed in the OFF position.

The instrument brightness control operates
when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
A to adjust the brightPush the control knob *
ness of the instrument panel lights. The brightB will be shown briefly in the
ness indicator *
vehicle information display when the control is
turned.

WARNING

When the brightness level reaches the maximum
or minimum, a beep will sound.

When the daytime running light system
is active, tail lights on your vehicle are
not on. It is necessary at dusk to turn on
your headlights. Failure to do so could
cause an accident injuring yourself and
others.

SIC4517

SIC4129
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

2-36 Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (101,1)

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER
SWITCH

SIC3671

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
1 Turn signal
*

SIC3672

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped)

Move the lever up or down to signal the turning
direction. When the turn is completed, the turn
signals cancel automatically.

To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlight
position, then turn the switch
switch to the
position. To turn them off, turn the
to the
switch to the OFF position.

2 Lane change signal
*

The headlights must be on for the fog lights to
operate.

To indicate a lane change, move the lever up or
down to the point where lights begin flashing.

When the headlight switch is in the AUTO
position, turning the fog light switch to the
position will turn on the headlights, fog lights
and the other lights while the ignition switch is in
the ON position or the engine is running.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

SIC2574

Push the switch on to warn other drivers when
you must stop or park under emergency conditions. All turn signal lights will flash.

WARNING
.

If stopping for an emergency, be
sure to move the vehicle well off the
road.

Do not use the hazard warning
flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances
force you to drive so slowly that
your vehicle might become a hazard
to other traffic.
Instruments and controls 2-37

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2011/ 2/ 21

Black plate (102,1)

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)
OFF SWITCH

HORN
.

Turn signals do not work when the
hazard warning flasher lights are
on.

The flasher can be actuated with the ignition
switch in any position.
Some state laws may prohibit the use of
the hazard warning flasher switch while
driving.

SIC4521

To sound the horn, push the center pad area of
the steering wheel.

WARNING
Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so
could affect proper operation of the
supplemental front air bag system.
Tampering with the supplemental front
air bag system may result in serious
personal injury.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

SIC4544

The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle
Dynamic Control (VDC) system on for most
driving conditions.
If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDC
system reduces the engine output to reduce
wheel spin. The engine speed will be reduced
even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor.
If maximum engine power is needed to free a
stuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off.
To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFF
indicator will illuminate.
switch. The
Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the
engine to turn on the system. (See “VEHICLE
DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM” in the
“5. Starting and driving” section.)

2-38 Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (103,1)

HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)

WARNING
Do not use or allow occupants to use
the seat heater if you or the occupants
cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in
body parts that contact the seat. Use of
the seat heater by such people could
result in serious injury.

Any liquid spilled on the heated seat
should be removed immediately
with a dry cloth.

When cleaning the seat, never use
gasoline, thinner, or any similar
materials.

If any malfunctions are found or the
heated seat does not operate, turn
the switch off and have the system
checked by a NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION
.

The battery could run down if the
seat heater is operated while the
engine is not running.

SIC2770

The seats are warmed by built-in heaters. The
switches located on the center console can be
operated independently of each other.

Do not use the seat heater for
extended periods or when no one
is using the seat.

1. Start the engine.
2. Select heat range.

Do not put anything on the seat
which insulates heat, such as a
blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc.
Otherwise, the seat may become
overheated.

1 For high heat, push the HI (High) side of
*

the switch.

2 For low heat, push the LO (Low) side of
*

the switch.

Do not place anything hard or heavy
on the seat or pierce it with a pin or
similar object. This may result in
damage to the heater.

The indicator light in the switch
illuminate when the heater is on.

3
*

will

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Instruments and controls 2-39

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (104,1)

CLOCK (if so equipped)
3. To turn off the heater, return the switch to
the level position. Make sure the indicator
light goes off.
The heater is controlled by a thermostat,
automatically turning the heater on and off.
The indicator light will remain on as long as
the switch is on.
When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, or
before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn
off the switch.

The digital clock (in the audio unit) displays time
when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON
position. The clock ON or OFF mode can be
selected. For details of the digital clock in the
INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM, refer to
“Clock Time Setting” earlier in this section. For
details of the digital clock in the NAVIGATION
SYSTEM, refer to “Clock” in the “4. Heater, air
conditioner, audio and phone systems” section.
If the power supply is disconnected, the
clock will not indicate the correct time.
Readjust the time.
SIC4131

ADJUSTING THE TIME
1 to turn the clock on
Push the CLOCK button *
or off.

1. Push and hold the CLOCK button
the clock display starts to flash.

1
*

until

2 to adjust
2. Push the SEEK/TRACK button *
the hours.

3. Push the TUNE/FF·REW button
adjust the minutes.
4. Push the CLOCK button
the clock set mode.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

1
*

3
*

again to exit

The display will return to the regular clock
display after 5 seconds.

2-40 Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (105,1)

POWER OUTLET

STORAGE

SIC4525

The power outlet is located in the instrument
panel.

Avoid using power outlet when the
air conditioner, headlights or rear
window defroster is on.

This power outlet is not designed
for use with a cigarette lighter unit.

Push the plug in as far as it will go.
If good contact is not made, the plug
may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open.

Before inserting or disconnecting a
plug, be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF.

When not in use, be sure to close
the cap. Do not allow water to
contact the outlet.

CUP HOLDERS

CAUTION
.

Avoid abrupt starting and braking
when the cup holder is being used
to prevent spilling the drink. If the
liquid is hot, it can scald you or your
passenger.

Use only soft cups in the cup holder.
Hard objects can injure you in an
accident.

CAUTION
.

The outlet and plug may be hot
during or immediately after use.

Do not use with accessories that
exceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power
draw. Do not use double adapters or
more than one electrical accessory.

Use power outlet with the engine
running to avoid discharging the
vehicle battery.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Instruments and controls 2-41

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (106,1)

Soft bottle holders

CAUTION
.

Do not use bottle holder for any
other objects that could be thrown
about in the vehicle and possibly
injure people during sudden braking
or an accident.

Do not use bottle holder for open
liquid containers.
SIC4529

SIC4527
Center console

CARGO FLOOR BOX
1. To open the cargo floor box, pull the board
A .
*

SIC4528
Door (front and rear)

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

2-42 Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (107,1)

object on it could cause an injury in
an accident or sudden stop.

SIC4526

GLOVE BOX

SIC3505

Do not leave the cargo cover in the
vehicle with it disengaged from the
holder.

The child restraint top tether strap
may be damaged by contact with
the cargo cover or items in the
luggage area. Remove the cargo
cover from the vehicle or secure it
and any luggage. Your child could
be seriously injured or killed in a
collision if the top tether strap is
damaged.

COAT HOOK

WARNING
Keep glove box lid closed while driving
to help prevent injury in an accident or a
sudden stop.
To open the glove box, pull the handle.
To close, push the lid in until the lock latches.

The coat hook is located above the rear side
window.

The cargo cover keeps the luggage compartment contents hidden from the outside.

CAUTION
Do not apply a total load of more than 2
kg (4 lb) to the hook.

CARGO COVER (if so equipped)

WARNING
.

Never put anything on the cargo
cover, noInfomatter
how
r
mat
i
onPr
ovi
de
dby: small. Any
Instruments and controls 2-43

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (108,1)

WINDOWS
gate side garnish.

POWER WINDOWS

To remove the cargo cover:

WARNING

1. Open the lift gate.
2. Remove the rope from the lift gate side
garnish.
3. Remove the clip
garnish.
4. Remove the clip
garnish.

B
*

from the lift gate side

A
*

from the lift gate lower

Make sure that all passengers have
their hands, etc. inside the vehicle
while it is in motion and before
closing the windows. Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows.

Do not leave children unattended
inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls and become trapped in the
window. Unattended children could
become involved in serious accidents.

The power windows operate when the ignition
switch is in the ON position, or for about 45
seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the
OFF position. If the driver’s or front passenger’s
door is opened during this period of about 45
seconds, power to the windows is canceled.

SIC4584

To install the cargo cover:
1. Open the lift gate.
A on the lift gate lower garnish.
2. Fix the clip *

3. Fix the clip

B
*

on the lift gate side garnish.

4. Hook the rope on the clip located on the lift

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

2-44 Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (109,1)

Push it in again to cancel.

SIC4533

SIC4523

Main power window switch (driver’s
side)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Passenger side power window switch
The passenger side switch will open or close
only the corresponding window. To open or
close the window, push down or pull up the
switch and hold it.

Window lock button
Driver side window
Rear left passenger side window
Front passenger side window
Rear right passenger side window

A or
To open or close the window, push down *
B the switch and hold it. The main
pull up *
switch (driver side switches) will open or close
all the windows.

Locking passengers’ windows

C is pushed in, only the
When the lock button *
driver side window can be opened or closed.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Instruments and controls 2-45

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (110,1)

Auto-reverse function

SIC4524

Automatic operation
The automatic operation is available for the
mark on its surface.
switch that has an
To fully open or close the window, completely
push down or pull up the switch and release it;
the switch need not be held. The window will
automatically open or close all the way. To stop
the window, just push or lift the switch in the
opposite direction.
A light push or pull on the switch will cause the
window to open or close until the switch is
released.

If the control unit detects something caught in
the window as it is closing, the window will be
immediately lowered.
The auto reverse function can be activated when
the window is closed by automatic operation
when the ignition switch is in the ON position or
for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is placed
in the OFF position.

1. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.
2. Close the door.
3. Open the window completely by operating
the power window switch.
4. Pull the power window switch and hold it to
close the window, and then hold the switch
more than 3 seconds after the window is
closed completely.
5. Release the power window switch. Operate
the window by the automatic function to
confirm the initialization is complete.
If the power window automatic function does
not operate properly after performing the procedure above, have your vehicle checked by a
NISSAN dealer.

Depending on the environment or driving
conditions, the auto reverse function may
be activated if an impact or load similar to
something being caught in the window
occurs.

If the windows do not close automatically
If the power window automatic function (closing
only) does not operate properly, perform the
following procedure to initialize the power
window system.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

2-46 Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (111,1)

MOONROOF (if so equipped)

WARNING
.

In an accident you could be thrown
from the vehicle through an open
moonroof. Always use seat belts
and child restraints.

about 45 seconds, power to the moonroof is
canceled.

Sunshade
The sunshade will open automatically when the
moonroof is opened. However, it must be closed
manually.

Do not allow anyone to stand up or
extend any portion of their body out
of the moonroof opening while the
vehicle is in motion or while the
moonroof is closing.
SIC4624

CAUTION
.

Remove water drops, snow, ice or
sand from the moonroof before
opening.

Do not place any heavy object on
the moonroof or surrounding area.

Sliding the moonroof
To fully open or close the moonroof, push the
1 or
2 and release
switch toward
*
*
it; it need not be held. The roof will automatically
open or close all the way. To stop the roof, push
the switch in any direction while it is opening or
closing.

AUTOMATIC MOONROOF

Tilting the moonroof

The moonroof only operates when the ignition
switch is in the ON position.

To tilt up, first close the moonroof by pushing the
2 . Push the switch toward
switch toward
*
2 again and release it; it need not be
*
held. To tilt down the moonroof, push the switch
1 .
toward
*

The automatic moonroof is operational for about
45 seconds, even if the ignition switch is turned
to the OFF position. If the driver’s door or the
passenger’s door is opened during this period of
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Instruments and controls 2-47

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (112,1)

INTERIOR LIGHTS
Auto reverse function

WARNING
There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which
cannot be detected. Make sure that all
passengers have their hands, etc., inside the vehicle before closing the
moonroof.
If the control unit detects something caught in
the moonroof when it is closing, the moonroof
will be immediately opened.
The auto reverse function can be activated when
the moonroof is closed by automatic operation
when the ignition switch is in the ON position or
for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is
turned to the OFF position.
If the moonroof cannot be closed automatically
when the auto reverse function activates due to
a malfunction, push and hold the switch toward
2 .
*

If the moonroof does not operate
If the moonroof does not operate properly,
perform the following procedure to initialize the
moonroof operation system.
1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully by
repeatedly pushing the switch toward
2 .
*
2. Push and hold the switch toward
to tilt the moonroof up.

CAUTION
Do not use for extended periods of time
with the engine stopped. This could
result in a discharged battery.

2
*

3. Release the moonroof switch after the
moonroof moves slightly up and down.
4. Push and hold the switch toward
to fully tilt the moonroof down.

1
*

5. Check if the moonroof switch operates
normally.
If the moonroof does not operate properly after
performing the procedure above, have your
vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.

Depending on the environment or driving
conditions, the auto reverse function may
be activated if an impact or load similar to
something being caught in the moonroof
occurs.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

2-48 Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (113,1)

map lights will illuminate under the following
conditions:
.

ignition switch is placed in the OFF position
(models with Intelligent Key system)
— remain on for about 15 seconds.

the key is removed from the ignition switch
(models without Intelligent Key system)
— remain on for about 15 seconds.

SIC4572

MAP LIGHTS (if so equipped)
Operate the map light switch to turn the map
light on or off.
1 : ON position
*
2 : OFF position
*

SIC4573

MAP LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH (if so
equipped)
The map lights control switch has three posi1 , OFF *
2 and center.
tions: ON *

ON position
When the switch is in the ON position
map lights will illuminate.

doors are unlocked by pushing the UNLOCK
button (on the keyfob or
Intelligent Key) or the request switch (Intelligent Key system equipped model), with
the ignition switch in the LOCK position
— remain on for about 15 seconds.

any door is opened and then closed with the
ignition switch in the LOCK position
— remain on for about 15 seconds.

1 , the
*

OFF position

2 , the
When the switch is in the OFF position *
map lights will not illuminate, regardless of the
condition.

Center position

any door is opened with the ignition switch
in the ACC or ON position
— remain on while the door is opened.
When the door is closed, the lights go off.

The lights will turn off after 15 minutes
when the lights remain illuminated to
prevent the battery from becoming discharged.

When the switch
is
in
the
center
position, the
I
nf
or
mat
i
onP
r
ovi
ded
by:
Instruments and controls 2-49

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (114,1)

CARGO ROOM LIGHTS
The cargo room lights illuminate when the lift
gate is opened. When the lift gate is closed, the
lights will turn off.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

2-50 Instruments and controls

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (10,1)

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Intelligent Keys (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Locking with key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Remote keyless entry system (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
How to use remote keyless entry system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Intelligent Key system (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Intelligent Key operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Door locks/unlocks precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Intelligent Key operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Battery saver system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Warning lights and audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to use remote keyless entry function . . . . . . . . . .
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lift gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Opening the fuel-filler door. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel-filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tilt steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tilt operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inside mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outside mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vanity mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-14
3-15
3-17
3-21
3-22
3-23
3-23
3-23
3-25
3-25
3-25
3-26
3-26
3-26
3-27

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (118,1)

KEYS
A key number plate is supplied with your keys.
Record the key number and keep it in a safe
place (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If
you lose your keys, see a NISSAN dealer for
duplicates by using the key number. NISSAN
does not record any key numbers so it is very
important to keep track of your key number plate.

duplicate your existing key. As many as 5 keys
can be used with one vehicle. You should bring
all the registered keys that you have to a
NISSAN dealer for registration. This is because
the registration process will erase the memory of
all key codes previously registered into the
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. After the
registration process, these components will only
recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle
Immobilizer System during registration. Any key
that is not given to your dealer at the time of
registration will no longer be able to start your
vehicle.

A key number is only necessary when you have
lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate
from. If you still have a key, this key can be
duplicated by a NISSAN dealer.

SPA2405

1.
2.

Master key (2 sets)
Key number plate

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS
Your vehicle can only be driven with the master
keys which are registered to the NISSAN
Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your
vehicle. These keys have a transponder chip in
the key head.

CAUTION
Do not allow the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System key, which contains
an electrical transponder, to come in
contact with salt water. This could
cause the system to malfunction.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.
Additional or replacement keys:
If you still have a key, the key number is not
necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle
Immobilizer System
keys.
Your
dealer can
I
nf
or
mat
i
on
Pr
ovi
dedb
y:

3-2

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (119,1)

nents when registering new keys, be sure to take
all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN
dealer.

CAUTION
.

SPA2406

1.
2.
3.

Intelligent Key (2 sets)
Mechanical key (inside Intelligent Key) (2 sets)
Key number plate

INTELLIGENT KEYS (if so equipped)
Your vehicle can only be driven with the
Intelligent Keys which are registered to your
vehicle’s Intelligent Key system components and
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be
registered and used with one vehicle. The new
keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer
prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your
vehicle. Since the registration process requires
erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key compo-

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key
with you when driving. The Intelligent Key is a precision device with a
built-in transmitter. To avoid damaging it, please note the following.
— The Intelligent Key is water
resistant; however, wetting may
damage the Intelligent Key. If
the Intelligent Key gets wet,
immediately wipe until it is completely dry.
— Do not bend, drop or strike it
against another object.
— Do not place the Intelligent Key
for an extended period in a
place where temperatures exceed 1408F (608C).
— Do not change or modify the
Intelligent Key.
— Do not use a magnet key holder.
— Do not place the Intelligent Key
near an electric appliance such
as a television set, personal

computer or cellular phone.
— Do not allow the Intelligent Key
to come into contact with water
or salt water, and do not wash it
in a washing machine. This
could affect the system function.
If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,
NISSAN recommends erasing the ID
code of that Intelligent Key. This will
prevent the Intelligent Key from
unauthorized use to unlock the
vehicle. For information regarding
the erasing procedure, please contact a NISSAN dealer.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (120,1)

DOORS

WARNING
.

Always have the doors locked while
driving. Along with the use of seat
belts, this provides greater safety in
the event of an accident by helping
to prevent persons from being
thrown from the vehicle. This also
helps keep children and others from
unintentionally opening the doors,
and will help keep out intruders.

Before opening any door, always
look for and avoid oncoming traffic.

Do not leave children unattended
inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls. Unattended children could
become involved in serious accidents.

SPA2033

Mechanical key
To remove the mechanical key, release the lock
knob at the back of the Intelligent Key.
To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it into
the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to
the lock position.
Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the
doors. (See “DOORS” later in this section.)

CAUTION
Always carry the mechanical key installed in the Intelligent Key.

SPA2602

LOCKING WITH KEY
The power door lock system allows you to lock
or unlock all doors simultaneously.
.

Turning the driver’s door key cylinder to the
1 will lock all doors and
front of the vehicle *
the lift gate.

Turning the driver’s door key cylinder once
2 will unlock the
to the rear of the vehicle *
driver’s door. After returning the key to the
neutral position, turning it to the rear again
within 5 seconds will unlock all doors and
the lift gate.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

3-4

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (121,1)

LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK
SWITCH
Operating the power door lock switch will lock
or unlock all the doors. The switches are located
on the driver’s door armrests.
To lock the doors, push the power door lock
1 with the driver’s
switch to the lock position *
door open, then close the door.
When locking the door this way, be sure
not to leave the key inside the vehicle.

SPA2603

SPA2803
Driver’s armrest

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB

To unlock the doors, push the power door lock
2 .
switch to the unlock position *

Lockout protection
Lockout protection function helps to prevent the
keys from being accidentally locked inside the
vehicle.

To lock the door without the key, move the inside
1 then close the
lock knob to the lock position *
door.

For models with Intelligent Key system:

To unlock, move the inside lock knob to the
2 .
unlock position *

When the power door lock switch is moved
to the lock position with the ignition switch
placed in the ACC or ON position and any
door open, all doors will lock and then
unlock automatically.

When the power door lock switch is moved
to the lock position with the Intelligent Key
left in the vehicle and any door open, all
doors will unlock automatically and a chime
will sound after the door is closed.

When locking the door without a key, be
sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle.

SPA2804
Passenger’s
armrest
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (122,1)

For models without Intelligent Key system:
When the power door lock switch is moved to
the lock position with the key in the ignition
switch and any door open, all doors will lock and
then unlock automatically.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS
.

All doors lock automatically when the vehicle
speed reaches 15 MPH (24 km/h).

All doors unlock automatically when the
ignition switch is placed in the OFF position
(models with Intelligent Key system).

All doors unlock automatically when the key
is removed from the ignition switch (models
without Intelligent Key system).

will flash twice. When deactivated, the
hazard warning lights will flash once.
5. The ignition switch must be placed in the
OFF and ON position again between each
setting change.
When the automatic door unlock system is
deactivated, the doors do not unlock when the
ignition is placed in the OFF position. To unlock
the door manually, use the inside lock knob or
the power door lock switch.

SPA2801

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK
Child safety rear door locks help prevent the rear
doors from being opened accidentally, especially when small children are in the vehicle.

The automatic unlock function can be
deactivated or activated.
To deactivate or activate the automatic door
unlock system, perform the following procedure.

When the levers are in the lock position
1 , the rear doors can be opened only
*
from the outside.

1. Close all doors.
2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.

To disengage, move the levers to the unlock
2 .
position *

3. Within 20 seconds of performing step 2.
.

Push and hold the power door lock
switch to the
(UNLOCK) position
for more than 5 seconds.

4. When activated, the hazard warning lights

3-6

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (123,1)

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
(if so equipped)
It is possible to lock/unlock all doors (including
the lift gate), and activate the panic alarm by
using the keyfob from outside the vehicle.
Before locking the doors, make sure the
key is not left in the vehicle.
The keyfob can operate at a distance of
approximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle.
(The effective distance depends upon the
conditions around the vehicle.)
As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with one
vehicle. For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs, contact a
NISSAN dealer.
The keyfob will not function in the following
situations.
.

When the keyfob is not within the operational range.

When the doors are open or not closed
securely.

When the ignition switch is in the “ON”
position.

When the battery is discharged.

WARNING
The remote keyless entry keyfob transmits radio waves when the buttons are
pushed. The FAA advises that the radio
waves may affect aircraft navigation

and communication systems.
operate the keyfob while on
plane. Make sure the buttons
operated unintentionally when
is stored during a flight.

Do not
an airare not
the unit

CAUTION
The following conditions or occurrences will damage the keyfob.
. Do not allow the keyfob to become
wet.
.

Do not drop the keyfob.

Do not strike the keyfob sharply
against another object.

If the outside temperature is below
148F (−108C), the battery of the
Intelligent Key may not function
properly.

Do not place the keyfob for an
extended period in an area where
temperatures exceed 1408F (608C).

NISSAN dealer.
If the indicator light on the keyfob does not
illuminate when pushing the buttons, the keyfob
battery may be discharged.
For information regarding the replacement of a
battery, see “KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT”
in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”
section.

If a keyfob is lost or stolen, NISSAN
recommends erasing the ID code of that
keyfob. This will prevent the keyfob
from unauthorized use to unlock the
vehicle. For information regarding the
erasing procedure,
please
contact a
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ov
i
dedby:
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (124,1)

position.

remains open.
5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the
horn chirps once.
.

When the LOCK
button is pushed with
all doors locked, the hazard indicator flashes
twice and the horn chirps once as a
reminder that the doors are already locked.
Operate the door handles to confirm that the
doors have been securely locked.

Unlocking doors
SPA2416

1. Push the UNLOCK
keyfob.

1 LOCK button
*
2 UNLOCK button
*
3 PANIC button
*

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM

button

2
*

The driver’s door unlocks.

The hazard indicator flashes once if all
doors are completely closed.
button again within

Locking doors

All the doors and the lift gate unlock.

1. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

The hazard indicator flashes once if all
doors are completely closed.

2. Close all the doors.
3. Push the LOCK
keyfob.

button

1
*

on the

4. All the doors will lock.
All of the doors will lock when the LOCK
button is pushed even though a door

3-8

If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,
you may activate the alarm to call attention as
follows:
3
1. Push the PANIC
button *
on the
keyfob for more than 1 second.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlights will
stay on for 25 seconds.
3. The panic alarm stops when:

on the

2. Push the UNLOCK
5 seconds.

Using panic alarm

All doors will be locked automatically unless one
of the following operations is performed within 1
minute of pushing the UNLOCK
button.
.

Opening any door (including the lift gate).

Placing theInfoignition
switch
in the ON
r
mat
i
onPr
ovi
de
dby:

It has run for 25 seconds, or

Any of the buttons on the keyfob is
pushed. (Note: the PANIC button must
be pushed for more than 1 second.)

Setting hazard indicator and horn mode
This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn
mode when you first receive the vehicle.
In hazard indicator and horn mode, when the
1 is pushed, the hazard
LOCK
button *
indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once.
2 is pushed,
button *
When the UNLOCK
the hazard indicator flashes once.
If the horn chirp is not necessary, you can switch
to hazard indicator only mode by following the
switching procedure.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (125,1)

In hazard indicator only mode, when the LOCK
button is pushed, the hazard indicator
button
flashes twice. When the UNLOCK
is pushed, neither the hazard indicator nor the
horn operates.

Mode (Pushing the

button)

DOOR LOCK

DOOR UNLOCK

Hazard indicator and horn mode

HAZARD - twice
HORN - once

HAZARD - once
HORN - none

Hazard indicator mode

HAZARD - twice

HAZARD - none

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (126,1)

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (if so
equipped)
Switching procedure:
To switch the hazard indicator and horn opera1
and UNLOCK
tion, push the LOCK
*
2 buttons on the keyfob simultaneously
*
for more than 2 seconds.
.

When the hazard indicator mode is set, the
hazard indicator flashes 3 times.

When the hazard indicator and horn mode is
set, the hazard indicator flashes once and
the horn chirps once.

CAUTION

WARNING
.

Radio waves could adversely affect
electric medical equipment. Those
who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment
manufacturer for the possible influences before use.
The Intelligent Key transmits radio
waves when the buttons are
pushed. The FAA advises that the
radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems. Do not operate the
Intelligent Key while on an airplane.
Make sure the buttons are not
operated unintentionally when the
unit is stored during a flight.

The Intelligent Key system can operate all the
door locks using the remote controller function
or pushing the request switch on the vehicle
without taking the key out from a pocket or
purse. The operating environment and/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system
operation.
Be sure to read the following before using the
Intelligent Key system.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key
with you when operating the vehicle.

Never leave the Intelligent Key in
the vehicle when you leave the
vehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicating with
the vehicle as it receives radio waves. The
Intelligent Key system transmits weak radio
waves. Environmental conditions may interfere
with the operation of the Intelligent Key system
under the following operating conditions.
.

When operating near a location where
strong radio waves are transmitted, such
as a TV tower, power station and broadcasting station.

When in possession of wireless equipment,
such as a cellular phone, transceiver, and
CB radio.

When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or
covered by metallic materials.

When any type of radio wave remote control
is used nearby.

When the Intelligent Key is placed near an
electric appliance such as a personal

3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (127,1)

computer.
.

When the vehicle is parked near a parking
meter.

CAUTION
.

In such cases, correct the operating conditions
before using the Intelligent Key function or use
the mechanical key.
Although the life of the battery varies depending
on the operating conditions, the battery’s life is
approximately 2 years. If the battery is discharged, replace it with a new one.

Do not allow the Intelligent Key,
which contains electrical components, to come into contact with
water or salt water. This could affect
the system function.

Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

Do not strike the Intelligent Key
sharply against another object.

Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key.

For information regarding replacement of a
battery, see “KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT”
in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”
section.

Wetting may damage the Intelligent
Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,
immediately wipe until it is completely dry.

As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered
and used with one vehicle. For information about
the purchase and use of additional Intelligent
Keys, contact a NISSAN dealer.

If the outside temperature is below
148F (−108C) degrees, the battery of
the Intelligent Key may not function
properly.

Do not place the Intelligent Key for
an extended period in an area where
temperatures exceed 1408F (608C).

Do not attach the Intelligent Key
with a key holder that contains a
magnet.

Do not place the Intelligent Key near

Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves, if the key is left near equipment
which transmits strong radio waves, such as
signals from a TV and personal computer, the
battery life may become shorter.

equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, audio
equipment, personal computers or
cellular phone.
If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN
recommends erasing the ID code of that
Intelligent Key from the vehicle. This may prevent
the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to
operate the vehicle. For information regarding
the erasing procedure, contact a NISSAN dealer.
The Intelligent Key function can be disabled. For
information about disabling the Intelligent Key
function, contact a NISSAN dealer.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (128,1)

SPA2407

SPA2074

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING
RANGE
The Intelligent Key functions can only be used
when the Intelligent Key is within the specified
1 .
operating range from the request switch *
When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or
strong radio waves are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key system’s operating range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent
Key may not function properly.

switches may not function.
When the Intelligent Key is within the operating
range, it is possible for anyone who does not
carry the Intelligent Key to push the request
switch to lock/unlock the doors including the lift
gate.

The operating range is within 31.50 in (80 cm)
1 .
from each request switch *
If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door
glass, handle or rear bumper, the request

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAUTION
.

Do not push the door handle request switch
with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as
illustrated. The close distance to the door
handle will cause the Intelligent Key system
to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle.

After locking with the door handle request
switch, verify the doors are securely locked
by testing them.

To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left
inside the vehicle, make sure you carry the
key with you and then lock the doors.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (129,1)

Do not pull the door handle before pushing
the door handle request switch. The door
will be unlocked but will not open. Release
the door handle once and pull it again to
open the door.

SPA2408

SPA2545

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION
You can lock or unlock the doors without taking
the key out from your pocket or bag.
When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, you
can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door
handle request switch (driver’s or front passenA or lift gate request switch *
B within
ger’s) *
the range of operation.

SPA2710

When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazard
indicator will flash and the horn (or the outside
chime) will sound as a confirmation. For details,
see “Setting hazard indicator and horn mode”
later in this section.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (130,1)

Locking doors
1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF position
and carry the Intelligent Key with you.*1

2. The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once. The corresponding
door or the lift gate will unlock.

2. Close all the doors.*2

3. Push the request switch again within 1
minute.

3. Push the door handle request switch (driA
ver’s or front passenger’s) *
or the lift
B while carrying the
gate request switch *
Intelligent Key with you.*3

4. The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once again. All the doors
and the lift gate will unlock.

4. All the doors and the lift gate will lock.
5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the
outside chime sounds twice.

All doors will be locked automatically unless one
of the following operations is performed within 1
minute after pushing the request switch while
the doors are locked.

*1: Doors will lock with the request switch while
the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON
position.

Opening any door.

Pushing the ignition switch.

*2: Doors will not lock with the request switch
while any door is open.

During this 1-minute time period, if the UNLOCK
button on the Intelligent Key is pushed, all
doors will be locked automatically after another
1 minute.

*3: Doors will not lock with the request switch
when the Intelligent Key is left inside the
vehicle. However, when an Intelligent Key is
inside the vehicle, doors can be locked with
another registered Intelligent Key.

Unlocking doors

A or
1. Push the door handle request switch *
B
while
the lift gate request switch *
carrying the Intelligent Key with you.

Opening lift gate
1. Carry the Intelligent Key.
2. Push the lift gate opener switch
3. The lift gate will unlock.

C .
*

BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM
When all the following conditions are met for 60
minutes, the battery saver system will cut off the
power supply to prevent battery discharge.
.

The ignition switch is in the ACC position,
and

All doors are closed, and

The selector lever is in the P (Park) position
(CVT).

WARNING LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE
REMINDERS
To help prevent the vehicle from moving
unexpectedly by erroneous operation of the
Intelligent Key listed on the following chart or
to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen,
chime or beep sounds inside and outside the
vehicle and a warning light illuminates or blinks.
When a chime or beep sounds or the warning
light illuminates or blinks, be sure to check the
vehicle and Intelligent Key.
See “TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE” later in
this section and “WARNING/INDICATOR
LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS” in the
“2. Instruments and controls” section.
Intelligent Key system warning light:

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

P position selecting warning light:

3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (131,1)

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
Symptom

Possible cause

Action to take

The P position selecting warning light in the
When pushing the ignition switch meter illuminates and the inside warning chime The selector lever is not in the P (Park) Shift the selector lever to the P (Park)
to stop the engine
sounds continuously (Continuously Variable
position.
position.
Transmission models).
When shifting the selector lever
to the P (Park) position.

The inside warning chime sounds continuously The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi(Continuously Variable Transmission models). position.
tion.

When opening the driver’s door
to get out of the vehicle

The inside warning chime sounds continuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC
position.

Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.

The Intelligent Key system warning light in the
meter blinks in yellow, and the outside chime The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON
sounds 3 times and the inside warning chime position.
When closing the door after get- sounds for a few seconds.
ting out of the vehicle
The P position selecting warning light in the
The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF
meter illuminates and the outside chime
position and the selector lever is not in
sounds continuously (Continuously Variable
the P (Park) position.
Transmission models).
When closing the door with the The outside chime sounds for a few seconds
inside lock knob turned to LOCK and all the doors unlock.

Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.
Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
position and push the ignition switch to the
OFF position.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
When pushing the request switch
button on the The outside chime sounds for a few seconds.
or the LOCK
A door is not closed securely.
Close the door securely.
Intelligent Key to lock the door
The Intelligent Key system warning light in the
The battery charge is low.
meter blinks in green.

When pushing the ignition switch
to start the engine
The Intelligent Key system warning light in the
meter blinks in yellow and the inside warning The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle.
chime sounds for a few seconds.

Replace the battery with a new one. (See
“KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT” in the “8.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)
Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (132,1)

Symptom

Possible cause

The Intelligent Key system warning light in the It warns of a malfunction with the
When pushing the ignition switch
meter illuminates in yellow.
Intelligent Key system.

Action to take
Contact a NISSAN dealer.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (133,1)

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS
ENTRY FUNCTION

WARNING
.

CAUTION
.

Do not allow the Intelligent Key,
which contains electrical components, to come into contact with
water or salt water. This could affect
the system function.

Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

Do not strike the Intelligent Key
sharply against another object.

Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key.

Wetting may damage the Intelligent
Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,
immediately wipe until it is completely dry.

Do not place the Intelligent Key for
an extended period in an area where
temperatures exceed 1408F (608C).

Do not attach the Intelligent Key
with a key holder that contains a
magnet.

Do not place the Intelligent Key near
equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, audio
equipment, personal computers or
cellular phone.

The remote keyless entry function will not
operate:
.

When the Intelligent Key is not within the
operational range.

When the doors are open or not closed
securely.

When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged.

The remote keyless entry function can also
operate the vehicle alarm.

The remote keyless entry function can operate
all door locks using the remote keyless entry
function of the Intelligent Key. The remote
keyless entry function can operate at a distance
of approximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle.
(The operating distance depends upon the
conditions around the vehicle.)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (134,1)

Intelligent Key.
5. All the doors and the lift gate will lock.
6. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the
horn chirps once.
*1: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while
the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON
position.
*2: Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key
while any door is open.
Operate the door handles to confirm that the
doors have been securely locked.
SPA2252
1 LOCK
*
2 UNLOCK
*
3 PANIC
*

button
button
button

1. Push the UNLOCK
Intelligent Key once.

When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazard
indicator will flash and the horn will sound as a
confirmation. For details, see “Setting hazard
indicator and horn mode” later in this section.

Locking doors
1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF position
and carry the Intelligent Key with you.*1
2. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
3. Close all the doors.*2
4. Push the LOCK

Unlocking doors

button

1
*

on the

button

2
*

on the

2. The hazard indicator flashes once. The
driver’s door will unlock.
3. Push the UNLOCK
1 minute.

button again within

4. The hazard indicator flashes once. All the
doors and the lift gate will unlock.
All doors will be locked automatically unless one
of the following operations is performed within 1
minute after pushing the UNLOCK
button
while the doors are locked.
.

Opening any door (including the lift gate).
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Pushing the ignition switch.

During this 1-minute time period, if the UNLOCK
button is pushed, all doors will be locked
automatically after another 1 minute.

Using panic alarm
If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,
you may activate the alarm to call attention as
follows:
3
1. Push the PANIC
button *
on the
Intelligent Key for more than 1 second.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlights will
stay on for 25 seconds.
3. The panic alarm stops when:
.

It has run for 25 seconds, or

Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key
is pushed. (Note: the PANIC button
must be pushed for more than 1
second.)

3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (135,1)

If horns are not necessary, the system can be
switched to the hazard indicator mode.
In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCK
button is pushed, the hazard indicator flashes
button is
twice. When the UNLOCK
pushed, neither the hazard indicator nor the
horn operates.

Hazard indicator and horn mode:
DOOR LOCK

Operation
Pushing door handle request switch
or lift gate request switch
Pushing

button

DOOR UNLOCK

HAZARD - twice
OUTSIDE CHIME - twice

HAZARD - once
OUTSIDE CHIME - once

HAZARD - twice
HORN - once

HAZARD - once
HORN - none

Hazard indicator mode:
DOOR LOCK

Operation
Pushing door handle request switch
or lift gate request switch
Pushing

button

DOOR UNLOCK

HAZARD - twice
OUTSIDE CHIME - none

HAZARD - none
OUTSIDE CHIME - none

HAZARD - twice
HORN - none

HAZARD - none
HORN - none

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (136,1)

Switching procedure:
To switch the hazard indicator and horn (chime)
1
and UNoperation, push the LOCK
*
2 buttons on the Intelligent Key
LOCK
*
simultaneously for more than 2 seconds.
.

When the hazard indicator mode is set, the
hazard indicator flashes 3 times.

When the hazard indicator and horn mode is
set, the hazard indicator flashes once and
the horn chirps once.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (137,1)

HOOD

WARNING
.

Make sure the hood is completely
closed and latched before driving.
Failure to do so could cause the
hood to fly open and result in an
accident.

If you see steam or smoke coming
from the engine compartment, to
avoid injury do not open the hood.

SPA2798

When opening the hood:
1
1. Pull the hood release handle *
located
below the instrument panel; the hood will
then spring up slightly.
2 in between the hood
2. Locate the lever *
and grille, and push the lever sideways with
your fingertips.

3. Raise the hood

3 .
*

4. Remove the support rod
5 .
into the slot *

4
*

and insert it

be hot immediately after the engine has
been stopped.
When closing the hood:
1. Return the support rod to its original
position.
2. Slowly move the hood down to latch the
lock.
3. Push the hood down to lock the hood
securely into place.

A when removing or
Hold the coated part *
resetting the support rod. Avoid direct
contact with the metal parts, as they may
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (138,1)

LIFT GATE
cylinder and turning it to the rear of the
vehicle twice.

WARNING
.

Always be sure the lift gate has
been closed securely to prevent it
from opening while driving.

Do not drive with the lift gate open.
This could allow dangerous exhaust
gases to be drawn into the vehicle.
See “EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section of this manual.

Do not leave children unattended
inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls. Unattended children could
become involved in serious accidents.

Make sure that all passengers have
their hands, etc. inside the vehicle
before closing the lift gate.

SPA2799

To open the lift gate, unlock it and push the lift
A . Pull up the lift gate to
gate opener switch *
open.
The lift gate can be unlocked by:
— pushing the UNLOCK
button on the
keyfob or the Intelligent Key (if so equipped)
twice.
— pushing the lift gate request switch with the
Intelligent Key carried with you (if so
equipped).
— pushing the power door lock switch to the
unlock position.
— inserting the key into the driver’s door key
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (139,1)

FUEL-FILLER DOOR

WARNING
.

Gasoline is extremely flammable
and highly explosive under certain
conditions. You could be burned or
seriously injured if it is misused or
mishandled. Always stop engine
and do not smoke or allow open
flames or sparks near the vehicle
when refueling.

Do not attempt to top off the fuel
tank after the fuel pump nozzle
shuts off automatically. Continued
refueling may cause fuel overflow,
resulting in fuel spray and possibly
a fire.

Use only an original equipment type
fuel-filler cap as a replacement. It
has a built-in safety valve needed
for proper operation of the fuel
system and emission control system. An incorrect cap can result in a
serious malfunction and possible
injury. It could also cause the malfunction indicator light to come on.

Never pour fuel into the throttle
body to attempt to start your vehicle.

SPA2800

SPA2336

OPENING THE FUEL-FILLER DOOR

FUEL-FILLER CAP

To open the fuel-filler door, pull the release
handle located below the instrument panel. To
lock, close the fuel-filler door securely.

To remove the fuel-filler cap:
1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwise
to remove.
2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder
while refueling.

1
*
A
*

To install the fuel-filler cap:
1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into the fuelfiller tube.
2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise
single click is heard.

2
*

until a

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 10/ 25

Black plate (140,1)

Do not fill a portable fuel container
in the vehicle or trailer. Static electricity can cause an explosion of
flammable liquid, vapor or gas in
any vehicle or trailer. To reduce the
risk of serious injury or death when
filling portable fuel containers:
— Always place the container on
the ground when filling.
— Do not use electronic devices
when filling.
— Keep the pump nozzle in contact
with the container while you are
filling it.
— Use only approved portable fuel
containers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION
.

If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,
flush it away with water to avoid
paint damage.

Insert the cap straight into the fuelfiller tube, then tighten until the
fuel-filler cap clicks. Failure to tighten the fuel-filler cap properly may
cause the
malfunction indicator
light (MIL) to illuminate. If the

light illuminates because the fuelfiller cap is loose or missing, tighten
or install the cap and continue to
drive the vehicle. The
light
should turn off after a few driving
trips. If the
light does not turn
off after a few driving trips, have the
vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer.
For additional information, see
“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”
in the “2. Instruments and controls”
section.
.

The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning
message will be displayed if the
fuel-filler cap is not properly tightened. Failure to tighten the fuelfiller cap properly after the LOOSE
FUEL CAP warning message is displayed may cause the
Malfunction Indicator Light (M IL) t o
illuminate.

SPA2809

LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message
The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message is
displayed on the trip computer when the fuelfiller cap is not tightened correctly after the
vehicle has been refueled. To turn off the
warning message, do the following procedure:
1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap as
previously described as soon as possible.
2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it clicks.
A for
3. Push the trip computer mode switch *
about 1 second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL
CAP warning message after tightening the
fuel cap.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (141,1)

TILT STEERING COLUMN

SUN VISORS

WARNING
Do not adjust the steering wheel while
driving. You could lose control of your
vehicle and cause an accident.

SPA2808

TILT OPERATION
1 and adjust the
Push the lock lever down *
2 to the desired
steering wheel up or down *
position.
3 securely to lock the
Pull the lock lever up *
steering wheel in place.

SIC2872

1. To block out glare from the front, swing
1 .
down the sun visor *
2. To block glare from the side, remove the sun
visor from the center mount and swing it to
2 .
the side *
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-25

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (142,1)

MIRRORS

SPA2143

SPA2447

INSIDE MIRROR
Adjust the angle of the inside mirror to the
desired position.

1 will reduce glare from the
The night position *
headlights of vehicles behind you at night.
2 when driving in daylight
Use the day position *
hours.

WARNING
Use the night position only when necessary, because it reduces rear view
clarity.

SPA2214

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING
Objects viewed in the outside mirror on
the passenger side are closer than they
appear. Be careful when moving to the
right. Using only this mirror could cause
an accident. Use the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder to properly
judge distances to other objects.

Adjusting outside mirrors
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

The outside mirror control switch is located at
the lower part of the instrument panel.

3-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (143,1)

The outside mirror will operate only when the
ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.
1 or left *
2 to select
Move the switch right *
3 using
the right or left side mirror, then adjust *
the control switch.

Defrosting outside mirrors (if so
equipped)
The outside mirrors will be heated when the rear
window defroster switch is operated. (See
“REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR
DEFROSTER SWITCH” in the “2. Instruments
and controls” section.)
SPA1829

SIC3869

Foldable outside mirrors

VANITY MIRROR

Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward the
rear of the vehicle.

To use the front vanity mirror, pull down the sun
visor and pull up the cover.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-27

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (144,1)

MEMO

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

3-28 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (13,1)

4 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone
systems
Safety note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Control panel buttons — color screen with
navigation system (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
How to use touch screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
How to use the BACK button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
How to use brightness control and display ON/
OFF button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
How to use the setup button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
RearView monitor (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
How to read the displayed lines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Difference between predicted and actual
distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
How to adjust the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Center ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Side ventilators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Heater and air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Manual air conditioner (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Automatic air conditioner
(with Integrated Control System). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Setting climate eco. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audio operation precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD)
player (Type A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD)
player (Type B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iPod® player operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CD/USB memory care and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering wheel switch for audio control . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Car phone or CB radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Regulatory information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Getting started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
List of voice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speaker Adaptation (SA) mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-20
4-21
4-21
4-21
4-33
4-41
4-46
4-48
4-49
4-50
4-51
4-52
4-53
4-53
4-56
4-56
4-58
4-61
4-64

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (146,1)

CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS —
COLOR SCREEN WITH NAVIGATION
SYSTEM (if so equipped)

SAFETY NOTE

WARNING
.

Do not disassemble or modify this
system. If you do, it may result in
accidents, fire, or electric shock.

Do not use this system if you notice
any abnormality, such as a frozen
screen or lack of sound. Continued
use of the system may result in
accident, fire or electric shock.

In case you notice any foreign
object in the system hardware, spill
liquid on it, or notice smoke or smell
coming from it, stop using the
system immediately and contact
your nearest NISSAN dealer. Ignoring such conditions may lead to
accidents, fire, or electric shock.

Do not attempt to operate the system in
extreme temperature conditions [below
−48F (−208C) and above 1588F (708C)].
Operating this system under these conditions may result in system malfunctions.

SAA3377

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

(brightness control) button (P.4-5)
Display screen
MAP button*
NAV button*
TRAF button*
SETUP button (P.4-5)

7.
8.
9.

BACK button (P.4-5)
TUNE/SCROLL knob (P.4-41)
Power button/Volume control knob (P.4-41)

*For navigation system control buttons, refer to
the separate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

4-2

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (147,1)

When you use this system, make sure the
engine is running.
If you use the system with the engine not
running (ignition ON or ACC) for a long
time, it will discharge the battery, and the
engine will not start.
Reference symbols:
“Example” — Words marked in quotes refer to a
key shown only on the display. These keys can
be selected by touching the screen.

HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN

CAUTION
.

The glass screen on the liquid
crystal display may break if it is hit
with a hard or sharp object. If the
glass breaks, do not touch the liquid
crystalline material, which contains
a small amount of mercury. In case
of contact with skin, wash immediately with soap and water.
To clean the display, never use a
rough cloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or any kind of solvent or paper
towel with a chemical cleaning
agent. They will scratch or deteriorate the panel.

Do not splash any liquid such as
water or car fragrance on the display. Contact with liquid will cause
the system to malfunction.

To help ensure safe driving, some functions
cannot be operated while driving.
The on-screen functions that are not available
while driving will be “grayed out” or muted.
Park the vehicle in a safe location and then
operate the navigation system.

WARNING

SAA3422

ALWAYS give your full attention to
driving.

Avoid using vehicle features that
could distract you. If distracted,
you could lose control of your
vehicle and cause an accident.

Touch screen operation
Selecting the item:
Touch an item to select. For example, to select
1 on
the “Audio” key, touch the “Audio” key *
the screen.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-3

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (148,1)

SAA3387

Adjusting the item:
For screens where an item can be adjusted
incrementally, such as when adjusting the bass
and treble for the audio system, touch the “+”
1 or the “−” key *
2 to adjust the settings
key *
of an item.
When there are more items than can be
displayed on one screen, touch the up arrow
3 to scroll up the page or touch the down
*
4 to scroll down the page.
arrow *

SAA3388

Other items are adjusted by selecting one of a
set number of conditions. For example, the
Display Mode can be set to “Automatic”, “Day”
or “Night”. To adjust this type of item, touch the
1 . The item will cycle through the
item *
available settings and the red indicator lights
2 will come
to the left of the setting condition *
on or turn off accordingly.

SAA3389

Inputting characters:
Touch the letter key

1 .
*

There are some options available when inputting
characters.
.

123/ABC:
Changes the available character set to
numbers.

Space:
Inserts a space.

Delete:
Deletes the last inputted character with one

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

4-4

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (149,1)

touch. Touch and hold the “Delete” key to
delete all of the characters.
.

OK:
Completes the character input.

Touch screen maintenance
If you clean the display screen, use a dry, soft
cloth. If additional cleaning is necessary, use a
small amount of neutral detergent with a soft
cloth. Never spray the screen with water or
detergent. Dampen the cloth first and then wipe
the screen.

HOW TO USE THE BACK BUTTON

SAA3390

SAA3423

Push the
BACK button to return to the
previous screen.

HOW TO USE THE SETUP BUTTON

Audio setup

HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CONTROL AND DISPLAY ON/OFF BUTTON

When the SETUP button is pushed, the Setup
screen will appear on the display. You can select
and/or adjust several functions, features and
modes that are available for your vehicle.

Select the “Audio” key to adjust the following
items to the preferred setting. These settings
can also be displayed by pushing the AUDIO
button (TUNE/SCROLL knob).

To change the display brightness, push the
button. Pushing the button again will change the
display to the day or the night display.

Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade:
Controls the sound of the audio system. Balance
adjusts the sound between the left and right
speakers. Fade adjusts the sound between the
front and rear speakers.

If no operation is performed within 5 seconds,
the display will return to the previous display.
Push and hold the
button for more than two
seconds to turn the display off. Push the button
again to turn the display on.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-5

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (150,1)

Navigation setup
Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner’s Manual for information regarding this item.

XM setup
For XM setup, refer to “AUDIO SYSTEM” later in
this section.

SAA3424

SAA3391

System setup

Speed Volume:

Select the “System” key to select and/or adjust
various functions of the system. A screen with
additional options will appear.

Controls the level to which the volume is
adjusted as the vehicle’s driving speed changes.
Choose a setting between 1 and 5 or choose 0
to disable the feature entirely.
AUX Level:
Controls the volume level of incoming sound
when an auxiliary device is connected to the
system. Available options are Quiet, Medium
and Loud.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

4-6

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (151,1)

“Night” modes are suited for the respective
times of day, while “Automatic” controls the
display automatically.
.

Scroll Direction:

The direction that menus scroll can be adjusted.
Choose either “up” or “down”.

SAA3392

SAA3393

Display:

Clock:

Select the “Display” key to adjust the appearance of the display. The following settings can
be adjusted:

Select the “Clock” key to adjust the time and the
appearance of the clock on the display. The
following settings can be adjusted:

Brightness:

The brightness of the display can be set to Very
Bright, Bright, Default, Dark or Very Dark. Touch
the “Brightness” key to cycle through the
options.
.

The clock can be set to 12 hours or 24 hours.
.

Use GPS Clock:

When this setting is activated, the clock is set
and continually updated via the GPS used by
the Navigation System.

Display Mode:

The display can be adjusted to fit the level of
lighting in the vehicle. Touch the “Display Mode”
key to cycle through the options. “Day” and

Time Format:

.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Set Clock Manually:

When this setting is activated, the clock can be
Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-7

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (152,1)

set manually. Touch the “+” or “−” key to adjust
the hours and minutes up or down.
.

appears on the screen or a button on the unit
button) is pressed and held
(such as the
for two seconds.

Daylight Savings Time:

Reset all settings/memory:

When this setting is activated, daylight savings
time is on. Touch the “Daylight Savings Time”
key to toggle the setting on or off.
.

Select the “Reset All Settings/Memory” key to
return all settings to default and to clear the
memory.

Time Zone:

Traffic setup

Choose the applicable time zone from the list.

Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner’s Manual for information regarding this item.
SAA3395

Language:
Select the “Language” key to adjust the
language used by the system. The language
can be set to English, Français or Español.
Touch click:
Select the “Touch Click” key to toggle the touch
click feature on or off. When activated, a click
sound will be heard every time a key on the
screen is touched.
Beep tones:
Select the “Beep Tones” key to toggle the beep
tones feature on or off. When activated, a beep
sound will be heard when a pop-up message
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

4-8

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (153,1)

REARVIEW MONITOR (if so
equipped)
When the selector lever is shifted into the R
(Reverse) position, the monitor display shows
the view to the rear of the vehicle.
The system is designed as an aid to the driver in
detecting large stationary objects to help avoid
damaging the vehicle. The system will not detect
small objects below the bumper and may not
detect objects close to the bumper or on the
ground.

because of its monitoring range
limitation.
.

Do not put anything on the rear view
camera.

When washing the vehicle with
high-pressure water, be sure not to
spray it around the camera. Otherwise, water may enter the camera
unit causing water condensation on
the lens, a malfunction, fire or an
electric shock.

Do not strike the camera. It is a
precision instrument. Otherwise, it
may malfunction or cause damage
resulting in a fire or an electric
shock.

WARNING
.

The rear view camera is a convenience but it is not a substitute for
proper backing up. Always turn and
check that it is safe to do so before
backing up. Always back up slowly.
Objects viewed in the RearView
Monitor differ from actual distance
because a wide-angle lens is used.
Objects in the RearView Monitor
will appear visually opposite than
when viewed in the rear view and
outside mirrors.

Make sure that the lift gate is
securely closed when backing up.

Underneath the bumper and the
corner areas of the bumper cannot
be viewed on the RearView Monitor

SAA2776

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED
LINES
Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width
and distances to objects with reference to the
A are displayed on the monitor.
bumper line *

CAUTION
Do not scratch the camera lens when
cleaning dirt or snow from the lens.

Distance guide lines:
Indicate distances from the vehicle body.
.
.
.
.

1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)
*
2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m)
Yellow line *
3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m)
Green line *
4 : approx. 10 ft (3 m)
Green line *

Red line

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-9

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (154,1)

Vehicle width guide lines

5 :
*

the hill is viewed in the monitor further than it
appears.

Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED
AND ACTUAL DISTANCES
The distance guide line and the vehicle width
guide line should be used as a reference only
when the vehicle is on a level, paved surface.
The distance viewed on the monitor is for
reference only and may be different than the
actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects.

SAA1978

Backing up on a steep uphill
When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the
distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide
lines are shown closer than the actual distance.
For example, the display shows 3 ft (1 m) to the
A , but the actual 3 ft (1 m) distance on
place *
B . Note that any object on
the hill is the place
*
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

4-10 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (155,1)

the hill is viewed in the monitor closer than it
appears.

SAA1979

SAA3440

Backing up on a steep downhill

Backing up near a projecting object

When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the
distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide
lines are shown further than the actual distance.
For example, the display shows 3 ft (1 m) to the
A , but the actual 3 ft (1 m) distance on
place *
B . Note that any object on
the hill is the place *

The vehicle may seem to nearly clear the object
in the display. However, the vehicle may hit the
object if it projects over the actual backing up
course.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-11

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (156,1)

course.

HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN
To adjust the Brightness and Contrast of the
RearView Monitor, push the SETUP button until
the desired mode is displayed with the RearView
Monitor on, and turn the TUNE control dial to
adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen
to the preferred level.

screen. This is due to strong reflected light
from the bumper. This is not a malfunction.
.

The screen may flicker under fluorescent
light. This is not a malfunction.

The colors of objects on the RearView
Monitor may differ somewhat from those of
the actual object.

Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a
dark place or at night. This is not a
malfunction.

If dirt, rain or snow attaches to the camera,
the RearView Monitor may not clearly display objects. Clean the camera.

Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to
clean the camera. This will cause discoloration. To clean the camera, wipe with a cloth
dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent
and then wipe with a dry cloth.

Do not damage the camera as the monitor
screen may be adversely affected.

Do not use wax on the camera window.
Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth
dampened with mild detergent diluted with
water.

OPERATING TIPS

SAA3475

When the selector lever is shifted to the R
(Reverse) position, the monitor screen automatically changes to the RearView Monitor
mode. However, the radio can be heard.

It may take some time until the RearView
Monitor or the normal screen is displayed
after the selector lever has been shifted to R
from another position or to another position
from R. Objects may be distorted momentarily until the RearView Monitor screen is
displayed completely.

When the temperature is extremely high or
low, the screen may not clearly display
objects. This is not a malfunction.

When strong light directly enters the camera, objects may not be displayed clearly.
This is not a malfunction.

Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the

Backing up behind a projecting object

C
The position *
is shown further than the
B
in the display. However, the
position *
C is actually at the same distance
position *
A . The vehicle may hit the
as the position *
A if
object when backing up to the position *
the object projects over the actual backing up

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

4-12 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (157,1)

VENTILATORS

SAA2381

SAA3338

CENTER VENTILATORS

SIDE VENTILATORS

Adjust the air flow direction of ventilators as
illustrated.

Open or close the vents, and adjust the air flow
direction of ventilators as illustrated.

Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators by
moving the center knob (up/down and left/right)
until the preferred position is achieved.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-13

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (158,1)

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

WARNING
.

The air conditioner cooling function
operates only when the engine is
running.

Do not leave children or adults who
would normally require the support
of others alone in your vehicle. Pets
should not be left alone either. On
hot, sunny days, temperatures in a
closed vehicle could quickly become
high enough to cause severe or
possibly fatal injuries to people or
animals.

Do not use the recirculation mode
for long periods as it may cause the
interior air to become stale and the
windows to fog up.

Start the engine and operate the heater and the
air conditioner system.

SAA3447

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Air intake lever (Outside air circulation
/Air
recirculation
)
Air flow control dial
Fan speed control
dial
A/C (Air Conditioner) button
Temperature control dial
button (See “REAR
Rear window defroster
WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH” in the “2. Instruments and controls” section.)

To turn off the heater and air conditioner, turn the
dial to the OFF (0)
fan speed control
position.

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER (if so
equipped)
Controls
Outside air circulation:
position.
Move the air intake lever to the
The air flow is drawn from outside the vehicle.
Air recirculation:
position.
Move the air intake lever to the
The air flow is circulated inside the vehicle.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

4-14 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (159,1)

Air flow control:

A/C (Air Conditioner) operation:

Ventilation:

Turn the air flow control dial to change the air
flow mode.

Push the A/C button to turn on or off the air
conditioner. When the air conditioner is on, the
A/C indicator light on the button illuminates.

This mode directs outside air to the side and
center ventilators.

— Air flows from the center and side
ventilators.
— Air flows from the center and side
ventilators and foot outlets.
— Air flows mainly from the foot outlets.
— Air flows from the defroster and foot
outlets.

— Air flows mainly from the defroster
outlets.
When the
or
position is selected,
the air conditioner will automatically turn on.
This will dehumidify the air and help to defog
the windows. The A/C indicator light will
illuminate when the air conditioner automatically turns on. The air conditioner and A/C
indicator light will remain on in all flow
control modes until the A/C button is
pushed or the fan control dial is turned to off.

Fan speed control:
Turn the fan speed control
increase the fan speed.

dial clockwise to

Turn the fan speed control
dial counterclockwise to decrease the fan speed.

Temperature control:
Turn the temperature control dial to set the
desired temperature. Turn the dial between the
middle and the right position to select the hot
temperature. Turn the dial between the middle
and the left position to select the cool temperature.

Heater operation
This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot
outlets.
1. Move the air intake lever to the
position.
2. Turn the air flow control dial to the
position.
dial to the

4. Turn the temperature control dial to the
desired position between the middle and the
hot (right) position.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

2. Turn the air flow control dial to the
position.
3. Turn the fan speed control
desired position.

dial to the

Defrosting or defogging:
This mode directs the air to the defroster outlets
to defrost/defog the windows.

Heating:

3. Turn the fan speed control
desired position.

1. Move the air intake lever to the
position.

1. Move the air intake lever to the
position.
2. Turn the air flow control dial to the
position.
3. Turn the fan speed control
desired position.

dial to the

4. Turn the temperature control dial to the
desired position between the middle and the
hot (right) position.
.

To remove frost from the outside surface of
the windshield quickly, turn the temperature
control dial to the maximum hot position and
dial to the
the fan speed control
maximum position.

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-15

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (160,1)

When the
position is selected, the air
conditioner will automatically turn on. This
will dehumidify the air and help to defog the
windows. The A/C indicator light will illuminate when the air conditioner automatically
turns on. The air conditioner and A/C
indicator light will remain on in all flow
control modes until the A/C button is
pushed or the fan control dial is turned to off.

Bi-level heating:
This mode directs cool air from the side and
center vents and warm air from the foot outlets.
When the temperature control dial is turned to
the maximum hot or cool position, the air
between the ventilators and the foot outlets is
the same temperature.
1. Move the air intake lever to the
position.
2. Turn the air flow control dial to the
position.
3. Turn the fan speed control
desired position.

dial to the

4. Turn the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
Heating and defogging:
This mode heats the interior and defogs the
windows.

1. Move the air intake lever to the
position.

2. Turn the air flow control dial to the
position.

3. Turn the fan speed control
desired position.

dial to the

4. Push the A/C button on. (The A/C indicator
light will illuminate.)

4. Turn the temperature control dial to the
desired position.

5. Turn the temperature control dial to the
desired position between the middle and the
cool (left) position.

When the
position is selected, the air
conditioner will automatically turn on. This will
dehumidify the air and help to defog the
windows. The A/C indicator light will illuminate
when the air conditioner automatically turns on.
The air conditioner and A/C indicator light will
remain on in all flow control modes until the A/C
button is pushed or the fan control dial is turned
to off.

Air conditioner operation

dial to the

For quick cooling when the outside temperature is high, move the air intake lever to
the
position. Be sure to move the air
position for normal
intake lever to the
cooling.

A visible mist may be seen coming from the
ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air
is cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a
malfunction.

The air conditioner system should be operated
for approximately 10 minutes at least once a
month. This helps prevent damage to the air
conditioner system due to the lack of lubrication.

Dehumidified heating:

Cooling:

1. Move the air intake lever to the
position.

This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air.
1. Move the air intake lever to the
position.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the
air.

2. Turn the air flow control dial to the
position.
3. Turn the fan speed control

dial to the

4-16 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (161,1)

desired position.
4. Push the A/C button on. (The A/C indicator
light will illuminate.)
5. Turn the temperature control dial to the
desired position between the middle and the
hot (right) position.
Dehumidified defogging:
This mode is used to defog the windows and
dehumidify the air.
1. Move the air intake lever to the
position.
2. Turn the air flow control dial to the
position.
3. Turn the fan speed control
desired position.

dial to the

4. Turn the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
When the
position is selected, the air
conditioner will automatically turn on. This will
dehumidify the air and help to defog the
windows. The A/C indicator light will illuminate
when the air conditioner automatically turns on.
The air conditioner and A/C indicator light will
remain on in all flow control modes until the A/C
button is pushed or the fan control dial is turned
to off.

SAA3443

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

AUTO button/Temperature control dial
OFF button
A/C button
CLIMATE button
Display screen*
Air flow control buttons
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

7.
8.
9.

Fan speed control
dial
Front defroster
button
/Air
Air intake button (Outside air circulation
recirculation
)
button (See “REAR
10. Rear window defroster
WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH” in the “2. Instruments and con-

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-17

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (162,1)

trols” section.)
Temperature is displayed 8F (US) or 8C (Canada).

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER (with
Integrated Control System)
Automatic operation (AUTO)
The AUTO mode may be used year-round as the
system automatically controls constant temperature, air flow distribution and fan speed.
To turn off the heater and air conditioner, push
the CLIMATE button to change to the Climate
Control Mode, then push the OFF button.
Cooling and dehumidified heating:
1. Push the AUTO button. (The AUTO indicator
will be displayed.)

will be displayed.)

4. Turn the temperature control dial to set the
preferred temperature. The temperature
range is between 608F (188C) and 908F
(328C).
.

Do not set the temperature lower than
the outside air temperature. Doing so
may cause the temperature to not be
controlled properly.
If the windows fog up, use dehumidified
heating by pushing the A/C button (the
A/C indicator light will illuminate).

Dehumidified defrosting/defogging:

A visible mist may be seen coming from the
ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air is
cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a malfunction.

2. Turn the temperature control dial to set the
preferred temperature.

1. Push the front defroster
indicator light will illuminate.)

Heating (A/C off):

2. Push the AUTO button. (The AUTO indicator

When the front defroster
button is
pushed, the air conditioner will automatically turn on to defog the windshield. The outside air circulation mode
will be selected to improve the defogging performance.

position is selected, the
When the
air recirculation mode cannot be turned
on to prevent the windows from being
fogged up.

3. If the A/C indicator light illuminates, push the
A/C button. (The A/C indicator light will turn
off.)

2. Turn the temperature control dial to set the
preferred temperature. The temperature
range is between 608F (188C) and 908F
(328C).

1. Push the CLIMATE button to change to the
Climate Control Mode.

button. (The

Manual operation
The manual mode can be used to control the
heater and air conditioner to your desired
settings.
To turn off the heater and air conditioner, push
the OFF button.
If the Drive Mode is indicated on the screen,
push the CLIMATE button to change to the
Climate Control Mode, then push the OFF
button.
Fan speed control:

To remove moisture or fog on the front
window quickly, set the temperature to
the high temperature and the fan speed
to their maximum level.

Turn the fan speed control
fan speed.

After the windshield is cleared, push the
front defroster
button again. (The
indicatorInlight
willovi
turn
off.)
f
or
mat
i
onPr
dedby:

Pushing the preferred air flow control button the
air outlet to:

dial to adjust the

Air flow control:

4-18 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (163,1)

— Air flows from the center and side
ventilators.

Automatic air intake control:

— Air flows mainly from the foot outlets.

”/
Push and hold the outside air circulation “
” button for more than 1.5
air recirculation “
seconds to set the automatic control between
the outside air circulation and air recirculation
modes.

— Air flows from the defroster outlets and
foot outlets.

” or “
” position is selected,
When the “
the air recirculation mode does not activate.

— Air flows from the center and side
ventilators and foot outlets.

Temperature control:
Turn the temperature control dial to set the
preferred temperature.
The temperature range is between 608F (188C)
and 908F (328C).

When setting the automatic control mode, the
indicator lights “
” and “
” will blink twice
indicating that the system is in the automatic
control mode.
SAA3378
Air conditioner mode screen

Air recirculation:
Push the air intake button to change the air
circulation mode. When the indicator light
illuminates, the flowing air is recirculated inside
the vehicle.
.

or
position is selected,
When the
the air recirculation mode cannot be turned
on to prevent the windows from being
fogged up.

Outside air circulation:
Push the air intake button to change the air
circulation mode. When the indicator light
illuminates, the flowing air is drawn from outside
the vehicle.

SAA3379
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Drive mode screen

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-19

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (164,1)

Displaying Climate control

OPERATING TIPS

When in “Climate Control Mode”, the selected
temperature and airflow, and automatic mode or
manual mode are indicated on the display.

When the engine coolant temperature and
outside air temperature are low, the air flow
from the foot outlets may not operate for a
maximum of 150 seconds. This is not a
malfunction. After the coolant temperature
warms up, air will flow normally from the foot
outlets.

The automatic air conditioner is equipped
A
with sensors as illustrated. The sensors *
B
and *
on the instrument panel help
maintain a constant temperature. Do not
put anything on or around these sensors.

When in “Drive Mode”, the same items as above
are indicated, but on the bottom of the display.
To switch to “Climate Control Mode”, press the
CLIMATE control mode select button.

SETTING CLIMATE ECO
When in “Drive Mode”, CLIMATE ECO can be
switched on or off. When CLIMATE ECO is
switched on, the climate control system operates to enhance fuel economy.

SAA2368

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER
The air conditioning system is equipped with an
in-cabin microfilter which collects dirt, pollen,
dust, etc. To make sure the air conditioner heats,
defogs, and ventilates efficiently, replace the
filter in accordance with the specified maintenance intervals listed in the separate maintenance booklet. To replace the filter, contact a
NISSAN dealer.

See “Setting the climate ECO mode” in the “5.
Starting and driving” section.

The filter should be replaced if the air flow
decreases significantly or if windows fog
up easily when operating the heater or air
conditioning system.
SAA3441
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

4-20 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (165,1)

AUDIO SYSTEM
SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER

AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS

function in your NISSAN radio system.

The air conditioner system in your NISSAN is
charged with a refrigerant designed with the
environment in mind. This refrigerant will not
harm the earth’s ozone layer. Special charging equipment and lubricant are required when
servicing your NISSAN air conditioner. Using
improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause
severe damage to your air conditioner system.
(See “CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED
FUEL/LUBRICANTS” in the “9. Technical and
consumer information” section for air conditioner
system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations.)

Radio

Reception conditions will constantly change
because of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain,
signal distance and interference from other
vehicles can work against ideal reception.
Described below are some of the factors that
can affect your radio reception.

A NISSAN dealer will be able to service your
environmentally friendly air conditioner system.

Using a cellular phone in or near the
vehicle may influence radio reception
quality.

WARNING
The system contains refrigerant under
high pressure. To avoid personal injury,
any air conditioner service should be
done only by an experienced technician
with the proper equipment.

Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON
position and push the PWR (power/VOL (volume)) control to turn on the radio. If you listen to
the radio with the engine not running, the ignition
switch should be placed in the ACC position.
Radio reception is affected by station signal
strength, distance from radio transmitter, buildings, bridges, mountains and other external
influences. Intermittent changes in reception
quality normally are caused by these external
influences.

Some cellular phones or other devices may
cause interference or a buzzing noise to come
from the audio system speakers. Storing the
device in a different location may reduce or
eliminate the noise.

Radio reception:
Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with
state-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhance
radio reception. These circuits are designed to
extend reception range, and to enhance the
quality of that reception.
However there are some general characteristics
of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect
radio reception quality in a moving vehicle, even
when the finest equipment is used. These
characteristics are completely normal in a given
reception area, and do not indicate any malI
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-21

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (166,1)

Static and flutter: During signal interference from
buildings, large hills or due to antenna position,
usually in conjunction with increased distance
from the station transmitter, static or flutter can
be heard. This can be reduced by lowering the
treble setting to reduce the treble response.
Multipath reception: Because of the reflective
characteristics of FM signals, direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same
time. The signals may cancel each other,
resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound.
AM radio reception:
SAA0306

FM radio reception:
Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30
miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural (single
station) FM having slightly more range than
stereo FM. External influences may sometimes
interfere with FM station reception even if the
FM station is within 25 miles (40 km). The
strength of the FM signal is directly related to the
distance between the transmitter and receiver.
FM signals follow a line-of-sight path, exhibiting
many of the same characteristics as light. For
example they will reflect off objects.

AM signals, because of their low frequency, can
bend around objects and skip along the ground.
In addition, the signals can be bounced off the
ionosphere and bent back to earth. Because of
these characteristics. AM signals are also
subject to interference as they travel from
transmitter to receiver.
Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passing
through freeway underpasses or in areas with
many tall buildings. It can also occur for several
seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in
areas where no obstacles exist.

Satellite radio reception (if so equipped):
When the satellite radio is used for the first time
or the battery has been replaced, the satellite
radio may not work properly. This is not a
malfunction. Wait more than 10 minutes with the
satellite radio ON and the vehicle away from any
metal or large buildings for the satellite radio to
receive all of the necessary data.
The satellite radio mode requires an active XM®
Satellite Radio subscription. The satellite radio is
not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.
Satellite radio performance may be affected if
cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite
radio signal.
If possible, do not put cargo near the satellite
antenna.
A buildup of ice on the satellite radio antenna
can affect satellite radio performance. Remove
the ice to restore satellite radio reception.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electrical
power lines, electric signs and even traffic lights.

Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away from
a station transmitter, the signals will tend to fade
and/or drift.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

4-22 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (167,1)

tion.

humidity. If this occurs, remove the CD
and dehumidify or ventilate the player
completely.
.
.

.
.

SAA0480

The player may skip while driving on
rough roads.

— CDs that are not round

The CD player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment
temperature is extremely high. Decrease the temperature before use.

— CDs that are warped, scratched, or
have abnormal edges

Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm)
round discs that have the “COMPACT
disc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on the disc
or packaging.
Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight.
CDs that are of poor quality, dirty,
scratched, covered with fingerprints,
or that have pin holes may not work
properly.
The following CDs may not work properly:

Compact Disc (CD) player

— Copy control compact discs (CCCD)

— Recordable compact discs (CD-R)

Do not force a compact disc into the CD
insert slot. This could damage the CD
and/or CD player.
During cold weather or rainy days, the
player may malfunction due to the

— Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)
.

— 3.1 in (8 cm) discs

Do not use the following CDs as they
may cause the CD player to malfunc-

— CDs with a paper label

This audio system can only play prerecorded CDs. It has no capabilities to
record or burn CDs.

If the CD cannot be played, one of the
following messages will be displayed.
Check Disc:
— Confirm that the CD is inserted
correctly (the label side is facing up,
etc.).
— Confirm that the CD is not bent or
warped and it is free of scratches.
Push Eject:
This is an error due to the temperature
inside the player is too high. Remove
the CD by pushing the EJECT button,
and after a short time reinsert the CD.
The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-23

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (168,1)

Unplayable Track:

The file is unplayable in this audio
system (only MP3 or WMA CD).

Audiobooks may not play in the same order
as they appear on the iPod®.

The iPod nano® (1st Generation) may remain
in fast forward or rewind mode if it is
connected during a seek operation. In this
case, please manually reset the iPod®.

Interface System for iPod® (models
without USB port) (if so equipped)

If the cable and connectors are exposed to
water, allow the cable and/or connectors to
dry completely before connecting the cable
to the iPod® (wait 24 hours for it to dry).

If the connector is exposed to fluids other
than water, evaporative residue may cause a
short between the connector pins. In this
case, replace the cable, otherwise damage
to the iPod® and a loss of function may
occur.

If the cable is damaged (insulation cut,
connectors cracked, contamination such as
liquids, dust, dirt, etc. in the connectors), do
not use the cable and contact a NISSAN
dealer to replace the cable with a new one.

When not in use for extended periods of
time, store the cable in a clean, dust free
environment at room temperature and without direct sun exposure.

Some characters used in other languages
(Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are not displayed
properly on the vehicle audio display. We
recommend using English language characters with an iPod®.

Large video podcast files cause slow
responses in the iPod®. The vehicle audio
display may momentarily black out, but it will
soon recover.

If the iPod® automatically selects large video
podcast files while in the shuffle mode, the
vehicle audio display may momentarily black
out, but it will soon recover.

— Bend the cable excessively (1.6 in (40
mm) radius minimum).

Improperly plugging in the iPod® may cause
a checkmark to be displayed on and off
(flickering). Always make sure that the iPod®
is connected properly.

— Pull or drop the cable.

— Store objects with sharp edges in the
storage where the cable is stored.

Do not use the cable for any other purposes
other than its intended use in the vehicle.

The iPod nano® (2nd Generation) will
continue to fast forward or rewind if it is
disconnected during a seek operation.

— Spill liquids on the cable and connectors.

iPod® charging is only possible for devices
that support charging via a FireWire® connection.

An incorrect song title may appear when the
Play Mode is changed while using the iPod
nano® (2nd Generation).

If you are using an iPod® (3rd Generation
with Dock connector), do not use very long
names for the song title, album name or
artist name to avoid the iPod® from resetting
itself.
Be careful not to do the following, or the
cable could be damaged and a loss of
function may occur.

— Twist the cable excessively (more than
180 degrees).

Do not connect the cable to the iPod® if the
cable and/or connectors are wet. It may
damage the iPod®.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

* 12V-charge iPod®s are not chargeable with
this system.
* iPod®, iPhone® and FireWire® are trademarks
of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other

4-24 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (169,1)

countries.

Compact Disc (CD) with MP3 or WMA
(if so equipped)

when encoding the file.
.

Explanation of terms:
.

Sampling frequency — Sampling frequency
is the rate at which the samples of a signal
are converted from analog to digital (A/D
conversion) per second.

Make sure that the USB device is connected
correctly into the USB connector.

Do not force the memory stick or USB cable
into the USB connector. This could damage
the connector.

MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving Pictures
Experts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is the
most well-known compressed digital audio
file format. This format allows for near “CD
quality” sound, but at a fraction of the size of
normal audio files. MP3 conversion of an
audio track from CD-ROM can reduce the
file size by approximately 10:1 ratio (Sampling: 44.1 kHz, Bit rate: 128 kbps) with
virtually no perceptible loss in quality. MP3
compression removes the redundant and
irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the
human ear doesn’t hear.

Multisession — Multisession is one of the
methods for writing data to media. Writing
data once to the media is called a single
session, and writing more than once is
called a multisession.

During cold weather or rainy days, the player
may malfunction due to humidity. If this
occurs, remove the USB device and dehumidify or ventilate the USB player completely.

ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is the
part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that
contains information about the digital music
file such as song title, artist, album title,
encoding bit rate, track time duration, etc.
ID3 tag information is displayed on the
Album/Artist/Track title line on the display.

The USB player sometimes cannot function
when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high. Decrease the temperature before use.

WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA) is a
compressed audio format created by Microsoft as an alternative to MP3. The WMA
codec offers greater file compression than
the MP3 codec, enabling storage of more
digital audio tracks in the same amount of
space when compared to MP3s at the same
level of quality.

Do not leave USB memory in a place prone
to static electricity or where the air conditioner blows directly. The data in the USB
memory may be damaged.

The vehicle is not equipped with a USB
memory stick.

A USB device cannot be formatted with this
system. To format a USB device, use a
personal computer.

Partitioned USB devices may not be played
correctly.

Some characters used in other languages
(Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are not displayed

Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number of
bits per second used by a digital music files.
The size and quality of a compressed digital
audio file is determined by the bit rate used

Windows® and Windows Media® are registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States of America
and other countries of Microsoft Corporation
of the USA.

USB (Universal Serial Bus) device (if so
equipped)
This system supports various USB memory
sticks, USB hard drives and iPod® players.
There are some USB devices which may not
be supported with this system.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-25

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (170,1)

properly on the vehicle center screen. Using
English language characters with a USB
device is recommended.

Do not connect a USB device if a connector
or cable is wet. Allow the cable and/or
connectors to dry completely before connecting the USB device. If the connector is
exposed to fluids other than water, evaporative residue may cause a short between the
connector pins.

iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in
the U.S. and other countries.

Large video podcast files cause slow
responses in an iPod®. The vehicle center
display may momentarily black out, but it will
soon recover.

If an iPod® automatically selects large video
podcast files while in the shuffle mode, the
vehicle center display may momentarily
black out, but it will soon recover.

Audiobooks may not play in the same order
as they appear on an iPod®.

An iPod nano (1st Generation) may remain
in fast forward or rewind mode if it is
connected during a seek operation. In this
case, please manually reset the iPod®.

An iPod nano® (2nd Generation) will continue to fast forward or rewind if it is
disconnected during a seek operation.

An incorrect song title may appear when the
Play Mode is changed while using the iPod
nano® (2nd Generation)

Compressed Audio Files (MP3/WMA/
AAC) (if so equipped)

AAC/M4A — Advanced Audio Coding
(AAC) is a lossy audio compression format.
Audio files that have been encoded with
AAC are generally smaller in size and deliver
a higher quality of sound than MP3.

Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number of
bits per second used by a digital music file.
The size and quality of a compressed digital
audio file is determined by the bit rate used
when encoding the file.

Sampling frequency — Sampling frequency
is the rate at which the samples of a signal
are converted from analog to digital (A/D
conversion) per second.

Multisession — Multisession is one of the
methods for writing data to media. Writing
data once to the media is called a single
session, and writing more than once is
called a multisession.

Explanation of terms:
.

MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving Pictures
Experts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is the
most well known compressed digital audio
file format. This format allows for near “CD
quality” sound, but at a fraction of the size of
normal audio files. MP3 conversion of an
audio track can reduce the file size by
approximately a 10:1 ratio (Sampling: 44.1
kHz, Bit rate: 128 kbps) with virtually no
perceptible loss in quality. The compression
reduces certain parts of sound that seem
inaudible to most people.
WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA) is a
compressed audio format created by Microsoft as an alternative to MP3. The WMA
codec offers greater file compression than
the MP3 codec, enabling storage of more
digital audio tracks in the same amount of
space when compared to MP3s at the same
level of quality.

* Windows® and Windows Media® are registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States of America

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

4-26 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (171,1)

and/or other countries.

If there is a file in the top level of the disc,
“Root Folder” is displayed.

The playback order is the order in which the
files were written by the writing software.
Therefore, the files might not play in the
desired order.

SAA1025
Playback order chart

Playback order:
Music playback order of a CD with MP3 or
WMA files is as illustrated.
.

The names of folders not containing MP3 or
WMA files are not shown in the display.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-27

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (172,1)

Specification chart (for FM-AM-SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) player (Type A)):
Supported media

CD, CD-R, CD-RW, USB2.0

Supported file systems

CD, CD-R, CD-RW: ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet
* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.
* Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are not supported.
USB memory: FAT16, FAT32

MP3

Supported
versions*1

WMA*2

AAC

Version

MPEG1 Audio Layer 3

Sampling frequency

8 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate

8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4

Version

WMA7, WMA8, WMA9

Sampling frequency

32 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate

32 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR (Ver.9)*4

Version

MPEG-AAC

Sampling frequency

8 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate

16 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4
ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)

Tag information (Song title and Artist name)

WMA tag (WMA only)
AAC tag (AAC only)

Folder levels

CD, CD-R, CD-RW

Folder levels: 8, Folders and files: 999 (Max. 255 files for one folder)

USB

Folder levels: 8, Folders 255, Files: 2500 (Max. 255 files for one folder)
Memory size: 4GB

Text character number limitation

26 characters

Displayable character codes*3

01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM Big
Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian), 07: SHIFT-JIS

*1
*2

Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.
Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

4-28 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (173,1)

*3
*4

Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.
When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-29

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (174,1)

Specification chart (for FM-AM-SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) player (Type B)):
Supported media

CD, CD-R, CD-RW

Supported file systems

ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Apple ISO, Romeo, Joliet * ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not
supported.

MP3
Supported
versions*1
WMA

Version

MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5

Sampling frequency

8 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate

8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR

Version

WMA7, WMA8, WMA9

Sampling frequency

32 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate

48 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR

Tag information

ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3 (MP3 only)

Folder levels

Folder levels: 8, Max folders: 255 (including root folder), Files: 512 (Max. 255 files for one folder)

Text character number limitation

128 characters

Displayable character codes*2

01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM Big
Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian)

*1
*2

Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.
Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

4-30 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (175,1)

Troubleshooting guide (for FM-AM-SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) player (Type A)):
Symptom

Cause and Countermeasure
Check if the disc or USB device was inserted correctly.
Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.
Check if there is condensation inside the player, and if there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using the
player.
If there is a temperature increase error, the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.

Cannot play

If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and compressed audio files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) will
be played.
Files with extensions other than “.MP3 (.mp3)”, “.WMA (.wma)”, “.AAC (.aac)” or “.M4A (.m4a)” cannot be played. In addition, the
character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.
Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format. This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of
compressed audio writing applications or other text editing applications.
Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc.
Check if the disc or USB device is protected by copyright.

Poor sound quality

Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.

It takes a relatively long time before
If there are many folder or file levels on the disc or USB device, some time may be required before the music starts playing.
the music starts playing.
Music cuts off or skips

The writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc., might not
match the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.

Skipping with high bit rate files

Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.

Move immediately to the next song
when playing.

If an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supported extension like .MP3, or when play is prohibited by copyright
protection, the player will skip to the next song.

The songs do not play back in the
desired order.

The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software, so the files might not play in the desired order.
Random/Shuffle may be active on the audio system or on a USB device.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-31

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (176,1)

Troubleshooting guide (for FM-AM-SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) player (Type B)):
Symptom

Cause and Countermeasure
Check if the disc was inserted correctly.
Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.
Check if there is condensation inside the player. If there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using the player.
If there is a temperature increase error, the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.

Cannot play

If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and MP3/WMA files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) will be
played.
Files with extensions other than “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma” cannot be played. In addition, the character codes and number of
characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.
Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc.
Check if the disc is protected by copyright.

Poor sound quality

Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.
Bit rate may be too low.

It takes a relatively long time before If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3/WMA disc, or if it is a multisession disc, some time may be required before the
the music starts playing.
music starts playing.
Music cuts off or skips

The writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc., might not
match the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.

Skipping with high bit rate files

Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.

Move immediately to the next song
when playing

When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, .“mp3” or “.wma”, or when play is prohibited by
copyright protection, there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song.

Songs do not play back in the
desired order

The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software. Therefore, the files might not play in the desired
order.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

4-32 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (177,1)

13.
14
15.
16
17.
18.
19.

ENTER button
BACK button
PWR (power) button/VOL (volume) control knob
AUX IN jack
AUDIO button
TUNE/FF·REW FOLDER button
SCAN/RPT (repeat) button

FM-AM-SAT* RADIO WITH COMPACT
DISC (CD) PLAYER (Type A)
For all operation precautions, see “AUDIO
OPERATION PRECAUTIONS” earlier in this
section.
The satellite radio mode requires an active XM
Satellite Radio subscription. The satellite radio is
not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.

SAA2782

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

MUTE button
DISP (display)/TEXT button
FM·AM radio band select button
CD PLAY button
Radio station preset buttons
iPod® button

7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

AUX (auxiliary)/SAT band select button
Audio display
CLOCK button
CD EJECT button
iPod® MENU button
SEEK/TRACK button
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

It may take some time to receive the activation
signal after subscribing to the XM Satellite
Radio. After receiving the activation signal, an
available channel list will be automatically
updated in the radio. For XM®, switch the
ignition position from LOCK to ACC to update
the channel list.
*: if so equipped

Audio main operation
Head unit:
The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and
high frequency ranges automatically in both
Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-33

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (178,1)

radio reception and CD playback.

rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound
between the right and left speakers.

ON·OFF/Volume control:
Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON
position, and then push the PWR button while
the system is off to call up the normal mode
(radio, CD, AUX and iPod®) which was playing
immediately before the system was turned off.
While the system is on, pushing the PWR button
turns the system off.
Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume.
MUTE button:
Push the

button to mute the audio sound.

Push the
setting.

button again to release the mute

To change the Speed Sensitive Volume (Spd
Sen Vol) mode to OFF, LOW, MID or HIGH,
push the TUNE or SEEK button until the desired
mode is displayed.
Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the
desired level, push the AUDIO button repeatedly
until the normal mode display reappears. Otherwise, the normal mode display will automatically
reappear after approximately 5 seconds.
CLOCK button:

AUDIO button:
Push the AUDIO button to change the selecting
mode as follows.

Push the TUNE (
,
) or
) button to adjust Bass and
desired level. Use the TUNE or
also to adjust Fade or Balance
adjusts the sound level between

To turn the beep sound off or on, push the TUNE
or SEEK button until the desired mode is
displayed. This turns on or off the beep sound
when audio buttons are pushed.

SAA3490

Radio operation
Radio (FM/AM) band select:

Push the CLOCK button to turn on or off the
CLOCK display.

Pushing the FM·AM radio band select button will
change the band as follows:

See “CLOCK” in the “2. Instruments and
controls” section for the detailed clock adjustment operation.

AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM

SEEK (
,
Treble to the
SEEK button
modes. Fade
the front and

When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, the
radio will automatically change from stereo to
monaural reception.
When the radio band select button is pushed
while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON
position, the radio will come on at the station last
played.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

4-34 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (179,1)

Radio (SAT) band select:
Pushing the
follows:

button will change the band as

AUX (if connected portable device) ? XM1 ?
XM2 ? XM3 ? AUX (if connected portable
device)
The last channel played will also come on when
the ON·OFF button is pushed to ON.
When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, the
radio will automatically change from stereo to
monaural reception.
When the radio band select button is pushed
while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON
position, the radio will come on at the station last
played.
TUNE (Tuning):
.

For AM and FM radio
Push the TUNE button
or
for
manual tuning. To move quickly through the
stations, push and hold the TUNE button.

For XM Satellite Radio
Push the TUNE button
or
to seek
stations from all of the categories when any
CAT is not selected.

SEEK tuning CATEGORY:
.

For AM and FM radio
Push the SEEK button
or
to tune
from low to high or high to low frequencies
and to stop at the next broadcasting station.

For XM satellite radio
Push the
or
to tune to the first
station of the next or previous category.

During satellite radio reception, the following
notices will be displayed under certain conditions.
.

NO SIGNAL (No signal is received while the
SAT tuner is connected.)

OFF AIR (Broadcasting signed off)

CHECK ANTENNA (Antenna connection
error)

LOADING (When the initial setting is
performed)

UPDATING (When the satellite radio subscription is not active)

INVALID CH (Invalid channel is received.)

SCAN tuning:
Push the SCAN button to tune from low to high
frequencies and stops at each broadcasting
station for 5 seconds. Pushing the button again
during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN
tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that
station.
If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5
seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next
station.
to

Station memory operations:

12 stations can be set for the FM band (6 each
for FM1 and FM2), 18 for XM radio (6 each for
XM1, XM2 and XM3) and 6 can be set for the
AM band for easy access.
1. Choose the radio band using the radio band
select button.
2. Tune to the desired station using the SEEK,
SCAN or TUNE button.
3. Push and hold the desired radio station
to
until a beep sound is
preset button
heard. (The radio mutes when the radio
station preset button is pushed.)
4. The station indicator will then come on and
the sound will resume. Memorizing is now
complete.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-35

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (180,1)

5. Other buttons can be set in the same
manner.
If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse
opens, the radio memory will be erased. In that
case, reset the desired stations.
Radio Data System (RDS):
RDS stands for Radio Data System, and is a
data information service transmitted by some
radio stations on the FM band (not AM band)
encoded within a regular radio broadcast.
Currently, most RDS stations are in large cities,
but many stations are now considering broadcasting RDS data.
RDS can display:

For FM radio:
Frequency ↔ PS (Programme Service)/PTY
(Programme type)

For XM Satellite Radio:
Category Name ? Channel Name ? Artist/
Feature ? Song/Program

In the FM radio mode, pushing the DISP button
will switch the frequency display to the PTY
display (if available), and if the DISP button is
not pushed again within 5 seconds, it will
automatically switch to the PS display. If PTY
is not available, pushing the DISP button will
only switch between the frequency display and
the PS display.

SAA3490

Compact Disc (CD) player operation

Station call sign, such as “WHFR 98.3”.

Station name, such as “The Groove”.

Music or programming type such as “Classical”, “Country” or “Rock”.

Traffic reports about delays or construction.

After loading the disc, the number of tracks on
the disc will appear on the display.

If the station broadcasts RDS information, the
RDS icon is displayed.

If the radio is already operating, it will automatically turn off and the CD will play.

Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON
position, and insert the CD into the slot with the
label side facing up. The CD will be guided
automatically into the slot and start playing.

If the system has been turned off while the CD
was playing, pushing the PWR button will start
the CD.

RADIO DISPLAY change:
When the RADIO DISPLAY change button is
pushed during the FM or SAT radio mode, the
radio display will change in the following order.

Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

4-36 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (181,1)

CD PLAY:

FF (Fast Forward), REW (Rewind):

When the CD button is pushed with the system
off and the CD loaded, the system will turn on
and the CD will start to play.

CD:

When the CD button is pushed with the CD
loaded and the radio playing, the radio will
automatically be turned off and the CD will start
to play.

When the
(fast forward) or
(rewind)
button is pushed while the CD is being played,
the CD will play while fast forwarding or
rewinding. When the button is released, the
CD will return to normal play speed.

CD play information:

CD with MP3 or WMA:

When the DISP button is pushed for less than
1.5 seconds while the CD is being played, the
disc information display will change as follows:

When the
or
button is pushed for less
than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,
the folders in the CD will change.

CD:

When the
or
button is pushed for
more than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being
played, the CD will play while forwarding or
rewinding. When the button is released, the CD
will return to the normal play speed.

played.)
(APS REW) button is pushed,
When the
the program being played returns to its beginning. Push several times to skip back through
programs. The CD will go back the number of
times the button is pushed.
SCAN tuning:
When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for
more than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being
played, the beginning of all the tracks of CD will
be played for 10 seconds in sequence.
Pushing the button again during this 10 second
period will stop SCAN tuning.
If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within
10 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next
disc program.
RANDOM (RDM)/REPEAT (RPT):

CD with MP3 or WMA:

APS (Automatic Program
Search) FF, APS REW:
(APS FF) button is pushed while
When the
the CD is being played, the program next to the
present one will start to play from its beginning.
Push several times to skip through programs.
The CD will advance the number of times the
button is pushed. (When the last program on the
CD is skipped through, the first program will be

When the RPT button is pushed for less than
1.5 seconds while the CD is being played, the
play pattern can be changed as follows:
CD:

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-37

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (182,1)

CD with MP3 or WMA:

can only be operated by the vehicle audio
controls.
To disconnect the cable from the vehicle outlet,
fully depress the center connector button to
unlatch the connector and pull the connector
straight out of the outlet. To disconnect the
cable from the iPod®, fully depress the side
connector buttons and pull the iPod® connector
straight out of the iPod®.

CD EJECT:
When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the
CD loaded, the CD will be ejected.

* iPod®, iPhone® and FireWire® are a trademark
of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other
countries.

When this button is pushed while the CD is
being played, the CD will come out and the
system will turn off.
If the CD comes out and is not removed, it
will be pulled back into the slot to protect
it.

SAA3442

Interface system for iPod® operation
Connecting iPod®:
The iPod® outlet connector is in the glove box.
1 as illustrated, and then
Connect the cable *
connect the other end of the cable to your iPod®
2 . Your vehicle is equipped with the specia*
lized cable for connecting the iPod® to your
vehicle audio unit. The battery of your iPod® is
charged while it is connected to the vehicle if the
iPod® supports charging via a FireWire® connection.
When the connection is complete, a NISSAN
logo will be displayed on the iPod® and an iPod®
icon on the audio display illuminates. While
®
to
the
the iPod®
connecting the I
iPod
nf
or
mat
i
on
Pr
ov
i
dedbvehicle,
y:

Compatibility:
The following models are available:
.

Third generation iPod® (Firmware version
2.3 or later) (Audiobook and Podcast are not
available)

Fourth generation iPod® (Firmware version
3.1.1 or later)

Fifth generation iPod® (Firmware version
1.1.2 or later)

iPod mini® (Firmware version 1.41 or later)

iPod photo® (Firmware version 1.2.1 or later)

iPod nano® (Firmware version 1.2 or later)

The fourth generation iPod nano®, iPod touch®,
the second generation iPod Classic® and

4-38 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (183,1)

iPhone® 3G may not work with the system in
some cases.

FF (Fast Forward), REW (Rewind) button:

Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated.
* 12V-charge iPod®s are not chargeable with
this system.

For more information about each item, see the
iPod® Owner’s Manual.
BACK, ENTER button:

iPod® button:
Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON
position. Then, push the iPod® button to switch
to the iPod® mode.
If another audio source is playing and the iPod®
is connected, pushing the iPod® button changes
to the iPod® mode.
®

If the system has been turned off while the iPod
was playing, pushing the PWR button will start
the iPod®.
Top menu item selecting:

When the iPod® MENU button is pushed while
the iPod® is connected, the interface for iPod®
operation is shown on the audio display. The
items on the menu list can be scrolled by
or
and the
pushing the SEEK button
or
while the iPod® is
TUNE button
operational. To select an item, push ENTER. The
display can be changed as follows:

When the ENTER button is pushed while
the top menu is displayed, program details
are shown on the audio display.

To select the program, push to search using
or
and ENTER button.
the SEEK

When the BACK button is pushed, it returns
to the previous display.
iPod® play information:

When the DISP button is pushed while a
program is being played, the program information display will change as follows:

or
button is pushed for
When the
more than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is
playing, the iPod® will play while fast forwarding
or rewinding. When the button is released, the
iPod® will return to the normal play speed.
When the
or
button is pushed for less
than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, the
next track or the beginning of the current track
on the iPod® will be played.
APS (Automatic Program
Search) FF, APS REW button:
or
button is pushed for
When the
more than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is
playing, numbers of tracks can be skipped
through.
When the
or
button is pushed for less
than 1.5 seconds while iPod® is playing, the next
track or the beginning of the current track on the
iPod® will be played.

* Artist Name will not be displayed for a Podcast.
REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM):
When the RPT button is pushed while a track is
being played, the play pattern can be changed
as follows:
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-39

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (184,1)

Except Podcast and Audiobook:

Podcast:
ALL REPEAT ↔ TRACK REPEAT
Audiobook:

AUX (Auxiliary) input
AUX IN jack:
The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit.
The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any
standard analog audio input such as from a
portable cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player or
laptop computer.
AUX (Auxiliary) button:
With an AUX device plugged in, push the AUX
button repeatedly until the display changes to
the AUX mode.
When the AUX button is pushed with no device
plugged into the jack, the audio system does not
change to the AUX mode.

SAA3425

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

XM band select button
CD insert slot
CD EJECT button
TUNE/SCROLL and AUDIO control knob
Radio station preset buttons
AUX button
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

7.
8.

ON·OFF/VOLUME control knob
FF (forward)/REW (rewind) or SEEK/CATEGORY
button
9. CD button
10. FM·AM band select button

No satellite radio reception is available unless an
XM Satellite Radio subscription is active.

4-40 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (185,1)

FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT
DISC (CD) PLAYER (Type B)
For all operation precautions, see “AUDIO
OPERATION PRECAUTIONS” earlier in this
section.
The satellite radio mode requires an active XM
Satellite Radio subscription. The satellite radio is
not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.
It may take some time to receive the activation
signal after subscribing the XM Satellite Radio.
After receiving the activation signal, an available
channel list will be automatically updated in the
radio. For XM, place the ignition switch in LOCK
to ACC to update the channel list.

Audio main operation
Head unit:
The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and
high frequency ranges automatically in both
radio reception and CD playback.
ON·OFF/Volume control:
Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON
position, and then push the ON·OFF button
while the system is off to turn on the last audio
source (i.e. FM or CD), which was playing
immediately before the system was turned off.
While the system is on, pushing the ON·OFF
button turns the system off.

Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume.

FM-AM-SAT radio operation

Adjusting tone quality and speaker balance:

When the radio band select button is pushed
while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON
position, the radio will come on at the channel
last played.

To adjust Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade, push
the Audio control knob. When the display shows
the setting you want to change (Bass, Treble,
Balance and Fade), rotate the Audio control
knob to set the desired setting. For the other
setting methods, see “HOW TO USE TOUCH
SCREEN” earlier in this section.
This vehicle has some sound effect functions as
follows:
.

Speed Volume

For more details, see “HOW TO USE THE
SETUP BUTTON” earlier in this section.
Adjusting AUX level:
The volume level of incoming sound can be
selected from “Quiet”, “Medium” and “Loud”
when an auxiliary device is connected to the
system. For more details, see “HOW TO USE
THE SETUP BUTTON” earlier in this section.
Switching the display:
Pushing the AUX button will switch the displays
between USB/iPod® and AUX.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

The last channel played will also come on when
the ON·OFF button is pushed to ON.
If another audio source is playing when the radio
band select button is turned to ON, the audio
source will automatically be turned off and the
last radio channel played will come on.
When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, the
radio will automatically change from stereo to
monaural reception.
FM·AM radio band select:
Pushing the FM·AM radio band select button will
change the band as follows:
AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM
XM radio band select:
Pushing the XM radio band select button will
change the band as follows:
XM1 ? XM2 ? XM3 ? XM1
The satellite radio is not available in Alaska,
Hawaii and Guam.

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-41

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (186,1)

TUNE (Tuning):
.

For AM and FM radio
Turn the TUNE knob for manual tuning.

For XM Satellite Radio
Turn the TUNE knob to seek channels from
all of the categories when any category is
not selected.
SEEK tuning:

For AM and FM radio
Push the SEEK/CATEGORY button
or
to tune from low to high or high to low
frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station.

screen at the location of the frequency you wish
to tune and the station will change to that
frequency. To return to the regular radio display
screen, touch the “OK” key.
to

Station memory operations:

Touchscreen (XM Satellite Radio):
When the XM Satellite Radio is being played,
the following items are available with the
touchscreen operation.
.

12 stations/channels can be set for the FM band
(6 each for FM1 and FM2), 18 for XM radio (6
each for XM1, XM2 and XM3) and 6 stations
can be set for the AM band.
1. Choose the radio band using the radio band
select button.
2. Tune to the desired station/channel using
the SEEK/CATEGORY button or the TUNE
knob.

For XM Satellite Radio

3. Push and hold the desired station preset
to
until the beep sound is
button
heard.

Push the SEEK/CATEGORY button
or
to tune to the first channel of the next
or previous category.

4. The station indicator will then come on and
the sound will resume. Memorizing is now
complete.

Tuning with the touchscreen (AM and FM
radio):

5. Other buttons can be set in the same
manner.

When in AM or FM mode, the radio can be
tuned using the touchscreen. To bring up the
visual tuner, touch the “Tune” key on the lower
right corner of the screen. A screen appears
with a bar running from low frequencies on the
left to high frequencies on the right. Touch the

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse
opens, the radio memory will be erased. In that
case, reset the desired stations/channels.

Channels
Displays a list of channels. Touch a preferred
channel displayed on the list to change to
that channel.

Categories
Displays a list of categories. Touch a
preferred channel displayed on the list to
display options within that category.

Compact Disc (CD) player operation
Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON
position and insert the Compact Disc (CD) into
the slot with the label side facing up. The CD will
be guided automatically into the slot and start
playing.
If the radio is already operating, it will automatically turn off and the CD will play.
If the system has been turned off while the CD
was playing, pushing the ON·OFF button will
start the CD.
Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

4-42 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (187,1)

PLAY:
When the CD button is pushed with the system
off and the CD loaded, the system will turn on
and the CD will start to play.

1.5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current
track starts playing, the previous track will be
played.

When the CD button is pushed with the CD
loaded and the radio playing, the radio will
automatically be turned off and the CD will start
to play.
While listening to a CD or an MP3/WMA CD,
certain text may be displayed (when a CD
encoded with text is being used). Depending on
how the CD or MP3/WMA CD is encoded, the
text is displayed listing the artist, album and
song title.

SAA3401

Random:

Next/Previous Track and Fast
Forward/Rewind:

Touch the “Random” key to apply a random play
pattern to the CD. When the random mode is
icon will be displayed to the left
active, the
of the song title. If an MP3 CD is playing,
touching “Random” alternates between randomly playing songs within the current folder
and songs from the CD as a whole. The
icon is displayed to the left of the song title or
folder name to denote which pattern is applied.
To cancel Random mode, touch the “Random”
icon is displayed.
key until no

or
button is pushed for
When the
more than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being
played, the CD will play while fast forwarding or
rewinding. When the button is released, the CD
will return to normal play speed.
or
button is pushed for less
When the
than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,
the next track or the beginning of the current
track on the CD will be played.
When the rewind button is pushed for less than
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-43

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (188,1)

Browse:

AUX (Auxiliary) button:

Touch the “Browse” key to display the titles on
the CD in list format. Touch the title of a song in
the list to begin playing that song. If an MP3 CD
is playing, touching the “Browse” key will also
list the folders on the disc. Follow the procedure
for selecting a song with the touchscreen to
choose a folder.

To switch to the AUX mode, push the AUX
button when a compatible audio device is
connected into the AUX IN jack.
When the AUX button is pushed with no device
plugged into the jack, the audio system does not
change to the AUX mode.

CD EJECT:
When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the
CD loaded, the CD will be ejected.
SAA3402

Repeat:
Touch the “Repeat” key to apply a repeat play
pattern to the CD. When the repeat mode is
icon will be displayed to the left
active, the
of the song title. If an MP3 CD is playing,
touching “Repeat” alternates between repeating
the current song and repeating the current
icon is displayed to the left of
folder. The
the song title or folder name to denote which
pattern is applied. To cancel Repeat mode,
icon is
touch the “Repeat” key until no
displayed.

When this button is pushed while the CD is
being played, the CD will be ejected.
If the CD comes out and is not removed, it
will be pulled back into the slot to protect
it.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

4-44 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (189,1)

If another audio source is playing and a USB
memory is inserted, push the AUX button
repeatedly until the center display changes to
the USB memory mode.
SEEK/CATEGORY button:
while
Push the SEEK/CATEGORY button
an audio file on the USB device is playing to
return to the beginning of the current track. Push
several
the SEEK/CATEGORY button
times to skip backward several tracks.

SAA3444

USB memory operation
Audio main operation:
The USB outlet connector is on the lower center
of the instrument panel. Open the lid and
connect a USB memory as illustrated. Then,
switch to the USB memory mode automatically.
If the system has been turned off while the USB
memory was playing, pushing the ON·OFF/VOL
control knob will start the USB memory.

Push the SEEK/CATEGORY button
while
an audio file on the USB device is playing to
advance one track. Push the SEEK/CATEGORY
several times to skip forward several
button
tracks. If the last track in a folder on the USB
device is skipped, the first track of the next folder
is played.
Push and hold the SEEK/CATEGORY button
or
for 1.5 seconds while an audio file
on the USB device is playing to reverse or fast
forward the track being played. The track plays
at an increased speed while reversing or fast
forwarding. When the button is released, the
audio file returns to normal play speed.

PLAY:
When the AUX button is pushed with the system
off and the USB memory inserted, the system
will turn on.

SAA3491

Random and repeat play mode:
While files on a USB device are playing, the play
pattern can be altered so that songs are
repeated or played randomly.
Random:
Touch the “Random” key to apply a random play
pattern to the USB device. When the random
icon is displayed to the
mode is active, the
left of the song title or album name to denote
which random pattern is applied. To cancel
Random mode, touch the “Random” key until no
icon is displayed.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-45

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (190,1)

Repeat:

Compatibility

Touch the “Repeat” key to apply a repeat play
pattern to the USB device. When the repeat
icon is displayed to the
mode is active, the
left of the song title or album name to denote
which repeat pattern is applied. To cancel
Repeat mode, touch the “Repeat” key until no
icon is displayed.

The following models are available:

SAA3445

iPod® PLAYER OPERATION
Connecting iPod®
Open the tray lid and connect the iPod® cable to
the USB connector. If the iPod® supports
charging via USB, the battery of the iPod® will
be charged while connected to the vehicle.
®

Depending on the version of the iPod , the
display on the iPod® shows a NISSAN or
Accessory Attached screen when the connection is completed. When the iPod® is connected
to the vehicle, the iPod® music library can only
be operated by the vehicle audio controls.
* iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in
the U.S. and other countries.

Fifth generation iPod® (version 1.2.3 or later)

iPod Classic® (version 1.1.1 or later)

First generation iPod touch® (version 2.0.0
or later)

Second generation iPod touch® (version
1.2.3 or later)

First generation iPod nano® (version 1.3.1 or
later)

Second generation iPod nano® (version
1.1.3 or later)

Third generation iPod nano® (version 1.1 or
later)

Fourth generation iPod nano® (version 1.0.2
or later)

This unit may not control/operate correctly when
connected to some iPod versions/firmware and
iPhone.
Make sure that the iPod® version is updated.

Audio main operation
Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON
button repeatedly
position. Then, push the
to switch to the iPod® mode.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

4-46 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (191,1)

If the system has been turned off while the iPod®
was playing, pushing the ON·OFF button will
start the iPod®.
PLAY:
button is pushed with the
When the
system off and the iPod® connected, the system
will turn on. If another audio source is playing
and the iPod® is connected, push the
button repeatedly to switch to the iPod® mode.
Interface:
The interface for iPod® operation shown on the
vehicle center display is similar to the iPod®
interface. Use the touchscreen, BACK button
or the TUNE/SCROLL knob to navigate the
menus on the screen.

The following touch-panel buttons shown on the
screen are also available:
.

: returns to the previous screen.

: plays/pauses the music selected.
SEEK/CATEGORY button:

or
button is pushed for
When the
more than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is
®
playing, the iPod will play while fast forwarding
or rewinding. When the button is released, the
iPod® will return to the normal play speed.
SAA3492

Random and repeat play mode:
While files on a USB device are playing, the play
pattern can be altered so that songs are
repeated or played randomly.

The following items can be chosen from the
menu list screen. For further information about
each item, see the iPod® Owner’s Manual.
.

Playlists

Artists

Songs

Composers

Audiobooks

Podcasts

Random:
Touch the “Random” key to apply a random play
pattern to the iPod. When the random mode is
icon is displayed to the left of
active, the
the song title or album name to denote which
random pattern is applied. To cancel Random
mode, touch the “Random” key until no
icon is displayed.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-47

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (192,1)

outer edges. Remove the rough edges by
rubbing the inner and outer edges with the
side of a pen or pencil as illustrated.

Repeat:
Touch the “Repeat” key to apply a repeat play
pattern to the iPod. When the repeat mode is
icon is displayed to the left of
active, the
the song title or album name to denote which
repeat pattern is applied. To cancel Repeat
icon
mode, touch the “Repeat” key until no
is displayed.

USB memory
.

Never touch the terminal portion of the USB
memory.

Do not place heavy objects on the USB
memory.

Do not store the USB memory in very humid
locations.

Do not expose the USB memory to direct
sunlight.

Do not spill any liquids on the USB memory.

SAA0451

CD/USB MEMORY CARE AND
CLEANING
.

Handle a CD by its edges. Never touch the
surface of the disc. Do not bend the disc.

Always place the discs in the storage case
when they are not being used.

To clean a disc, wipe the surface from the
center to the outer edge using a clean, soft
cloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circular
motion.

Refer to the USB memory Owner’s Manual for
the details.

Do not use a conventional record cleaner or
alcohol intended for industrial use.
.

A new disc may be rough on the inner and
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

4-48 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (193,1)

AM, FM, CD, AUX, USB (if so equipped)/iPod®
and SAT (if so equipped)
If no CD is loaded or AUX and/or iPod® are not
connected, the CD, AUX and/or iPod® modes
will be skipped.

VOLUME control switch
Push up or down the VOLUME control switch to
increase or decrease the volume.

within one program or there is no interval
between programs, the system may not stop in
the desired or expected location.
FOLDER change (CD with MP3 or WMA):
Push the tuning switch for more than 1.5
seconds to change the folders (if there are any
folders).

Tuning switch
Memory change (radio):
SAA3383

1.
2.
3.

SOURCE select switch
Tuning switch
VOLUME control switch

Push the tuning switch for less than 1.5 seconds
to change the next or previous radio preset.
SEEK tuning (radio):

STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR
AUDIO CONTROL

Push the tuning switch for more than 1.5
seconds to seek the next or previous radio
station.

The audio system can be operated using the
controls on the steering wheel.

APS (Automatic Program Search) FF, APS
REW (CD and iPod®):

SOURCE select switch

Push the tuning switch for less than 1.5 seconds
to return to the beginning of the present
program or skip to the next program. Push
several times to skip back or skip through
programs.

With the ignition switch placed in the ACC or
ON position, push the SOURCE select switch
to turn the audio system on.
Push the SOURCE select switch to change the
mode.

This system searches for the blank intervals
between selections. If there is a blank interval
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-49

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (194,1)

ANTENNA

clockwise and tighten.

CAUTION
.

To avoid damaging or deforming the
antenna, be sure to fold down (if so
equipped) or remove the antenna
under the following conditions.
— The vehicle enters a garage with
a low ceiling.
— The vehicle is covered with a car
cover.
Be sure that antenna is removed
before the vehicle enters an automatic car wash.
Always properly tighten the antenna
rod during installation. Otherwise,
the antenna rod may break during
vehicle operation.
SAA1236

For FM-AM radio
.

Adjust the angle of the antenna for the best
reception.

To remove the antenna, hold the bottom of
the antenna and turn it counterclockwise.

To install the
antenna,
the antenna
I
nf
or
ma
t
i
onPr
ovi
dedbturn
y:

4-50 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (195,1)

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO
When installing a car phone or a CB radio in
your NISSAN, be sure to observe the following
precautions, otherwise the new equipment may
adversely affect the electronic control modules
and electronic control system harness.

WARNING
.

SAA2102

For FM-AM-SAT radio
.

To remove the antenna, hold the bottom of
the antenna and turn it counterclockwise.

To install the antenna, turn the antenna
clockwise and tighten.

A cellular telephone should not be
used while driving so full attention
may be given to vehicle operation.
Some jurisdictions prohibit the use
of cellular telephones while driving.
If you must make a call while your
vehicle is in motion, the hands-free
cellular phone operational mode (if
so equipped) is highly recommended. Exercise extreme caution
at all times so full attention may be
given to vehicle operation.

CAUTION
.

Keep the antenna as far away as
possible from the electronic control
modules.

Keep the antenna wire more than 8
in (20 cm) away from the electronic
control system harness. Do not
route the antenna wire next to any
harness.

Adjust the antenna standing-wave
ratio as recommended by the manufacturer.

Connect the ground wire from the
CB radio chassis to the body.

For details, consult a NISSAN dealer.

If a conversation in a moving vehicle
requires you to take notes, pull off
the road to a safe location and stop
your vehicle before doing so.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-51

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (196,1)

BLUETOOTH® HANDS-FREE PHONE
SYSTEM
automatically connected with the in-vehicle
phone module when the ignition switch is
placed in the ON position with the connected
cellular phone turned on and carried in the
vehicle.

WARNING
.

Use a phone after stopping your
vehicle in a safe location. If you
have to use a phone while driving,
exercise extreme caution at all
times so full attention may be given
to vehicle operation.

You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth®
cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module.
However, you can talk on only one cellular phone
at a time.

If you find yourself unable to devote
full attention to vehicle operation
while talking on the phone, pull off
the road to a safe location and stop
your vehicle before doing so.

CAUTION
To avoid draining the vehicle battery,
use a phone after starting the engine.

Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone
System, refer to the following notes.
.

Set up the wireless connection between a
compatible cellular phone and the in-vehicle
phone module before using the Bluetooth®
Hands-Free Phone System.

Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phones
may not be recognized by the in-vehicle
phone module. Please visit www.nissanusa.
com/bluetooth for a recommended phone
list and instructions for connecting your
phone.

You will not be able to use a hands-free
phone under the following conditions:

SAA3446

1.
2.
3.
4.

Volume control switch −/+
PHONE SEND
button
button
PHONE END
Microphone

Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth®
Hands-Free Phone System. If you have a
compatible Bluetooth® enabled cellular phone,
you can set up the wireless connection between
your cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone
module. With Bluetooth® wireless technology,
you can make or receive a hands-free telephone
call in your vehicle.
Once your cellular phone is connected to the invehicle phone module, no other phone connecting procedure is required. Your phone is
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

— Your vehicle is outside of the telephone
service area.
— Your vehicle is in an area where it is
difficult to receive radio waves; such as in
a tunnel, in an underground parking

4-52 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (197,1)

garage, near a tall building or in a
mountainous area.

— Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it
from being dialed.
.

When the radio wave condition is not ideal
or ambient sound is too loud, it may be
difficult to hear the other person’s voice
during a call.
Immediately after the ignition switch is
placed in the ON position, it may be
impossible to receive a call for a short
period of time.
Do not place the cellular phone in an area
surrounded by metal or far away from the invehicle phone module to prevent tone quality
degradation and wireless connection disruption.
While a cellular phone is connected through
the Bluetooth® wireless connection, the
battery power of the cellular phone may
discharge quicker than usual. The Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System cannot
charge cellular phones.
If the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System
seems to be malfunctioning, see “Troubleshooting guide” later in this section. You can
also visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for
troubleshooting help.

Some cellular phones or other devices may
cause interference or a buzzing noise to
come from the audio system speakers.
Storing the device in a different location
may reduce or eliminate the noise.
Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manual
regarding battery charging, cellular phone
antenna, etc.

This wireless hands-free car kit is based on
Bluetooth technology.
*

Frequency: 2402 MHz - 2480 MHz

Output power: 4.14 dBm E.I.R.P

Modulation: FHSS GFSK 8DPSK, p/
4DQPSK

Number of channels: 79

This wireless equipment cannot be used for
any services related to life safety because
there is the possibility of radio interference.

REGULATORY INFORMATION
Bluetooth trademark:
Bluetooth® is a trademark owned
by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A.
and licensed to Visteon Corporation.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

FCC Regulatory information
— CAUTION: To maintain compliance with
FCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use only
the supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna,
modification, or attachments could damage
the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations.
— Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1) this device may not cause interference and
2) this device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device

IC Regulatory information
— Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must accept
any interference, including interference that
may cause undesired operation of the
device.
— This Class B digital apparatus meets all
requirements of the Canadian InterferenceCausing Equipment Regulations.

USING THE SYSTEM
The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows
hands-free operation of the Bluetooth® HandsFree Phone System.

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-53

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (198,1)

If the vehicle is in motion, some commands may
not be available so full attention may be given to
vehicle operation.

Initialization
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON
position, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized, which takes a few seconds. If the
button is pushed before the initialization completes, the system will not accept any command.

Giving voice command

The command given is picked up by the
microphone, and voice feedback is given when
the command is accepted.
.

If you need to hear the available commands
for the current menu again, say “Help” and
the system will repeat them.

Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as
possible. Close the windows to eliminate
surrounding noises (traffic noises, vibration
sounds, etc.), which may prevent the system
from recognizing voice commands correctly.

If a command is not recognized, the system
announces, “Command not recognized.
Please say again.” Repeat the command in
a clear voice.

Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a
command. Otherwise, the command will not
be received properly.

If you want to go back to the previous
command, you can say “Go back” or
“Correction” anytime the system is waiting
for a response.

You can cancel a command when the
system is waiting for a response by saying,
“Cancel” or “Quit.” The system announces
“Cancel” and ends the VR session. You can
button for 5
also push and hold the
seconds on the steering wheel at any time to
cancel the VR session. Whenever the VR
session is cancelled, a double beep is
played to indicate you have exited the
system.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Operating tips
To get the best performance out of the NISSAN
Voice Recognition system, observe the following:
.

Start speaking a command within 5 seconds
after the tone sounds.

Speak in a natural voice without pausing
between words.

If you want to adjust the volume of the voice
feedback, push the volume control switch (+
or −) on the steering wheel while being
provided with feedback. You can also use
the radio volume control knob.

In most cases you can interrupt the voice
feedback to speak the next command by
button on the steering
pushing the
wheel.

To use the system faster, you may speak the
second level commands with the main menu
command on the main menu. For example,
button and after the tone say,
push the
“Call Redial.” Note: The combined command of Call and (a Name) cannot be used.

To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition, push
button located on the
and release the
steering wheel. After the tone sounds, speak a
command.

How to say numbers
NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain
way to speak numbers in voice commands.
Refer to the rules and examples below.
.

Either “zero” or “oh” can be used for “0”.
Example: 1-800-662-6200
— “One eight oh oh six six two six two oh
oh”, or
— “One eight zero zero six six two six two oh
oh”

Words can be used for the first 4 digits
places only.

4-54 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (199,1)

Example: 1-800-662-6200

— “One eight hundred six six two six two oh
oh”,

— NOT “One eight hundred six six two sixty
two hundred, and

Say “plus” for “+” (available only when using
the “Special Dialing” command).

— NOT “One eight oh oh six six two sixty two
hundred.

Say “pause” for a 2 second pause (available
only when storing a phone book number).

Numbers can be spoken in small groups.
The system will prompt you to continuing
entering digits, if desired.

See “Making a call by entering a phone
number” later in this section and “LIST OF
VOICE COMMANDS” later in this section
for more information.

Example: 1-800-662-6200

Say “pound” for “#”. Say “star” for “*”
(available when using the “Special Dialing”
command and the “Send” command during
a call).

— “One eight zero zero”
The system repeats the numbers and
prompts you to enter more.

NOTE:
For best results, say phone numbers as
single digits.

— “six six two”
The system repeats the numbers and
prompts you to enter more.

The voice command “Help” is available at any
time. Please say the “Help” command to get
information about how to use the system.

— “six two zero zero”

INFO

You can say “Star” for “*” and “Pound” for
“#” at any time in any position of the phone
number. (Available only when using the
“Special Dialing” command.)

If you are controlling the telephone system
by voice command for the first time or do not
know the appropriate voice command,
speak “Help”. The system announces the
available commands.

When you speak numbers, you can speak
both “zero” or “oh” for “0”.

Example: 1-555-1212 *123
— “One five five five one two one two star
one two three”

Manual command selection
Commands can be selected manually. While the
commands are displayed on the audio screen,
select a command by operating the audio tuning
switch. Once a
switch, and then push the
command is manually selected, the voice
command function is cancelled. To return to
switch to
voice command mode, push the
cancel the current operation, and then perform
the first procedure of voice command.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-55

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (200,1)

PHONE END
While the voice recognition system is active,
push the
button to go back one step. Push
button for 5 seconds to quit
and hold the
the voice recognition system at any time.

GETTING STARTED
The following procedures will help you get
started using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone
System with NISSAN Voice Recognition. For
additional command options, refer to “LIST OF
VOICE COMMANDS” later in this section.
SAA3385

CONTROL BUTTONS
The control buttons for the Bluetooth® HandsFree Phone System are located on the steering
wheel.
PHONE SEND
Push the
button to initiate a VR session or
answer an incoming call.
You can also use the
button to interrupt
system feedback and give a command at once.

Choosing a language
You can interact with the Bluetooth® Hands-Free
Phone System using English, Spanish or French.
To change the language, perform the following.
1. Push and hold the
5 seconds.

button for more than

2. The system announces: “Push the PHONE
SEND (
) button for the hands-free
phone system to enter the speaker adapta)
tion mode or push the PHONE END (
button to select a different language.”
3. Push the

button.

For information on speaker adaptation, see
“SPEAKER ADAPTATION (SA) MODE”
later in this section.

4. The system announces the current language
and gives you the option to change the
language to Spanish (in Spanish) or French
(in French). Use the following chart to select
the language.
NOTE:
button or the
You must push the
button within 5 seconds to change
the language.
Current language

Push
(TALK/PHONE
SEND) to select

Push
(MODE/
PHONE END)
to select
French

English

Spanish

English

French

English

Spanish

5. If you decide not to change the language, do
not push either button. After 5 seconds, the
VR session will end, and the language will
not be changed.

Connecting procedure
NOTE:
The connecting procedure must be performed when the vehicle is stationary. If
the vehicle starts moving during the procedure, the procedure will be cancelled.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

4-56 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (201,1)

If the name is too long or too short, the
system tells you, then prompts you for a
name again.
Also, if more than one phone is connected
and the name sounds too much like a name
already used, the system tells you, then
prompts you for a name again.
1. Push the
button on the steering wheel.
The system announces the available commands.

Making a call by entering a phone
number

5. When you have finished speaking the phone
number, the system repeats it back and
announces the available commands.

A . The system
2. Say: “Connect Phone” *
acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands.
B . The system acknowl3. Say: “Add phone” *
edges the command and asks you to initiate
C .
pairing from the phone handset *

The connecting procedure of the cellular
phone varies according to each cellular
phone. See the cellular phone Owner’s
Manual for details. You can also visit www.
nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instructions on
connecting NISSAN recommended cellular
phones.
When prompted for a Passkey code, enter
“1234” from the handset. The Passkey code
“1234” has been assigned by NISSAN and
cannot be changed.
4. The system asks you to say a name for the
D .
phone *

phone number, try entering the number in
the following groups: 3-digit area code, 3digit prefix and the last 4-digits. For example,
555-121-3354 can be said as “five five five”
as the 1st group, then “one two one” as the
2nd group, and “three three five four” as the
3rd group. For dialing more than 10 digits or
any special characters, say “Special Dialing”. See “How to say numbers” earlier in
this section, for more information.

C . The system acknowledges
6. Say: “Dial” *
the command and makes the call.

1. Push the
button on steering wheel. A
tone will sound.

For additional command options, see “LIST OF
VOICE COMMANDS” later in this section.

A . The system acknowledges
2. Say: “Call” *
the command and announces the next set of
available commands.

Receiving a call

B . The system
3. Say: “Phone Number” *
acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands.
Say: “Special Dialing” to dial more than 10
digits or any special characters.

Once the call has ended, push the
on the steering wheel.

4. Say the number you wish to call starting with
the area code in single digit format. If the
system has trouble recognizing the correct

When you hear the ring tone, push the
button on the steering wheel.
button

NOTE:
If you do not wish to take the call when you
button on
hear the ring tone, push the
the steering wheel to reject the call.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-57

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (202,1)

LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS

you can say “Go back” or “Correction” anytime
the system is waiting for a response.

Call

Phone Number (speak digits)

When prompted by the system, say the number
to call. Refer to “Making a call by entering a
phone number” earlier in this section for more
details.
“Redial”

When you push and release the
button on
the steering wheel, you can choose from the
commands on the Main Menu. The following
pages describe these commands and the
commands in each sub-menu.
Remember to wait for the tone before
speaking.
You can say “Help” to hear the list of commands
currently available anytime the system is waiting
for a response.
A menu item can also be selected by scrolling
the display with the SEEK switch and entering
button.
by pushing the
If you want to end an action without completing
it, you can say “Cancel” or “Quit” at anytime the
system is waiting for a response. The system will
end the VR session. Whenever the VR session
is cancelled, a double beep is played to indicate
you have exited the system.

B
*

C
*

Use the Redial command to call the last number
that was dialed.
The system acknowledges the command, repeats the number and begins dialing.
Name (speak name)

A
*

If there are entries stored in the phonebook, a
number associated with a name and location
can be dialed.
See “Phonebook (phones without automatic
phonebook download function)” later in this
section to learn how to store entries.
When prompted by the system, say the name of
the phonebook entry to call. The system
acknowledges the name.
If there are multiple locations associated with
the name, the system asks the user to choose
the location.
Once the name and location are confirmed, the
system begins the call.

If you want to go back to the previous command,

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

If a redial number does not exist, the system
announces, “There is no number to redial” and
ends the VR session.
“Call back”

D
*

Use the Call Back command to dial the number
of the last incoming call within the vehicle.
The system acknowledges the command, repeats the number and begins dialing.
If a call back number does not exist, the system
announces, “There is no number to call back”
and ends the VR session.
Special Dialing
To dial more than 10 digits or any special
characters, please say “Special Dialing”. When
the system acknowledges the command, the
system will prompt you to speak the number.

4-58 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (203,1)

During a call

the cellular phone when privacy is desired.

During a call there are several command options
available. Push the
button on the steering
wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter
commands.

The system announces, “Transfer call. Call
transferred to privacy mode.” The system
then ends the VR session.

“Help” — The system announces the available commands.

“Go back/Correction” — The system announces “Go back,” ends the VR session
and returns to the call.

“Cancel/Quit” — The system announces
“Cancel,” ends the VR session and returns
to the call.

“Send/Enter/Call/Dial” — Use the Send
command to enter numbers, “*” or “#”
during a call. For example, if you were
directed to dial an extension by an automated system:

To reconnect a call from the cellular phone
to the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone sysbutton.
tem, push the

“Transfer Entry”

A
*

Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new
name in the system.

“Mute” — Use the Mute command to mute
your voice so the other party cannot hear it.
Use the mute command again to unmute
your voice.

Say: “Transfer entry.” The system acknowledges
the command and asks you to initiate the
transfer from the phone handset. The new
contact phone number will be transferred from
the cellular phone via the Bluetooth® communication link.

NOTE:
If a call is ended or the cellular phone
network connection is lost while the Mute
feature is on, the Mute feature will be reset
to “off” for the next call so the other party
can hear your voice.

The transfer procedure varies according to each
cellular phone. See the cellular phone Owner’s
Manual for details. You can also visit www.
nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instructions on
transferring phone numbers from NISSAN recommended cellular phones.

The system confirms the name, location and
number.

Say: “Send one two three four.”

“Delete Entry”

The system acknowledges the command
and sends the tones associated with the
numbers. The system then ends the VR
session and returns to the call. Say “star” for
“*”, say “pound” for “#”.
.

Phonebook (phones without automatic
phonebook download function)

B
*

Use the Delete Entry command to delete one
entry from the phonebook. After the system
acknowledges a command, say the name to
delete or say “List Names” to choose an entry.

“Transfer call” — Use the Transfer Call
command to transfer the call from the
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System to

“List Names”
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

C
*

Use the List Names command to hear all the
names in the phonebook. The system recites the
Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-59

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (204,1)

phonebook entries but does not include the
actual phone numbers. When playback of the
list is complete, the system returns to the main
menu.
Playback of the list can be stopped at any time
button on the steering
by pushing the
wheel. The system ends the VR session.

Phonebook (phones with automatic
phonebook download function)
NOTE:
Phonebook commands are not available
when the vehicle is moving.

phonebook is automatically downloaded to the
vehicle. This feature allows you to access your
phonebook from the Bluetooth system and call
contacts by name. You can record a custom
voice tag for contact names that the system has
difficulty recognizing. For more information see
“Record Name” in this section.
NOTE:
Each phone has its own separate phonebook. You cannot access Phone A’s phonebook if you are currently connected with
Phone B.
“List names”

“Record name”

B
*

The system allows you to record custom voice
tags for contact names in the phonebook that
the vehicle has difficulty recognizing. This
feature can also be used to record voice tags
to directly dial an entry with multiple numbers.
Up to 40 voice tags can be recorded to the
system.

Recent Calls

A
*

Use the List Names command to hear all the
names and locations in the phone book.

For phones that support automatic download of
the phonebook (PBAP Bluetooth® profile), the
“Phonebook” command is used to manage
entries to the vehicle phonebook. You can say
the name of an entry at this menu to initiate
dialing of that entry.
The phonebook stores up to 1000 names for
each phone paired with the system. Each name
can have up to 4 locations/phone numbers
associated with it.

The system recites the phone book entries but
does not include the actual phone numbers.
When the playback of the list is complete, the
system goes back to the main menu.
You can stop the playback of the list at any time
button on the steering
by pushing the
wheel. The system ends the VR session. See the
“Record Name” command in this section for
information about recording custom voice tags
for list entries that the system has difficulty
pronouncing.

When a phone is connected to the system, the

Use the Recent Calls command to access
outgoing, incoming or missed calls.
“Outgoing”

A
*

Use the Outgoing command to list the outgoing
calls made from the vehicle.
“Incoming”

B
*

Use the Incoming command to list the incoming
calls made from the vehicle.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

4-60 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (205,1)

“Missed”

C
*

Use the Missed command to list the missed
calls made to the vehicle that were not
answered.

Connect Phone
NOTE:
Add Phone command is not available
when the vehicle is moving.

system will list the names assigned to each
phone and then prompt you for the phone you
wish to select. Only one phone can be active at
a time.
“Delete Phone”

C
*

Use the Delete Phone command to delete a
phone that is connected to the vehicle. The
system will list the names assigned to each
phone and then prompt you for the phone you
wish to delete. Deleting a phone from the vehicle
will also delete that phonebook for that phone.
“Turn Bluetooth Off”

D
*

Use the Bluetooth Off command to prevent a
wireless connection to your phone.

SPEAKER ADAPTATION (SA) MODE
Use the Connect Phone commands to manage
the phones connecting to the vehicle or to
enable the Bluetooth® function on the vehicle.
“Add Phone”

A
*

Use the Add Phone command to add a phone to
the vehicle. See “Connecting procedure” earlier
in this section for more information.
“Select Phone”

B
*

Use the Select Phone command to select from a
list of phones connected to the vehicle. The

Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out-of
dialect users to train the system to improve
recognition accuracy. By repeating a number of
commands, the users can create a voice model
of their own voice that is stored in the system.
The system is capable of storing a different
speaker adaptation model for each connected
phone.

Training procedure
1. Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet
outdoor location.

running, the parking brake on, and the
transmission in Park.
3. Push and hold the
5 seconds.

button for more than

4. The system announces: “Push the PHONE
SEND (
) button for the hands-free
phone system to enter the speaker adapta)
tion mode or push the PHONE END (
button to select a different language.”
5. Push the

button.

For information on selecting a different
language, see “Choosing a language” earlier
in this section.
6. If the connected phone is already in use, the
system will prompt you to overwrite. Follow
the instructions provided by the system.
7. When preparation is complete and you are
ready to begin, push the
button.
8. The SA mode will be explained. Follow the
instructions provided by the system.
9. When training is finished, the system will tell
you an adequate number of phrases have
been recorded.
10. The system will announce that speaker
adaptation has been completed and the
system is ready.

2. Sit in the I
driver’s
seat
with the engine
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-61

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (206,1)

The SA mode will stop if:

Training phrases

Home

The
button is pushed for more than 5
seconds in SA mode.

During the SA mode, the system instructs you to
say the following phrases.

call 3 1 9 0 2

(The system will prompt you for each phrase.)

9 7 pause pause 3 0 8

The vehicle is driven during SA mode.

cancel

The ignition switch is turned to the OFF or
LOCK position.

phonebook new entry

dial 3 0 4 2 9

call back number

delete call back number

call star 2 0 9 5

delete phone

setup pair phone

dial 8 3 0 5 1

memo pad play

8 pause 9 3 2 pause 7

setup change ring tone

delete all entries

4 3 pause 2 9 pause 0

delete redial number

call 7 2 4 0 9

phonebook delete entry

phonebook list names

memo pad record

call 8 0 5 4 1

correction

dial star 2 1 7 0

yes

setup main menu

dial 7 4 0 1 8

memo pad delete

select ring tone

delete

Setup change priority

dial 8 5 6 9 2

dial 9 7 2 6 6

call 7 6 3 0 1

Bluetooth onInformationProvidedby:

4-62 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (207,1)

go back

call 5 6 2 8 0

dial 6 6 4 3 7

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-63

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (208,1)

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions.
Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.
Symptom

Solution
1. Ensure that the command format is valid. (See “LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS” earlier in this section.)
2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.
3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle.

System fails to interpret the command
correctly.

4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on).
NOTE: If it is too noisy to use the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.
5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.
6. If the system consistently fails to recognize commands, the voice training procedure should be carried out to improve the
recognition response for the speaker. (See “SPEAKER ADAPTATION (SA) MODE” earlier in this section.)

The system consistently selects the
wrong entry from the phone book.

1. Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored. This can be confirmed by using the
“List Names” command. (See “LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS” earlier in this section.)
2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

4-64 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (209,1)

MEMO

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-65

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (16,1)

5 Starting and driving
Manual Transmission (MT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Integrated control system (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Drive mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Three-way catalyst. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Cruise control operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ignition switch
(models without Intelligent Key system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) mode switch
operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
AWD warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Transmission (MT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Parking/parking on hills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Key positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Electric power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Push-button ignition switch
(models with Intelligent Key system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating range for engine start function . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Braking precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Push-button ignition switch operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Brake assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Push-button ignition switch positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Brake assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intelligent Key battery discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Models without Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Freeing a frozen door lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Models with Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Anti-freeze. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-20
5-22
5-22
5-26
5-26
5-26
5-27
5-28
5-29
5-29
5-30
5-32
5-33
5-34
5-35
5-35
5-36
5-36
5-36
5-37
5-39
5-39
5-39
5-39
5-39

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (17,1)

Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Special winter equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40

Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Engine block heater (if so equipped). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (212,1)

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING
AND DRIVING
dangerous. It can cause unconsciousness or death.

WARNING
.

Do not leave children or adults who
would normally require the support
of others alone in your vehicle. Pets
should not be left alone either. They
could accidentally injure themselves
or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle. Also, on hot,
sunny days, temperatures in a
closed vehicle could quickly become
high enough to cause severe or
possibly fatal injuries to people or
animals.

WARNING

5-2

If you suspect that exhaust fumes
are entering the vehicle, drive with
all windows fully open, and have the
vehicle inspected immediately.

Do not run the engine in closed
spaces such as a garage.

Do not park the vehicle with the
engine running for any extended
length of time.

Keep the lift gate closed while
driving, otherwise exhaust gases
could be drawn into the passenger
compartment. If you must drive with
the lift gate open, follow these
precautions:

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

Do not breathe exhaust gases; they
contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide. Carbon monoxide is

1. Open all the windows.
2. Set the
air recirculation to off
and the fan control to high to
circulate the air.
.

If electrical wiring or other cable
connections must pass to a trailer
through the seal on the lift gate or
the body, follow the manufacturer’s
recommendation to prevent carbon
monoxide entry into the vehicle.

If a special body, camper or other
equipment is added for recreational
or other usage, follow the manufacturer’s recommendation to prevent
carbon monoxide entry into the
vehicle. (Some recreational vehicle
appliances such as stoves, refrigerators, heaters, etc. may also generate carbon monoxide.)

The exhaust system and body
should be inspected by a qualified
mechanic whenever:
— The vehicle is raised for service.
— You suspect that exhaust fumes
are entering into the passenger
compartment.
— You notice a change in the
sound of the exhaust system.
— You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust
system, underbody, or rear of
the vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYST
The three-way catalyst is an emission control
device installed in the exhaust system. Exhaust
gases in the three-way catalyst are burned at
high temperatures to help reduce pollutants.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Starting and driving

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (213,1)

vehicle inspected promptly by a
NISSAN dealer.

WARNING
.

The exhaust gas and the exhaust
system are very hot. Keep people,
animals or flammable materials
away from the exhaust system components.
Do not stop or park the vehicle over
flammable materials such as dry
grass, waste paper or rags. They
may ignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION
.

Do not use leaded gasoline. Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously reduce the three-way
catalyst’s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants.

Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunctions in the ignition, fuel injection, or electrical systems can cause
overrich fuel flow into the three-way
catalyst, causing it to overheat. Do
not keep driving if the engine misfires, or if noticeable loss of performance or other unusual operating
conditions are detected. Have the

Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, damaging the three-way catalyst.

Do not race the engine while warming it up.

Do not push or tow your vehicle to
start the engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)
Each tire, including the spare (if provided),
should be checked monthly when cold and
inflated to the inflation pressure recommended
by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your
vehicle has tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label, you should determine the proper
tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has
been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
pressure telltale when one or more of your tires
is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when
the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop andInfocheck
allded4by:tires as soon as
r
mat
i
onPr
ovi

possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the
vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for
proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s
responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure,
even if under-inflation has not reached the level
to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a
TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the
system is not operating properly. The TPMS
malfunction indicator is combined with the low
tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously
illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the
malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able
to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of
reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle
that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale
after replacing one or more tires or wheels on
your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or
Starting and driving 5-3

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (214,1)

alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.

Additional information
.

The TPMS does not monitor the tire
pressure of the spare tire.

The TPMS will activate only when the
vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH
(25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect
a sudden drop in tire pressure (for example a
flat tire while driving).

The low tire pressure warning light does not
automatically turn off when the tire pressure
is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the
recommended pressure, the vehicle must be
driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h)
to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire
pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure
gauge to check the tire pressure.
Tire pressure rises and falls depending on
the heat caused by the vehicle’s operation
and the outside temperature. Low outside
temperature can lower the temperature of
the air inside the tire which can cause a
lower tire inflation pressure. This may cause
the low tire pressure warning light to
illuminate. If the warning light illuminates in
low ambient temperature, check the tire
pressure for all four tires.

For additional information, see “Low tire pressure warning light” in the “2. Instruments and
controls” section and “TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)” in the “6. In case of
emergency” section.

changing a flat tire.)
.

Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could
affect the proper operation of the
TPMS.

Do not inject any tire liquid or
aerosol tire sealant into the tires,
as this may cause a malfunction of
the tire pressure sensors.

WARNING
.

If the low tire pressure warning light
illuminates while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt
braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull
off the road to a safe location and
stop the vehicle as soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires
may permanently damage the tires
and increase the likelihood of tire
failure. Serious vehicle damage
could occur and may lead to an
accident and could result in serious
personal injury. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire
pressure to the recommended COLD
tire pressure shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label to turn
the low tire pressure warning light
OFF. If you have a flat tire, replace it
with a spare tire as soon as possible. (See “FLAT TIRE” in the “6. In
case of emergency” section for
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

5-4

Starting and driving

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 7/ 29

Black plate (215,1)

CAUTION
.

The TPMS may not function properly
when the wheels are equipped with
tire chains or the wheels are buried
in snow.

Do not place metalized film or any
metal parts (antenna, etc.) on the
windows. This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire
pressure sensors, and the TPMS will
not function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may temporarily
interfere with the operation of the TPMS and
cause the low tire pressure warning light to
illuminate. Some examples are:
.

Facilities or electric devices using similar
radio frequencies are near the vehicle.

If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is
being used in or near the vehicle.

If a computer (or similar equipment) or a DC/
AC converter is being used in or near the
vehicle.

FCC Notice:

of control or an accident.

For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that
may cause undesired operation.
Note: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with RSS-210 of
Industry Canada. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) this
device may not cause interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.

AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER

WARNING
Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe
and prudent Imanner
may
result in loss
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obey
all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed,
high speed cornering, or sudden steering
maneuvers, because these driving practices
could cause you to lose control of your vehicle.
As with any vehicle, a loss of control could
result in a collision with other vehicles or
objects, or cause the vehicle to rollover,
particularly if the loss of control causes the
vehicle to slide sideways. Be attentive at all
times, and avoid driving when tired. Never drive
when under the influence of alcohol or drugs
(including prescription or over-the-counter
drugs which may cause drowsiness). Always
wear your seat belt as outlined in the “SEAT
BELTS” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat belts and
supplemental restraint system” section of this
manual, and also instruct your passengers to do
so.
Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in
collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, an
unbelted or improperly belted person is
significantly more likely to be injured or
killed than a person properly wearing a
seat belt.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERY
If the right side or left side wheels leave the road
surface, maintain control of the vehicle by
Starting and driving 5-5

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (216,1)

following the procedure below. Please note that
this procedure is only a general guide. The
vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on
the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.
1. Remain calm and do not overreact.
2. Do not apply the brakes.
3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel
with both hands and try to hold a straight
course.
4. When appropriate, slowly release the accelerator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.
5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the
vehicle to follow the road while the vehicle
speed is reduced. Do not attempt to drive
the vehicle back onto the road surface until
vehicle speed is reduced.
6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn the
steering wheel until both tires return to the
road surface. When all tires are on the road
surface, steer the vehicle to stay in the
appropriate driving lane.
.

If you decide that it is not safe to return
the vehicle to the road surface based on
vehicle, road or traffic conditions, gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe
place off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS
Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” can
occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due
to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressure
loss can also be caused by driving on underinflated tires.
Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling
and stability of the vehicle, especially at highway
speeds.
Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintaining the correct air pressure and visually
inspect the tires for wear and damage. See
“WHEELS AND TIRES” in the “8. Maintenance
and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.
If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or “blows-out”
while driving maintain control of the vehicle by
following the procedure below. Please note that
this procedure is only a general guide. The
vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on
the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

WARNING
The following actions can increase the
chance of losing control of the vehicle if
there is a sudden loss of tire air
pressure. Losing control of the vehicle
may cause a collision and result in
personal injury.

The vehicle generally moves or pulls
in the direction of the flat tire.

Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal.

Do not rapidly turn the steering
wheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.
2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel
with both hands and try to hold a straight
course.
3. When appropriate, slowly release the accelerator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.
4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location
off the road and away from traffic if possible.
5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually
stop the vehicle.
6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers and
either contact a roadside emergency service
to change the tire or see “CHANGING A
FLAT TIRE” in the “6. In case of emergency”
section of this Owner’s Manual.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

5-6

Starting and driving

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (217,1)

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND
DRIVING

WARNING
Never drive under the influence of
alcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream reduces coordination, delays
reaction time and impairs judgement.
Driving after drinking alcohol increases
the likelihood of being involved in an
accident injuring yourself and others.
Additionally, if you are injured in an
accident, alcohol can increase the severity of the injury.
NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However,
you must choose not to drive under the influence
of alcohol. Every year thousands of people are
injured or killed in alcohol-related accidents.
Although the local laws vary on what is
considered to be legally intoxicated, the fact is
that alcohol affects all people differently and
most people underestimate the effects of
alcohol.
Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! And
that is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter,
prescription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive if
your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by
alcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition.

DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Your NISSAN is designed for both normal and
off-road use. However, avoid driving in deep
water or mud as your NISSAN is mainly
designed for leisure use, unlike a conventional
off-road vehicle.

vehicle. If you drive up them, you
may stall. If you drive down them,
you may not be able to control your
speed. If you drive across them, you
may roll over.
.

Do not shift ranges while driving on
downhill grades as this could cause
loss of control of the vehicle.

Stay alert when driving to the top of
a hill. At the top there could be a
drop-off or other hazard that could
cause an accident.

Drive carefully when off the road
and avoid dangerous areas. Every
person who drives or rides in this
vehicle should be seated with their
seat belt fastened. This will keep
you and your passengers in position
when driving over rough terrain.

If your engine stalls or you cannot
make it to the top of a steep hill,
never attempt to turn around. Your
vehicle could tip or roll over. Always
back straight down in R (Reverse)
range. Never back down in N (Neutral), using only the brake, as this
could cause loss of control.

Do not drive across steep slopes.
Instead drive either straight up or
straight down the slopes. Off-road
vehicles can tip over sideways much
more easily than they can forward or
backward.

Heavy braking going down a hill
could cause your brakes to overheat
and fade, resulting in loss of control
and an accident. Apply brakes
lightly and use a low range to
control your speed.

Unsecured cargo can be thrown
around when driving over rough

Remember that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models are less capable than All-Wheel Drive
(AWD) models for rough road driving and
extrication when stuck in deep snow, mud, or
the like.
Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING
.

Many hills
are
too
steep
for any
I
nf
or
ma
t
i
onPr
ovi
dedb
y:

Starting and driving 5-7

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (218,1)

To avoid raising the center of gravity
excessively, do not exceed the rated
capacity of the roof rack (if so
equipped) and evenly distribute the
load. Secure heavy loads in the
cargo area as far forward and as
low as possible. Do not equip the
vehicle with tires larger than specified in this manual. This could cause
your vehicle to roll over.
Do not grip the inside or spokes of
the steering wheel when driving offroad. The steering wheel could
move suddenly and injure your
hands. Instead drive with your fingers and thumbs on the outside of
the rim.

Before operating the vehicle, ensure
that the driver and all passengers
have their seat belts fastened.

Always drive with the floor mats in
place as the floor may became hot.

Lower your speed when encountering strong crosswinds. With a higher

5-8

movement which could result in
serious vehicle damage or personal
injury.

center of gravity, your NISSAN is
more affected by strong side winds.
Slower speeds ensure better vehicle
control.
.

Do not drive beyond the performance capability of the tires, even
with AWD engaged.

When a wheel is off the ground due
to an unlevel surface, do not spin
the wheel excessively (AWD model).

For AWD equipped vehicles, do not
attempt to raise two wheels off the
ground and shift the transmission to
any drive or reverse position with
the engine running. Doing so may
result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which
could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.

Accelerating quickly, sharp steering
maneuvers or sudden braking may
cause loss of control.

If at all possible, avoid sharp turning
maneuvers, particularly at high
speeds. Your vehicle has a higher
center of gravity than a conventional
passenger car. The vehicle is not
designed for cornering at the same
speeds as conventional passenger
cars. Failure to operate this vehicle
correctly could result in loss of
control and/or a rollover accident.

Always use tires of the same type,
size, brand, construction (bias, biasbelted or radial), and tread pattern
on all four wheels. Install traction
devices on the front wheels when
driving on slippery roads and drive
carefully.

Be sure to check the brakes immediately after driving in mud or water.

terrain. Properly secure all cargo so
it will not be thrown forward and
cause injury to you or your passengers.

Do not attempt to test an AWD
equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dynamometer (such as the dynamometers used by some states for
emissions testing), or similar equipment even if the other two wheels
are raised off the ground. Make sure
you inform test facility personnel
that your vehicle is equipped with
AWD before it is placed on a
dynamometer. Using the wrong test
equipment may result in drivetrain
damage Inor
unexpected
vehicle
f
or
mat
i
o
nPr
ovi
dedby:

Starting and driving

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (219,1)

IGNITION SWITCH (models without
Intelligent Key system)
See “BRAKE SYSTEM” later in this
section for wet brakes.
.

Avoid parking your vehicle on steep
hills. If you get out of the vehicle
and it rolls forward, backward or
sideways, you could be injured.

Whenever you drive off-r oad
through sand, mud or water as deep
as the wheel hub, more frequent
maintenance may be required. See
the maintenance information in the
“NISSAN Service and Maintenance
Guide”.

Spinning the front wheels on slippery surfaces may cause the AWD
warning light to flash and the AWD
system to automatically switch from
the AWD mode to the 2WD mode.
This could reduce traction. Be especially careful when towing a trailer
(AWD model).

WARNING
Never remove or turn the key to the
LOCK position while driving. This may
cause the driver to lose control of the
vehicle and could result in serious
vehicle damage or personal injury.

SSD0392

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT)
The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition
switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position
until the selector lever is moved to the P (Park)
position.
.

When turning the ignition switch to the
LOCK position, make sure that the selector
lever is in the P (Park) position.

When removing the key from the ignition
switch, make sure that the selector lever is in
the P (Park) position.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Starting and driving 5-9

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (220,1)

When the ignition switch cannot be turned to
the LOCK position:

KEY POSITIONS

1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
position.

The key can only be removed from the ignition
switch at this position.

2. Turn the ignition switch slightly in the ON
direction.

OFF (1)

LOCK (0)

The engine is turned off. The power supply is
turned off.

3. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
position.

ACC (2)

4. Remove the key.

The electrical accessory power activates without
the engine turned on.

If the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK
position, the selector lever cannot be moved
from the P (Park) position. The selector lever can
be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON
position with the foot brake pedal depressed.

MANUAL TRANSMISSION (MT)

1
There is an OFF position *
between the
LOCK and ACC positions, although it is not
marked on the ignition switch.

The ignition switch includes a device that helps
prevent accidental removal of the key while
driving.

SSD0503

The key can only be removed when the ignition
switch is in the LOCK position.
To turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position
from the ACC or ON position, turn the key to the
OFF position, push the key in, then turn the key
to the LOCK position.

ON (3)
The ignition system and the electrical accessory
power activate without the engine turned on.

START (4)
The engine starter activates and the engine will
start. The ignition switch, when released, will
automatically turn to the ON position.

CAUTION
As soon as the engine has started,
release the ignition switch immediately.

1 in between the
There is an OFF position *
LOCK and ACC positions. The OFF position is
indicated by a “1” on the key cylinder.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

5-10 Starting and driving

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (221,1)

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
(models with Intelligent Key system)

WARNING
Do not operate the push-button ignition
switch while driving the vehicle except
in an emergency. (The engine will stop
when the ignition switch is pushed 3
consecutive times or the ignition switch
is pushed and held for more than 2
seconds.) If the engine stops while the
vehicle is being driven, this could lead
to a crash and serious injury.
Before operating the push-button ignition
switch, be sure to move the selector lever to
the P (Park) position (for Continuously Variable
Transmission models) or the shift lever to the N
(Neutral) position (for manual transmission
models).

The cargo room area is not included in the
operating range but the Intelligent Key may
function.

If the Intelligent Key is placed on the
instrument panel, inside the glove box or
door pocket, the Intelligent Key may not
function.

If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door
or window outside the vehicle, the Intelligent
Key may function.

SSD0436

OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINE
START FUNCTION
The Intelligent Key can only be used for starting
the engine when the Intelligent Key is within the
1 .
specified operating range *
When the Intelligent Key battery is almost
discharged or strong radio waves are present
near the operating location, the Intelligent Key
system’s operating range becomes narrower
and may not function properly.
If the Intelligent Key is within the operating
range, it is possible for anyone, even someone
who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push
the ignition switch to start the engine.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Starting and driving 5-11

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2011/ 2/ 21

Black plate (222,1)

A on the ignition switch
The indicator light *
illuminates when the ignition switch is in the
ACC or ON position.

Some indicators and warnings for operation are
displayed on the meter. (See “WARNING/
INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS” in the “2. Instruments and controls”
section.)

Continuously Variable Transmission
models

SSD0859

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
OPERATION
When the ignition switch is pushed without
depressing the brake pedal (Continuously Variable Transmission models) or the clutch pedal
(manual transmission models), the ignition
switch position will change as follows:
.

Push once to change to ACC.

Push two times to change to ON.

Push three times to change to OFF.

Push four times to return to ACC.

Open or close any door to return to LOCK
during the OFF position.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
POSITIONS
LOCK (Normal parking position)
The ignition switch can only be locked in this
position.
The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is
pushed to the ACC position while carrying the
Intelligent Key.

ACC (Accessories)

The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition
switch position cannot be switched to LOCK
until the selector lever is moved to the P (Park)
position.

This position activates electrical accessories
such as the radio, when the engine is not
running.

When the ignition switch cannot be pushed
toward the LOCK position, proceed as follows:

This position turns on the ignition system and
electrical accessories.

1. Move the selector lever into the P (Park)
position.

OFF

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.
3. Open the door. The ignition switch will
change to the LOCK position.
The selector lever can be moved from the P
(Park) position if the ignition switch is in
the ON position and the brake pedal is
depressed.

ON (Normal operating position)

The engine can be turned off without locking the
steering wheel.
Continuously Variable Transmission models: The
ignition lock is designed so that the ignition
switch cannot be switched to the LOCK position
until the selector lever is moved to the P (Park)
position.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

5-12 Starting and driving

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2011/ 2/ 21

Black plate (223,1)

4. Push the ignition switch while depressing
the brake pedal within 10 seconds after the
chime sounds. The engine will start.

CAUTION
Do not leave the vehicle with the pushbutton ignition switch in ACC or ON
position when the engine is not running
for an extended period. This can discharge the battery.

After step 3 is performed, when the ignition
switch is pushed without depressing the brake
pedal, the ignition switch position will change to
ACC.

SSD0860

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE
If the battery of the Intelligent Key is discharged,
or environmental conditions interfere with the
Intelligent Key operation, start the engine
according to the following procedure:
1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
position (for Continuously Variable Transmission models) or the shift lever to the N
(Neutral) position (for manual transmission
models).

NOTE:
. When the ignition switch is pushed to
the ACC or ON position or the engine is
started by the above procedures, the
Intelligent Key system warning light
may blink in yellow even if the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. This is
not a malfunction. To stop the warning
light from blinking, touch the ignition
switch with the Intelligent Key again.
.

If the Intelligent Key system warning
light in the meter is blinking in green,
replace the battery as soon as possible.
(See “KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT”
in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

2. Firmly apply the foot brake.
3. Touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent
Key as illustrated.
(Aochime
will sound.)
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
vi
dedby:
Starting and driving 5-13

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2011/ 2/ 21

Black plate (224,1)

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE

STARTING THE ENGINE

Make sure the area around the vehicle is
clear.

MODELS WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY
SYSTEM

Check fluid levels such as engine oil, coolant, brake fluid, and window washer fluid as
frequently as possible, or at least whenever
you refuel.

1. Apply the parking brake.

Check that all windows and lights are clean.

Visually inspect tires for their appearance
and condition. Also check tires for proper
inflation.

Lock all doors.

Position seat and adjust head restraints.

Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to
do likewise.

Check the operation of warning lights when
the ignition switch is placed in the ON
position. (See “WARNING/INDICATOR
LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS” in
the “2. Instruments and controls” section.)

2. Continuously Variable Transmission
(CVT) models:
Move the selector lever to the P (Park) or N
(Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)
The starter is designed so that it does not
operate unless the selector lever is in either
of the above positions.
Manual Transmission (MT) models:
Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)
position. Depress the clutch pedal fully to
the floor.
The starter is designed not to operate unless
the clutch pedal is fully depressed.
3. Crank the engine with your foot off the
accelerator pedal by turning the ignition
switch to START. Release the switch when
the engine starts. If the engine starts, but
fails to run, repeat the above procedure.
.

If the engine is very hard to start in
extremely cold weather or when restarting, depress the accelerator pedal a little
(approximately 1/3 to the floor) and hold
it and then crank the engine. Release the
accelerator
pedal
the engine
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedwhen
by:

starts.
.

If the engine is very hard to start
because it is flooded, depress the
accelerator pedal all the way to the floor
and hold it. Crank the engine for 5 - 6
seconds. After cranking the engine,
release the accelerator pedal. Crank
the engine with your foot off the
accelerator pedal by turning the ignition switch to START. Release the
ignition switch when the engine starts.
If the engine starts, but fails to run,
repeat the above procedure.

CAUTION
Do not operate the starter for more
than 15 seconds at a time. If the engine
does not start, turn the ignition switch
off and wait 10 seconds before cranking
again, otherwise the starter could be
damaged.
4. Warm-up
Allow the engine to idle for at least 30
seconds after starting. Do not race the
engine while warming it up. Drive at
moderate speed for a short distance first,
especially in cold weather. In cold weather,
keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 -

5-14 Starting and driving

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (225,1)

3 minutes before shutting it off. Starting and
stopping the engine over a short period of
time may make the vehicle more difficult to
start.
5. To stop the engine, move the selector lever
to the P (Park) position (CVT model) or move
the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position (MT
model), and turn the ignition switch to the
OFF position.

Depress the brake pedal (CVT models) or
the clutch pedal (MT models) and push the
ignition switch to start the engine.
To start the engine immediately, push and
release the ignition switch while depressing
the brake pedal with the ignition switch in
any position.
.

MODELS WITH INTELLIGENT KEY
SYSTEM
1. Apply the parking brake.
2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park) or N
(Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)
The starter is designed not to operate unless
the selector lever is in either of the above
positions.
Manual Transmission (MT) models:
Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)
position. Depress the clutch pedal fully to
the floor.
The starter is designed not to operate unless
the clutch pedal is fully depressed.
The Intelligent Key must be carried
when operating the ignition switch.
3. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.

If the engine is very hard to start in
extremely cold weather or when restarting, depress the accelerator pedal a little
(approximately 1/3 to the floor) and
while holding, crank the engine. Release
the accelerator pedal when the engine
starts.
If the engine is very hard to start
because it is flooded, depress the
accelerator pedal all the way to the floor
and hold it. Push the ignition switch to
the ON position to start cranking the
engine. After 5 or 6 seconds, stop
cranking by pushing the ignition switch
to OFF. After cranking the engine,
release the accelerator pedal. Crank
the engine with your foot off the
accelerator pedal by depressing the
brake pedal and pushing the pushbutton ignition switch to start the engine.
If the engine starts, but fails to run,
repeat the above procedure.

CAUTION
Do not operate the starter for more
than 15 seconds at a time. If the engine
does not start, push the ignition switch
to OFF and wait 10 seconds before
cranking again, otherwise the starter
could be damaged.
4. Warm-up
Allow the engine to idle for at least 30
seconds after starting. Do not race the
engine while warming it up. Drive at
moderate speed for a short distance first,
especially in cold weather. In cold weather,
keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off. Starting and
stopping the engine over a short period of
time may make the vehicle more difficult to
start.
When racing the engine up to 4,000 rpm or
more under no load condition, the engine
will enter the fuel cut mode.
5. To stop the engine, move the selector lever
to the P (Park) position (CVT models) or
move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)
position (MT models), and push the ignition
switch to the OFF position.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Starting and driving 5-15

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2011/ 2/ 21

Black plate (226,1)

DRIVING THE VEHICLE
CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT)
The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
in your vehicle is electronically controlled to
produce maximum power and smooth operation.
The recommended operating procedures for this
transmission are shown on the following pages.
Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle
performance and driving enjoyment.

2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed, push
the selector lever button and move the
selector lever to a driving position.
3. Release the parking brake and foot brake
pedal, and then gradually start the vehicle in
motion.

WARNING
.

Do not depress the accelerator
pedal while shifting from P (Park)
or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D
(Drive). Always depress the brake
pedal until shifting is completed.
Failure to do so could cause you to
lose control and have an accident.

Cold engine idle speed is high, so
use caution when shifting into a
forward or reverse gear before the
engine has warmed up.

Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse) while vehicle is moving. Failure to do so could cause you to lose
control and have an accident.

Engine power may be automatically reduced to protect the CVT if the engine
speed increases quickly when driving on
slippery roads or while being tested on
some dynamometers.

Starting the vehicle
1. After starting the engine, fully depress the
foot brake pedal before moving the selector
lever out of the P (Park) position.
This CVT is designed so that the foot
brake pedal must be depressed before
shifting from P (Park) to any driving
position while the ignition switch is in
the ON position.
The selector lever cannot be moved out
of the P (Park) position and into any of
the other positions if the ignition
switch is placed in the LOCK, OFF or
ACC position or if the key is removed.

CAUTION
.

When stopping the vehicle on an
uphill grade, do not hold the vehicle
by depressing the accelerator pedal.
The foot brake should be used for
this purpose.

Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads. This may cause a loss of
control.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

5-16 Starting and driving

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (227,1)

WARNING
Apply the parking brake if the selector
lever is in any position while the engine
is not running. Failure to do so could
cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly
or roll away and result in serious
personal injury or property damage.

SSD1140

If the ignition switch cannot be placed in the
LOCK position, perform the following steps:

Shifting
To move the selector lever,
:

Push the button
the brake pedal.

Push the button

A
*

If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or
ACC position for any reason while the selector
lever is in any positions other than the P (Park),
the ignition switch cannot be placed in the
LOCK position.

while depressing

A .
*

:
Just move the selector lever.
After starting the engine, fully depress the brake
pedal, push the selector lever button and move
the selector lever from the P (Park) position to
any of the desired shift positions.

1. Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is
stopped.
2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position
while depressing the foot brake pedal.
3. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
position.
4. Models with Intelligent Key system:
Place the ignition switch in the OFF position.
Models without Intelligent Key system:

position.

CAUTION
To prevent transmission damage, move
the selector lever to the P (Park) or R
(Reverse) position only when the vehicle is completely stopped.
P (Park):
Use this selector position when the vehicle is
parked or when starting the engine. Make sure
the vehicle is completely stopped. The brake
pedal must be depressed and the selector
lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from N (Neutral) or any drive
position to P (Park). Apply the parking brake.
When parking on a hill, apply the parking brake
first, then move the selector lever to the P (Park)
position.
R (Reverse):
Use this position to back up. Make sure the
vehicle is completely stopped before selecting
the R (Reverse) position. The brake pedal
must be depressed and the selector lever
button pushed in to move the selector
lever from P (Park), N (Neutral) or any
driving position to R (Reverse).

Place the ignition switch in the LOCK
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Starting and driving 5-17

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (228,1)

second shifting may not be completed
properly.

N (Neutral):
Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged.
The engine can be started in this position. You
may shift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalled
engine while the vehicle is moving.

D (Drive):
Use this position for all normal forward driving.
When the selector lever is shifted from the D
position to the manual shift gate, the transmission enters the manual shift mode. Shift ranges
can be selected manually.
In the manual shift mode, the shift range is
displayed on the position indicator in the meter.
Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows:

?
/

When shifting up, move the selector lever to
the + (up) side. The transmission shifts to a
higher range.
When shifting down, move the selector lever
to the − (down) side. The transmission shifts
to a lower range.
Moving the selector lever to the same side
twice will shift the ranges in succession.
However, if this motion is rapidly done, the

In the manual shift mode, the transmission automatically shifts down to 1st
gear before the vehicle comes to a
stop. When accelerating again, it is
necessary to shift up to the desired
range.

When the CVT fluid temperature is extremely low, the manual shift mode may not
work and automatically shift as a drive mode.
This is not a malfunction. In this case, return
the selector lever to the D position and drive
for a while and then shift to the manual shift
mode.

When the CVT fluid temperature is high, the
shift range may upshift at a lower engine
speed than usual. This is not a malfunction.

M6 (6th):
Use this position for all normal forward driving at
highway speeds.

Manual shift mode (if so equipped)

When canceling the manual shift mode,
return the selector lever to the D (Drive)
position. The transmission returns to the
normal driving mode.

range. This helps maintain driving performance and reduces the chance of
vehicle damage or loss of control.

M5 (5th):
Use this position when driving up long slopes, or
for engine braking when driving down long
slopes.
M4 (4th), M3 (3rd) and M2 (2nd):
Use for hill climbing or engine braking on
downhill grades.
M1 (1st):
Use this position when climbing steep hills
slowly or driving slowly through deep snow,
sand or mud, or for maximum engine braking on
steep downhill grades.
.

Remember not to drive at high speeds for
extended periods of time in lower than M6
range. This reduces fuel economy.
In the manual shift mode, the transmission may Innot
shift
f
or
mat
i
on
Pr
ovi
dedto
by: the selected

Accelerator downshift
— In D position —
For passing or hill climbing, fully depress the
accelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts the
transmission down into a lower gear, depending
on the vehicle speed.

High fluid temperature protection mode
This transmission has a high fluid temperature
protection mode. If the fluid temperature be-

5-18 Starting and driving

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (229,1)

comes too high (for example, when climbing
steep grades in high temperature with heavy
loads), engine power and, under some conditions, vehicle speed will be decreased automatically to reduce the chance of transmission
damage. Vehicle speed can be controlled with
the accelerator pedal, but the engine and vehicle
speed may be limited.

Fail-safe

occurs, vehicle speed may be gradually
reduced. The reduced speed may be
lower than other traffic, which could
increase the chance of a collision. Be
especially careful when driving. If necessary, pull to the side of the road at a
safe place and allow the transmission
to return to normal operation, or have it
repaired if necessary.

If the vehicle is driven under extreme
conditions, such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking, the
fail-safe system may be activated. The MIL
may illuminate to indicate the fail-safe
mode is activated. (See “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)” in the “2. Instruments
and controls” section.) This will occur even
if all electrical circuits are functioning
properly. In this case, place the ignition
switch in the OFF position and wait for 10
seconds. Then turn the switch back to the
ON position. The vehicle should return to
its normal operating condition. If it does
not return to its normal operating condition, have a NISSAN dealer check the
transmission and repair if necessary.

SSD1142

Shift lock release
If the battery charge is low or discharged, the
selector lever may not be moved from the P
(Park) position even with the brake pedal
depressed and the selector lever button pushed.
To move the selector lever, perform the following
procedure:
1. Models with Intelligent Key system:
Place the ignition switch in the OFF or
LOCK position.

WARNING
When the high fluid temperature protection mode or fail-safe operation

Models without Intelligent Key system:

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Place the ignition switch in the LOCK
position, and remove the key if it is inserted.
Starting and driving 5-19

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (230,1)

2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Remove the shift lock release cover
using a suitable tool.

A
*

4. Push down the shift lock release using a
suitable tool.
5. Push the selector lever button and move the
selector lever to the N (Neutral) position
while holding down the shift lock release.
Place the ignition switch in the ON position to
unlock the steering wheel (if so equipped). The
vehicle may be moved to the desired location.

work. Malfunctioning stop lights could
cause an accident injuring yourself and
others.

If the selector lever cannot be moved out of the
P (Park) position, have a NISSAN dealer check
the CVT system as soon as possible.

WARNING
If the selector lever cannot be moved
from the P (Park) position while the
engine is running and the brake pedal
is depressed, the stop lights may not

Do not rest your foot on the clutch
pedal while driving. This may damage the clutch.

Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to help prevent transmission damage.

Stop your vehicle completely before
shifting into R (Reverse).

When the vehicle is stopped for a
period of time, for example at a stop
light, shift to N (Neutral) and release
the clutch pedal with the foot brake
applied.

MANUAL TRANSMISSION (MT)

WARNING
.

Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads. This may cause a loss of
control.

Do not over-rev the engine when
shifting to a lower gear. This may
cause a loss of control or engine
damage.

When the high fluid temperature
protection mode or fail-safe operation occurs, vehicle speed may be
gradually reduced. The reduced
speed may be lower than other
traffic, which could increase the
chance of a collision. Be especially
careful when driving. If necessary,
pull to the side of the road at a safe
place and allow the transmission to
return to normal operation, or have
it repaired if necessary.

Replace the removed shift lock release cover
after the operation.
For models with Intelligent Key system: If the
battery is discharged completely, the steering
wheel cannot be unlocked. Do not move the
vehicle with the steering wheel locked.

CAUTION

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

5-20 Starting and driving

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (231,1)

If it is difficult to move the shift lever into the R
(Reverse) or 1st gear, shift to the N (Neutral)
position, and then release the clutch pedal once.
Fully depress the clutch pedal again and shift
into the R (Reverse) or 1st gear.

Suggested upshift speeds
The following are suggested vehicle speeds for
shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions
relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance.
Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road
conditions, the weather and individual driving
habits.

Suggested maximum speed in each gear
Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not
running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.
Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed
(shown below) in any gear. For level road
driving, use the highest gear suggested for that
speed. Always observe posted speed limits, and
drive according to the road conditions, which
will ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the
engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may
cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control.
Gear

MPH (km/h)

Gear change

MPH (km/h)

1st

33 (53)

1st to 2nd

15 (24)

Shifting

2nd

57 (92)

2nd to 3rd

25 (40)

3rd

79 (127)

To change gears, or when upshifting or downshifting, fully depress the clutch pedal, shift into
the appropriate gear, then slowly and smoothly
release the clutch pedal.

3rd to 4th

40 (64)

4th

—

4th to 5th

45 (72)

5th

—

5th to 6th

50 (80)

6th

—

SSD0552

Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd,
3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th gear in sequence according to vehicle speed.
1 upward
To back up, pull the shift lever ring *
and then move it to the R (Reverse) gear after
stopping the vehicle completely.

The shift lever ring returns to its original position
when the shift lever is moved to the N (Neutral)
position.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Starting and driving 5-21

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (232,1)

INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM (if
so equipped)
The Integrated Control System is located below
the audio system or navigation system (if so
equipped). Two Integrated Control System
modes can be selected: Drive mode and
Climate Control mode.
Depending on which Integrated Control System
mode selected (Drive mode or Climate Control
mode), the screen display and some button
functions will change.
.

Drive mode
In the Drive mode, three types of driving
modes can be selected: NORMAL, SPORT
and ECO. See “DRIVE MODE” later in this
section. In addition, while in the Drive mode,
SETUP, Drive information and ECO information can be displayed and adjusted. See
“INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM” in the
“2. Instruments and controls” section.

SSD1154

DRIVE MODE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

NORMAL drive mode button
Climate control mode select button
Drive mode select button
SETUP button
SPORT drive I
mode
button
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

6.
7.
8.

ECO drive mode button
Display screen
Enter button/Selection dial

5-22 Starting and driving

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (233,1)

The vehicle will be set to the NORMAL
drive mode when restarting the engine.

SSD1144

SSD1145

Example

NORMAL drive mode

Three drive modes (NORMAL, SPORT and
ECO) can be selected depending on the driving
condition. When each mode is selected, the
control state of the engine, CVT (if so
equipped), steering and climate appears on
the display briefly.

The NORMAL drive mode is recommended for
normal driving. To set the NORMAL drive mode,
press the Drive mode select button and then
press the NORMAL drive mode button. The
control state of the engine, CVT (if so equipped)
steering and climate is displayed briefly.

Each selected Drive mode (NORMAL, SPORT
or ECO) is displayed at the top of the display
screen.

When the NORMAL drive mode is selected, a
voltage meter and an engine torque meter
appear on the display screen.

NOTE:
. The display of the drive mode may be
different from the actual measurement
value according to the driving condition.

NOTE:
. The voltage meter may change according to the driving condition. This is not
a malfunction.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Starting and driving 5-23

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (234,1)

At start up, the vehicle is automatically
set to the NORMAL drive mode.

SSD1146

SSD1147

SPORT drive mode

ECO drive mode

The SPORT drive mode is recommended for an
enhanced performance feel. To set the SPORT
drive mode, press the drive mode select button.
The control state of the engine, CVT (if so
equipped), steering and climate control is
displayed briefly. In the SPORT mode, the
engine, CVT (if so equipped) and steering are
set to SPORT. Climate control is set to
NORMAL.

The ECO drive mode is recommended for
maximum fuel economy. In the ECO drive mode,
the engine and CVT (if so equipped) are
adjusted to enhance fuel economy.

When the SPORT drive mode is selected, a
boost meter appears on the display screen.
NOTE:
In the SPORT mode, fuel economy may be
reduced.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

To set the ECO drive mode, press the drive
mode select button and then press the ECO
drive mode button. The control state of the
engine, CVT (if so equipped), steering and
climate control is displayed briefly.
When the ECO drive mode is selected, the
current fuel economy appears on the display
screen.
When the climate ECO mode is also switched

5-24 Starting and driving

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (235,1)

indicator
screen.

on, the climate control system is adjusted to
further enhance fuel economy.

A
*

turns red on the display

The climate ECO mode can be switched on or
off in the SETUP mode. See “Setting the climate
ECO mode” later in this section.
NOTE:
. Many driving factors influence fuel
economy. Selecting the ECO drive
mode may not improve fuel economy.
.

In the ECO drive mode, performance
may be reduced.
SSD1148

Setting the climate ECO mode:
When the climate ECO mode is switched on,
the climate control system operates to enhance
fuel economy.
To turn the climate ECO mode on or off
1. Press the drive mode select button to select
the drive mode.
2. Press the SETUP button.
3. Turn the selection dial until “CLIMATE ECO”
is selected.
4. Press the ENTER button to switch climate
ECO on or off. When the CLIMATE ECO
mode is turned
on,
the
I
nf
or
mat
i
on
Pr
ovi
d
edby:CLIMATE ECO
Starting and driving 5-25

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (236,1)

PARKING BRAKE

CRUISE CONTROL
PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL

WARNING
.

Be sure the parking brake is fully
released before driving. Failure to
do so can cause brake failure and
lead to an accident.

If the cruise control system malfunctions, it
will cancel automatically. The CRUISE indicator light on the meter panel will then
blink to warn the driver.

Do not release the parking brake
from outside the vehicle.

Do not use the gear shift in place of
the parking brake. When parking, be
sure the parking brake is fully
engaged.

If the engine coolant temperature becomes
excessively high, the cruise control system
will cancel automatically.

If the CRUISE indicator light blinks, turn the
cruise control MAIN switch off and have the
system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

Do not leave children unattended in
a vehicle. They could release the
parking brake and cause an accident.

The CRUISE indicator light may blink when
the cruise control MAIN switch is turned ON
while pushing the RESUME/ACCELERATE,
SET/COAST or CANCEL switch. To properly set the cruise control system, perform
the following procedures.

SPA2110

To apply: Pull the parking brake lever up

1 .
*

To release:
1. Firmly apply the foot brake.
2. While pulling up on the parking brake lever
2 and lower the
slightly, push the button *
3 .
lever completely *
3. Before driving, be sure the brake warning
light goes out.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

WARNING
Do not use the cruise control when
driving under the following conditions:
. when it is not possible to keep the
vehicle at a set speed
.

in heavy traffic or in traffic that
varies in speed

on winding or hilly roads

5-26 Starting and driving

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (237,1)

on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,
etc.)

in very windy areas

switch and release it. Take your foot off the
accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the
set speed.

Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle
control and result in an accident.

CAUTION
On Manual Transmission (MT) models,
do not shift into N (Neutral) without
depressing the clutch pedal when the
cruise control is set. Should this occur,
depress the clutch pedal and turn the
MAIN switch off immediately. Failure to
do so may cause engine damage.

To pass another vehicle, depress the
accelerator pedal. When you release the
pedal, the vehicle will return to the previously
set speed.

The vehicle may not maintain the set speed
on winding or hilly roads. If this happens,
drive without the cruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of the
following methods:
SSD1128

1.
2.
3.
4.

RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
SET/COAST switch
CANCEL switch
MAIN (ON·OFF) switch

a) Push the CANCEL switch.
b) Tap the brake pedal.
c) Turn the MAIN switch off. The CRUISE
indicator light will turn off.
.

If you depress the brake pedal while pushing
the RESUME/ACCELERATE or SET/
COAST switch and reset at the cruising
speed, the cruise control will disengage.
Turn the MAIN switch off once and then turn
it on again.

To turn on the cruise control, push the MAIN
switch on. The CRUISE indicator light will
illuminate.

The cruise control will automatically cancel if
the vehicle slows more than 8 MPH (12
km/h) below the set speed.

To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicle
to the desired speed, push the SET/COAST

If you move the selector lever to the N
(Neutral) position (Continuously Variable

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS
The cruise control allows driving at a speed
between 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)
without keeping your foot on the accelerator
pedal.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Starting and driving 5-27

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (238,1)

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE
Transmission models) or depressing the
clutch pedal (Manual Transmission models),
the cruise control will be canceled.
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one
of the following methods:
.

Depress the accelerator pedal. When the
vehicle attains the desired speed, push and
release the SET/COAST switch.

Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELERATE
switch. When the vehicle attains the desired
speed, release the switch.

Push, then quickly release the RESUME/
ACCELERATE switch. Each time you do
this, the set speed will increase by about 1
MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and
release the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch.
The vehicle will resume the last set cruising
speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH
(40 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one
of the following methods:
.

Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the
vehicle attains the desired speed, push the
SET/COAST switch and release it.

Push and hold the SET/COAST switch.
Release the switch when the vehicle slows
down to the desired speed.

Push, then quickly release the SET/COAST
switch. Each time you do this, the set speed
will decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

CAUTION
During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),
follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and
ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle. Failure to
follow these recommendations may
result in shortened engine life and
reduced engine performance.
.

Avoid driving for long periods at constant
speed, either fast or slow. Do not run the
engine over 4,000 rpm.

Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.

Avoid quick starts.

Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

5-28 Starting and driving

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (239,1)

ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (if so
equipped)

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY
.

Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintain
cruising speeds with a constant accelerator
position.

Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.
Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy.

Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.
Keep a safe distance behind other vehicles.

Select a gear range suitable to road conditions.

Avoid unnecessary engine idling.

Keep your engine tuned up.

Follow the recommended periodic maintenance schedule.

Keep the tires inflated to the correct
pressure. Low tire pressure increases tire
wear and lowers fuel economy.

Keep the wheels in correct alignment.
Improper alignment increases tire wear and
lowers fuel economy.

Air conditioner operation lowers fuel economy. Use the air conditioner only when
necessary.

When cruising at highway speeds, it is more
economical to use the air conditioner and
leave the windows closed to reduce drag.

Use the recommended viscosity engine oil.
(See “ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER
RECOMMENDATION” in the “9. Technical
and consumer information” section.)

WARNING
.

Do not attempt to test an AWD
equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dynamometer (such as the dynamometers used by some states for
emissions testing) or similar equipment even if the other two wheels
are raised off the ground. Make sure
that you inform the test facility
personnel that your vehicle is
equipped with AWD before it is
placed on a dynamometer. Using
the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which
could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Starting and driving 5-29

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (240,1)

mode selected by the AWD mode switch while
engine is running.
If the AWD warning light
(yellow) illuminates, the AWD mode indicator lights will turn
off.
Push the AWD mode switch, located on the
instrument panel, to select 2WD, AWD-V or
AWD.
AWD-V: Push the AWD mode switch to the
neutral (AWD-V) position. The All-Wheel Drive
in the meter
(AWD) AWD-V indicator light
illuminates.
SSD1129
AWD mode switch

ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) MODE
SWITCH OPERATIONS
The All-Wheel Drive (AWD) system is used to
select the 2WD (Two-Wheel Drive), AWD-V or
AWD mode depending on the driving conditions.

2WD: Push the AWD mode switch to the 2WD
position.
AWD: Push the AWD mode switch to the AWD
position. The AWD indicator light
(green)
in the meter illuminates.

The AWD mode indicator lights (
(green),
) are located in the instrument
panel.
The AWD mode indicator lights
(green)
illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position. The indicator lights turn off
within 1 second.
The AWD mode indicator lights will display the

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

5-30 Starting and driving

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (241,1)

AWD mode

Wheels driven

2WD

Front wheels:
The wheel drive mode is in
Two-Wheel Drive (2WD)
when driving on a normal road.

AWD-V

Distribution of torque to the
front and rear wheels changes
automatically [ratio; 100 : 0
(2WD) ? 50 : 50 (AWD)] and
distribution of torque between
left and right wheel of rear
wheels changes automatically
depending on road conditions
encountered [ratio; 100 : 0
(2WD) ? 50 : 50 (AWD)].

AWD

Distribution of torque to the
front and rear wheels changes
automatically [ratio; 100 : 0
(2WD) ? 50 : 50 (AWD)] and
the distribution of torque between the left and right rear
wheels changes automatically
depending on the slippery
road conditions encountered.

AWD mode indicator light
(
,
(green))

AWD shift tips
Use conditions

If the AWD mode switch is operated while
making a turn, accelerating or decelerating,
or if the ignition switch is turned off while in
the AWD-V or AWD mode, you may feel a
jolt. This is normal.

The oil temperature of power train parts will
increase if the vehicle is continuously
operated under conditions where the difference in rotation between the front and rear
wheels is large (wheel slip), such as when
driving the vehicle on rough roads through
sand or mud or when freeing a stuck vehicle.
In these cases, the AWD warning light blinks
rapidly and the AWD mode changes to the
2WD mode to protect the power train parts.
If you stop driving with the engine idling and
wait until the warning light stops blinking,
the AWD returns to the AWD-V or AWD
mode.

Brake distance in the AWD mode is the
same as 2WD.

For driving on dry,
paved roads

Turns off

Illuminates

For driving on paved or
slippery roads

Illuminates (green)

For driving on slippery
roads

CAUTION
.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Do not start the engine with the
AWD mode switch in any mode in
the following cases:
— when the vehicle is placed on a
free-roller or jacking up the
Starting and driving 5-31

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2011/ 2/ 21

Black plate (242,1)

while the engine is running, or while driving, the
warning light will either remain illuminated or
blink.

vehicle with the front tires
raised and the rear tires on the
ground.
— when towing the vehicle with the
rear tires raised from the
ground.
Operate the AWD mode switch only
when driving straight. Do not operate the AWD mode switch when
making a turn or backing up.

High-temperature power train oil due to continuous operation of the vehicle to free a stuck
vehicle makes the warning light blink rapidly
(about twice per second). The driving mode may
change to the 2WD mode. If the warning light
blinks rapidly during operation, stop the vehicle
with the engine idling in a safe place immediately. Then if the light goes off after a while, you
can continue driving.

Do not operate the AWD mode
switch with the front wheel spinning.

A large difference between the diameters of
front and rear wheels will make the warning light
blink slowly (about once per 2 seconds). Pull off
the road in a safe area, and idle the engine.
Check that all tire sizes are the same, tire
pressure is correct and tires are not worn.
Change the AWD mode switch to the 2WD
mode and do not drive fast.

Engine idling speed is high while
warming up the engine. Be especially careful when starting or driving on slippery surfaces with the
AWD mode switch set in the AWD-V
or AWD mode.

CAUTION

SSD0336-D

AWD WARNING LIGHT
The AWD warning light located in the instrument
panel illuminates when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position. It turns off soon after
the engine is started.
If any malfunction occurs in the AWD system

If the warning light illuminates while
driving, AWD mode will be changed
to 2WD mode. Reduce the vehicle
speed and have your vehicle
checked by a NISSAN dealer as
soon as possible. Be especially
careful when driving.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

5-32 Starting and driving

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (243,1)

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS
.

The power train may be damaged if
you continue driving with the AWD
warning light blinking rapidly.

SSD0488

WARNING
.

Do not stop or park the vehicle over
flammable materials such as dry
grass, waste paper or rags. They
may ignite and cause a fire.

Never leave the engine running
while the vehicle is unattended.

Do not leave children unattended
inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls. Unattended children could
become involved in serious acciI
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

dents.
.

Safe parking procedures require
that both the parking brake be
applied and the transmission placed
into P (Park) for Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) model or in
an appropriate gear for Manual
Transmission (MT) model. Failure
to do so could cause the vehicle to
move unexpectedly or roll away and
result in an accident.

Make sure the continuously variable
transmission selector lever has
been pushed as far forward as it
Starting and driving 5-33

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (244,1)

ELECTRIC POWER STEERING
SYSTEM
can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal.
1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

Turn the wheels toward the side of the road
so the vehicle will move away from the
center of the road if it moves.
4. Models with Intelligent Key system:

2. Continuously Variable Transmission
(CVT) models:
Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
position.
Manual Transmission (MT) models:

Models without Intelligent Key system:
Place the ignition switch in the LOCK
position and remove the key.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into
the street when parked on a sloping drive
way, it is a good practice to turn the wheels
as illustrated.
1
HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: *

HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB:

2
*

Turn the wheels away from the curb and
move the vehicle back until the curb side
wheel gently touches the curb.
.

HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO
3
CURB: *

If the engine is not running or is
turned off while driving, the power
assist for the steering will not work.
Steering will be harder to operate.

When the electric power steering
warning light illuminates with the
engine running, the power assist for
the steering will cease operation.
You will still have control of the
vehicle but the steering will be
harder to operate.

The electric power steering system is designed
to provide power assist while driving to operate
the steering wheel with light force.

Turn the wheels into the curb and move the
vehicle forward until the curb side wheel
gently touches the curb.
.

Place the ignition switch in the OFF position.

Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) gear.
When parking on an uphill grade, place the
shift lever in the 1st gear.

WARNING

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly
or continuously while parking or driving at a very
low speed, the power assist for the steering
wheel will be reduced. This is to prevent
overheating of the electric power steering
system and protect it from getting damaged.
While the power assist is reduced, steering
wheel operation will become heavy. When the
temperature of the electric power steering
system goes down, the power assist level will
return to normal. Avoid repeating such steering
wheel operations that could cause the electric
power steering system to overheat.

5-34 Starting and driving

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (245,1)

BRAKE SYSTEM
You may hear a fricative sound when the
steering wheel is operated quickly. However,
this is not a malfunction.
If the electric power steering warning light
illuminates while the engine is running, it may
indicate the electric power steering system is
not functioning properly and may need servicing.
Have the electric power steering system
checked by a NISSAN dealer. (See “Electric
power steering warning light” in the “2. Instruments and controls” section.)
When the electric power steering warning light
illuminates with the engine running, the power
assist for the steering will cease operation. You
will still have control of the vehicle. However,
greater steering effort is needed, especially in
sharp turns and at low speeds.

BRAKING PRECAUTIONS
The brake system has two separate hydraulic
circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will still
have braking at two wheels.
You may feel a small click and hear a sound
when the brake pedal is fully depressed slowly.
This is not a malfunction and indicates that the
brake assist mechanism is operating properly.

reduce braking performance and could result in
loss of vehicle control.

WARNING
.

While driving on a slippery surface,
be careful when braking, accelerating or downshifting. Abrupt braking
or accelerating could cause the
wheels to skid and result in an
accident.

If the engine is not running or is
turned off while driving, the power
assist for the brakes will not work.
Braking will be harder.

Vacuum assisted brakes
The brake booster aids braking by using engine
vacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop the
vehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However,
greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be
required to stop the vehicle and the stopping
distance will be longer.
When the brake pedal is depressed slowly and
firmly, you may hear a clicking noise and feel a
slight pulsation. This is normal and indicates that
the Brake Assist System is operating.

Using the brakes
Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while
driving. This will cause overheating of the
brakes, wearing out the brake pads and shoes
faster and reduce gas mileage.
To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the
brakes from overheating, reduce speed and
downshift to a lower gear before going down a
slope or long grade.
Overheated
brakes may
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Wet brakes
When the vehicle is washed or driven through
water, the brakes may get wet. As a result, your
braking distance will be longer and the vehicle
may pull to one side during braking.
To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speed
while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat-up
the brakes. Do this until the brakes return to
normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds
until the brakes function correctly.

Parking brake break-in
Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the
stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened
Starting and driving 5-35

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (246,1)

BRAKE ASSIST
or whenever the parking brake shoes and/or
drums/rotors are replaced, in order to assure the
best braking performance.
This procedure is described in the vehicle
service manual and can be performed by a
NISSAN dealer.

BRAKE ASSIST

distances may also be longer on
rough, gravel or snow covered
roads, or if you are using tire chains.
Always maintain a safe distance
from the vehicle in front of you.
Ultimately, the driver is responsible
for safety.

When the force applied to the brake pedal
exceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist is
activated generating greater braking force than a
conventional brake booster even with light pedal
force.

WARNING
The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist
braking operation and is not a collision
warning or avoidance device. It is the
driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive
safely and be in control of the vehicle at
all times.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)

WARNING
.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)
is a sophisticated device, but it
cannot prevent accidents resulting
from careless or dangerous driving
techniques. It can help maintain
vehicle control during braking on
slippery surfaces. Remember that
stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal
nf
or
mat
i
onwith
Pr
ovi
dedABS.
by:
surfaces Ieven
Stopping

Tire type and condition may also
affect braking effectiveness.
— When replacing tires, install the
specified size of tires on all four
wheels.
— When installing a spare tire,
make sure that it is the proper
size and type as specified on the
Tire and Loading Information
label. See “TIRE AND LOADING
INFORMATION LABEL” in the “9.
Technical and consumer information” section of this manual.
— For detailed information, see
“WHEELS AND TIRES” in the
“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls
the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard
braking or when braking on slippery surfaces.
The system detects the rotation speed at each

5-36 Starting and driving

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (247,1)

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)
SYSTEM
wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to
prevent each wheel from locking and sliding. By
preventing each wheel from locking, the system
helps the driver maintain steering control and
helps to minimize swerving and spinning on
slippery surfaces.

instrument panel. The brake system then operates normally, but without anti-lock assistance.

Using the system

Normal operation

Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.
Depress the brake pedal with firm steady
pressure, but do not pump the brakes. The
ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from
locking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles.

WARNING
Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so
may result in increased stopping distances.

Self-test feature
The ABS includes electronic sensors, electric
pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The
computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that
tests the system each time you start the engine
and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward
or reverse. When the self-test occurs, you may
hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in the
brake pedal. This is normal and does not
indicate a malfunction. If the computer senses
a malfunction, it switches the ABS off and
illuminates the ABS warning light on the

If the ABS warning light illuminates during the
self-test or while driving, have the vehicle
checked by a NISSAN dealer.
The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH
(5 to 10 km/h). The speed varies according to
road conditions.
When the ABS senses that one or more wheels
are close to locking up, the actuator rapidly
applies and releases hydraulic pressure. This
action is similar to pumping the brakes very
quickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brake
pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or
feel a vibration from the actuator when it is
operating. This is normal and indicates that the
ABS is operating properly. However, the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are
hazardous and extra care is required while
driving.

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system
uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs
and vehicle motion. Under certain driving conditions, the VDC system helps to perform the
following functions.
.

Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel
slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is
transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on
the same axle.

Controls brake pressure and engine output
to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle
speed (traction control function).

Controls brake pressure at individual wheels
and engine output to help the driver maintain
control of the vehicle in the following
conditions:
— understeer (vehicle tends to not follow the
steered path despite increased steering
input)
— oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to
certain road or driving conditions).

The VDC system can help the driver to maintain
control of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent loss
of vehicle control in all driving situations.
When the VDC system operates, the VDC
in the instrument panel
warning light
flashes so note the following:
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

The road may be slippery or the system may
Starting and driving 5-37

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (248,1)

determine some action is required to help
keep the vehicle on the steered path.
.

You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal
and hear a noise or vibration from under the
hood. This is normal and indicates that the
VDC system is working properly.

Adjust your speed and driving to the road
conditions.

If a malfunction occurs in the system, the VDC
warning light
illuminates in the instrument
panel. The VDC system automatically turns off.
The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC
system. The VDC off indicator
illuminates
to indicate the VDC system is off. When the
VDC switch is used to turn off the system, the
VDC system still operates to prevent one drive
wheel from slipping by transferring power to a
non slipping drive wheel. The VDC warning light
flashes if this occurs. All other VDC
functions are off, and the VDC warning light
will not flash. The VDC system is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is
placed in the off position then back to the on
position.
See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning
light” in the “2. Instruments and controls”
section and “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
off indicator light” in the “2. Instruments and
controls” section.

The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature
that tests the system each time you start the
engine and move the vehicle forward or in
reverse at a slow speed. When the self-test
occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel
a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and
is not an indication of a malfunction.

WARNING
.

The VDC system is designed to help
improve driving stability but does
not prevent accidents due to abrupt
steering operation at high speeds or
by careless or dangerous driving
techniques. Reduce vehicle speed
and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully.
Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension. If suspension parts such as
shock absorbers, struts, springs,
stabilizer bars, bushings and
wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are
extremely deteriorated, the VDC
system may not operate properly.
This could adversely affect vehicle
handling performance, and the VDC
warning light
may illuminate.

If brake related parts such as brake
pads, rotors and calipers are not
NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC system
may not operate properly and the
VDC warning light
may illuminate.

If engine control related parts are
not NISSAN recommended or are
extremely deteriorated, the VDC
warning light
may illuminate.

When driving on extremely inclined
surfaces such as higher banked
corners, the VDC system may not
operate properly and the VDC warning light
may illuminate. Do not
drive on these types of roads.

When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable, ferry,
elevator or ramp, the VDC warning
light
may illuminate. This is not
a malfunction. Restart the engine
after driving onto a stable surface.

If wheels or tires other than the
NISSAN recommended ones are
used, the VDC system may not
operate properly and the VDC warning light
may illuminate.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

5-38 Starting and driving

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (249,1)

COLD WEATHER DRIVING
.

The VDC system is not a substitute
for winter tires or tire chains on a
snow covered road.

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK

TIRE EQUIPMENT

To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply
deicer through the key hole. If the lock becomes
frozen, heat the key before inserting it into the
key hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob.

SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide
superior performance on dry pavement. However, the performance of these tires will be
substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions. If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy
roads, NISSAN recommends the use of MUD &
SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.
Consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type, size,
speed rating and availability information.

ANTI-FREEZE
In the winter when it is anticipated that the
outside temperature will drop below 328F (08C),
check the anti-freeze to assure proper winter
protection. For additional information, see “ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

BATTERY
If the battery is not fully charged during
extremely cold weather conditions, the battery
fluid may freeze and damage the battery. To
maintain maximum efficiency, the battery should
be checked regularly. For additional information,
see “BATTERY” in the “8. Maintenance and doit-yourself” section.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER
If the vehicle is to be left outside without antifreeze, drain the cooling system, including the
engine block. Refill before operating the vehicle.
For details, see “ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM”
in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”
section.

For additional traction on icy roads, studded
tires may be used. However, some U.S. states
and Canadian provinces prohibit their use.
Check local, state and provincial laws before
installing studded tires.
Skid and traction capabilities of studded
snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be
poorer than that of non-studded snow
tires.
Tire chains may be used. For details, see “TIRE
CHAINS” in the “8. Maintenance and do-ityourself” section of this manual.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) model
If you install snow tires, they must also be the
same size, brand, construction and tread pattern
on all four wheels.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Starting and driving 5-39

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (250,1)

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT
It is recommended that the following items be
carried in the vehicle during winter:
.

Allow more stopping distance under
these conditions. Braking should be
started sooner than on dry pavement.

1. Turn the engine off.

A sturdy, flat board to be placed under the
jack to give it firm support.

Allow greater following distances
on slippery roads.

Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).
These may appear on an otherwise
clear road in shaded areas. If a
patch of ice is seen ahead, brake
before reaching it. Try not to brake
while on the ice, and avoid any
sudden steering maneuvers.

A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts.

Extra window washer fluid to refill the
reservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

To use the engine block heater

A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove
ice and snow from the windows and wiper
blades.

will lose even more traction.

Wet ice (328F, 08C and freezing rain),
very cold snow or ice can be slick
and very hard to drive on. The
vehicle will have much less traction
or “grip” under these conditions. Try
to avoid driving on wet ice until the
road is salted or sanded.
Whatever the condition, drive with
caution. Accelerate and slow down
with care. If accelerating or downshifting too fast, the drive wheels

Do not use cruise control on slippery roads.

Snow can trap dangerous exhaust
gases under your vehicle. Keep
snow clear of the exhaust pipe and
from around your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if so
equipped)

2. Open the hood and unwrap the engine
block heater cord.
3. Plug the engine block heater cord into a
grounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extension cord.
4. Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault
Interrupt (GFI) protected, grounded 110volt AC (VAC) outlet.
5. The engine block heater must be plugged in
for at least 2 - 4 hours, depending on
outside temperatures, to properly warm the
engine coolant. Use an appropriate timer to
turn the engine block heater on.
6. Before starting the engine, unplug and
properly store the cord to keep it away from
moving parts.

WARNING
.

Do not use your engine block heater
with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2-pronged adapter. You can
be seriously injured by an electrical
shock if you use an ungrounded
connection.

Disconnect and properly store the
engine block heater cord before

Engine block heaters are used to assist in cold
temperature starting.
The engine block heater should be used when
the outside temperature is 208F (−78C) or lower.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

5-40 Starting and driving

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (251,1)

starting the engine. Damage to the
cord could result in an electrical
shock and can cause serious injury.
.

Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-pronged
extension cord rated for at least
10A. Plug the extension cord into a
Ground Fault Interrupt (GFI) protected, grounded 110-VAC outlet.
Failure to use the proper extension
cord or a grounded outlet can result
in a fire or electrical shock and
cause serious personal injury.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Starting and driving 5-41

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (252,1)

MEMO

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

5-42 Starting and driving

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (19,1)

6 In case of emergency
Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Changing a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Push starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9

If your vehicle overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Towing recommended by NISSAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (254,1)

FLAT TIRE
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)
This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire
pressure of all tires except the spare. When
the low tire pressure warning light is lit, one or
more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
If the vehicle is being driven with low tire
pressure, the TPMS will activate and warn you
of it by the low tire pressure warning light. This
system will activate only when the vehicle is
driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). For
more details, see “WARNING/INDICATOR
LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS” in the
“2. Instruments and controls” section and “TIRE
PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)”
in the “5. Starting and driving” section.

WARNING
.

could occur and may lead to an
accident and could result in serious
personal injury. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire
pressure to the recommended COLD
tire pressure shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label to turn
the low tire pressure warning light
OFF. If you have a flat tire, replace it
with a spare tire as soon as possible.

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE

4. Continuously Variable Transmission
(CVT) models:

Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could
affect the proper operation of the
TPMS.

Do not inject any tire liquid or
aerosol tire sealant into the tires,
as this may cause a malfunction of
the tire pressure sensors.

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions
below.

Stopping the vehicle
1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and
away from traffic.
2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
3. Park on a level surface and apply the parking
brake.

Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
position.
Manual Transmission (MT) models:
Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse)
position.
5. Turn off the engine.
6. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and to
signal professional road assistance personnel that you need assistance.
7. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle
and stand in a safe place, away from traffic
and clear of the vehicle.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

6-2

In case of emergency

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (255,1)

WARNING
.

Make sure the parking brake is
securely applied and the Manual
Transmission is shifted into R (Reverse), or the Continuously Variable
Transmission into P (Park).

Never change tires when the vehicle
is on a slope, ice or slippery areas.
This is hazardous.

Never change tires if oncoming
traffic is close to your vehicle. Wait
for professional road assistance.

MCE0001A

Blocking wheels

1 at both the front and
Place suitable blocks *
back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat
tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is
jacked up.

WARNING
Be sure to block the wheel as the
vehicle may move and result in personal
injury.

SCE0946
Jacking tools

Getting the spare tire and tools
Open the lift gate. Raise the cargo floor board
1 . Remove jacking tools.
*

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

In case of emergency 6-3

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (256,1)

Jacking up the vehicle and removing the
damaged tire

Carefully read the caution label attached
to the jack body and the following instructions.

WARNING

SCE0947

The spare tire is located under the cargo floor
board.
2 and remove the spacer
Loosen the clamp *
1 and take out the spare tire.
*

Never get under the vehicle while it
is supported only by the jack. If it is
necessary to work under the vehicle,
support it with safety stands.

Use only the jack provided with your
vehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use
the jack provided with your vehicle
on other vehicles. The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle
during a tire change.

Use the correct jack-up points.
Never use any other part of the
vehicle for jack support.

Never jack up the vehicle more than
necessary.

Never use blocks on or under the
jack.

Do not start or run the engine while
vehicle is on the jack, as it may
cause the vehicle to move.

Do not allow passengers to stay in
the vehicle while it is on the jack.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

6-4

In case of emergency

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (257,1)

SCE0948

SCE0504

Jack-up point

1. Place the jack directly under the jack-up
point as illustrated so the top of the jack
contacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.
Align the jack head between the two
notches in the front or the rear as shown.
Also fit the groove of the jack head between
the notches as shown.
The jack should be used on level firm
ground.

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by
turning it counterclockwise with the wheel
nut wrench. Do not remove the wheel
nuts until the tire is off the ground.
3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack lever
and rod with both hands as shown above.
Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears
the ground. Remove the wheel nuts, and
then remove the tire.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

In case of emergency 6-5

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (258,1)

tightened to specifications at each
lubrication interval.

than 2 times, until they are tight.
4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire
touches the ground. Then, with the wheel
nut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securely
in the sequence as illustrated. Lower the
vehicle completely.

COLD pressure:
After the vehicle has been parked for 3
hours or more or driven less than 1 mile
(1.6 km).

WARNING

SCE0933

Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly
tightened wheel nuts can cause the
wheel to become loose or come off.
This could cause an accident.

Do not use oil or grease on the
wheel studs or nuts. This could
cause the nuts to become loose.

Retighten the wheel nuts when the
vehicle has been driven for 600
miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of a
flat tire, etc.).

Installing the spare tire
The spare tire is designed for emergency
use. (See specific instructions under the
heading “WHEELS AND TIRES” in the “8.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)
1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface
between the wheel and hub.
2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten
the wheel nuts finger tight. Check that all the
wheel nuts contact the wheel surface
horizontally.
3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheel
nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence
1 ,*
2 ,*
3 ,*
4 ,*
5 ), more
as illustrated (*

6-6

Adjust tire pressure to the COLD
pressure.

COLD tire pressures are shown on the
Tire and Loading Information label
affixed to the driver side center pillar.

Stowing the damaged tire and the tools
1. Securely store the jack, tools and the
damaged tire in the storage area.
2. Replace the cargo floor box and board.
3. Close the lift gate.

WARNING

As soon as possible, tighten the
wheel nuts to the specified torque
with a torque wrench.
Wheel nut tightening torque:
80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

Always make sure that the spare tire
and jacking equipment are properly
secured after use. Such items can
become dangerous projectiles in an
accident or sudden stop.

The wheel nuts must be kept tightened
to specifications at all times. It is
recommended
that
the wheel nuts be
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

The spare tire and small size spare
tire are designed for emergency use.

In case of emergency

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (259,1)

JUMP STARTING
See specific instructions under the
heading “WHEELS AND TIRES” in
the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

To start your engine with a booster battery, the
instructions and precautions below must be
followed.

protectors (for example, goggles or
industrial safety spectacles) and
remove rings, metal bands, or any
other jewelry. Do not lean over the
battery when jump starting.

WARNING
.

If done incorrectly, jump starting
can lead to a battery explosion,
resulting in severe injury or death.
It could also damage your vehicle.

Explosive hydrogen gas is always
present in the vicinity of the battery.
Keep all sparks and flames away
from the battery.

Do not allow battery fluid to come
into contact with eyes, skin, clothing
or painted surfaces. Battery fluid is
a corrosive sulfuric acid solution
which can cause severe burns. If
the fluid should come into contact
with anything, immediately flush the
contacted area with water.

Keep the battery out of the reach of
children.

The booster battery must be rated at
12 volts. Use of an improperly rated
battery can damage your vehicle.

Whenever working on or near a
battery, always
wear
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
o
vi
dedby:suitable eye

Do not attempt to jump start a
frozen battery. It could explode
and cause serious injury.

Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan. It could come on at
any time. Keep hands and other
objects away from it.

In case of emergency 6-7

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (260,1)

6. Connect jumper cables in the sequence as
1 ? *
2 ? *
3 ? *
4 ).
illustrated (*
For the vehicle equipped with Intelligent Key system:
If the battery is discharged, the ignition
switch cannot be moved from the OFF
position. Connect the jumper cables to
B before turning
the booster vehicle *
the ignition switch.

CAUTION
SCE0981

WARNING
Always follow the instructions below.
Failure to do so could result in damage
to the charging system and cause
personal injury.
1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle
B , position the two vehicles (*
A and *
B )
*
to bring their batteries into close proximity to
each other.
Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.
2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Continuously Variable Transmission
(CVT) models:
Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
position.
Manual Transmission (MT) models:
Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)
position.
4. Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems
(headlights, heater, air conditioner, etc.).
5. Remove the vent caps on the battery (if so
equipped). Cover the battery with a firmly
wrung out moist cloth to reduce explosion
hazard.

Always connect positive (+) to positive (+) and negative (−) to body
ground (for example, as illustrated),
not to the battery.

Make sure the jumper cables do not
touch moving parts in the engine
compartment and that the cable
clamps do not contact any other
metal.

7. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and let it run for a few minutes.

8. Keep the engine speed of the booster
B at about 2,000 rpm, and start
vehicle *
A being jump
the engine of the vehicle *
started.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

6-8

B
*

In case of emergency

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2011/ 2/ 21

Black plate (261,1)

PUSH STARTING

CAUTION
Do not keep the starter motor engaged
for more than 10 seconds. If the engine
does not start right away, place the
ignition switch in the OFF position and
wait 10 seconds before trying again.

IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS

Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing.

CAUTION
CAUTION
.

Continuously Variable Transmission
(CVT) models cannot be pushstarted or tow-started. Attempting
to do so may cause transmission
damage.

9. After starting your engine, carefully disconnect the negative cable and then the positive
4 ? *
3 ? *
2 ? *
1 ).
cable (*

10. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Be
sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover
the vent holes as it may be contaminated
with corrosive acid.

Three-way catalyst equipped models should not be started by pushing
since the three way catalyst may be
damaged.

Never try to start the vehicle by
towing it; when the engine starts,
the forward surge could cause the
vehicle to collide with the tow
vehicle.

Do not continue to drive if your
vehicle overheats. Doing so could
cause engine damage or a vehicle
fire.

To avoid the danger of being
scalded, never remove the radiator
cap while the engine is still hot.
When the radiator cap is removed,
pressurized hot water will spurt out,
possibly causing serious injury.

Do not open the hood if steam is
coming out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by an
extremely high temperature gauge reading), or if
you feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormal
noise, etc., take the following steps:
1. Move the vehicle safely off the road and
apply the parking brake.
2. Continuously Variable Transmission
(CVT) models:
Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
position.
Manual Transmission (MT) models:

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)
In case of emergency 6-9

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (262,1)

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE
position.
Do not stop the engine.
3. Turn off the air conditioner (if so equipped).
Open all the windows, move the heater or air
conditioner temperature control to maximum
hot and fan control to high speed.
4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen for
steam or coolant escaping from the radiator
before opening the hood. (If steam or
coolant is escaping, turn off the engine.)
Do not open the hood further until no steam
or coolant can be seen.

WARNING
Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,
jewelry or clothing to come into contact
with, or get caught in, engine belts or
the engine cooling fan. The engine
cooling fan can start at any time.
7. After the engine cools down, check the
coolant level in the reservoir with the engine
running. Add coolant to the reservoir if
necessary. Have your vehicle repaired at a
NISSAN dealer.

5. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial in
Canada) and local regulations for towing must
be followed. Incorrect towing equipment could
damage your vehicle. Towing instructions are
available from a NISSAN dealer. Local service
operators are familiar with the applicable laws
and procedures for towing. To assure proper
towing and to prevent accidental damage to
your vehicle, NISSAN recommends that you
have a service operator tow your vehicle. It is
advisable to have the service operator carefully
read the following precautions.

WARNING
.

Never ride in a vehicle that is being
towed.

Never get under your vehicle after it
has been lifted by a tow truck.

If steam or water is coming from the
engine, stand clear to prevent getting
burned.

CAUTION

6. Visually check the drive belt for damage or
looseness. Also check if the cooling fan is
running. The radiator hoses and radiator
should not leak water. If coolant is leaking or
the cooling fan does not run, stop the
engine.

When towing, make sure that the
transmission, axles, steering system
and powertrain are in working condition. If any unit is damaged, dollies must be used.

Always attach safety chains before
towing.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

6-10 In case of emergency

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (263,1)

For information about towing your vehicle behind
a recreational vehicle (RV), see “FLAT TOWING” in the “9. Technical and consumer
information” section of this manual.

SCE0950
Two-wheel drive models

TOWING RECOMMENDED BY
NISSAN

ious and expensive damage to the
transmission. If it is necessary to
tow the vehicle with the rear wheels
raised, always use towing dollies
under the rear wheels.

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models
NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be
towed with the driving (front) wheels off the
ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as
illustrated.

When towing CVT models with the
front wheels on towing dollies:
Push the ignition switch to the
ACC or ON position, and secure
the steering wheel in a straightahead position with a rope or similar device. Move the selector lever
to the N (Neutral) position.

When towing a CVT model with the

CAUTION
.

Never tow CVT models with the front
wheels on the ground or four
wheels on the ground (forward or
backward), as this may cause serI
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

In case of emergency 6-11

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (264,1)

rear wheels on the ground (if you do
not use towing dollies): Always
release the parking brake.

SCE0952
All-wheel drive models

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models
NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be
used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be
placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION
Never tow Intelligent AWD models with
any of the wheels on the ground as this
may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

6-12 In case of emergency

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (265,1)

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuck
vehicle)

WARNING
.

Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

Do not spin your tires at high speed.
This could cause them to explode
and result in serious injury. Parts of
your vehicle could also overheat
and be damaged.

Pulling a stuck vehicle
SCE0951
Front

SCE0678

Do not use the tie down hook for towing or
vehicle recovery.

Rear:

Front:

Do not use the tie down hook to pull the vehicle.

1. Remove the hook cover
bumper with a suitable tool.

1
*

Rear

from the

2. Securely install the recovery hook
illustrated.

*
2

CAUTION
.

Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the vehicle recovery
hook or main structural members of
the vehicle. Otherwise, the vehicle
body will be damaged.

Do not use the vehicle tie down
hook to free a vehicle stuck in sand,
snow, mud, etc.

Never tow a vehicle using the vehi-

Make sure that the hook is properly secured in
its original position after use.

SCE0833
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

In case of emergency 6-13

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (266,1)

and R (Reverse) (Manual Transmission
models).

cle tie down hook or recovery hook.
.

Always pull the cable straight out
from the front of the vehicle. Never
pull on the vehicle at an angle.

Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion.

Pulling devices should be routed so
they do not touch any part of the
suspension, steering, brake or cooling systems.

Release the accelerator pedal before
shifting between R and D (Continuously
Variable Transmission models) or 1st
and R (Manual Transmission models).

Pulling devices such as ropes or
canvas straps are not recommended
for use in vehicle towing or recovery.

Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH (55
km/h).

Rocking a stuck vehicle

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few
tries, contact a professional towing service
to remove the vehicle.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,
use the following procedure:
1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)
system.
2. Make sure the area in front and behind the
vehicle is clear of obstructions.
3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear
an area around the front tires.
4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and backward.
.

Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and D (Drive) (Continuously
Variable Transmission models) or 1st

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

6-14 In case of emergency

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (267,1)

MEMO

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

In case of emergency 6-15

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (268,1)

MEMO

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

6-16 In case of emergency

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (22,1)

7 Appearance and care
Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Removing spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Aluminum alloy wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Tire dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

Cleaning interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Air fresheners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Most common factors contributing to vehicle
corrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Environmental factors influence the rate of
corrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
To protect your vehicle from corrosion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (270,1)

CLEANING EXTERIOR
In order to maintain the appearance of your
vehicle, it is important to take proper care of it.
To protect the paint surfaces, wash your vehicle
as soon as you can:
.

after a rainfall to prevent possible damage
from acid rain

after driving on coastal roads

when contaminants such as soot, bird
droppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs
get on the paint surface

when dust or mud builds up on the surface

CAUTION
.

Do not use car washes that use acid
in the detergent. Some car washes,
especially brushless ones, use some
acid for cleaning. The acid may react
with some plastic vehicle components, causing them to crack. This
could affect their appearance, and
also could cause them not to function properly. Always check with
your car wash to confirm that acid
is not used.

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicle
inside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in a
shady area or protect the vehicle with a body
cover.

Do not wash the vehicle with strong
household soap, strong chemical
detergents, gasoline or solvents.

Do not wash the vehicle in direct
sunlight or while the vehicle body is
hot, as the surface may become
water-spotted.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surface
when putting on or removing the body
cover.

WASHING
Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and
plenty of water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly
using a mild soap, a special vehicle soap or
general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with
clean, lukewarm (never hot) water.

7-2

Avoid using tight-napped or rough
cloths, such as washing mitts. Care
must be taken when removing
caked-on dirt or other foreign substances so the paint surface is not
scratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean
water.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,
hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to
the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areas
must be regularly cleaned. Make sure that the
drain holes in the lower edge of the door are
open. Spray water under the body and in the
wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away
road salt.
Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface
by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.

WAXING
Regular waxing protects the paint surface and
helps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishing
is recommended to remove built-up wax residue
and to avoid a weathered appearance before
reapplying wax.
A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the
proper product.
.

Wax your vehicle only after a thorough
washing. Follow the instructions supplied
with the wax.

Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,
cutting compounds or cleaners that may
damage the vehicle finish.

Machine compound or aggressive polishing on a
base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull the
finish or leave swirl marks.

Appearance and care

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (271,1)

REMOVING SPOTS

mage the electrical conductors, radio
antenna elements or rear window
defroster elements.

CAUTION

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,
insects, and tree sap as quickly as possible
from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage
or staining. Special cleaning products are
available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive
accessory stores.

WHEELS
Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to
maintain their appearance.

Follow the directions below to avoid
staining or discoloring the wheels:
. Do not use a cleaner that uses
strong acid or alkali contents to
clean the wheels.

UNDERBODY

Clean the inner side of the wheels when the
wheel is changed or the underside of the
vehicle is washed.

Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or
corrosion. Such damage may cause loss of
pressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

Do not apply wheel cleaners to the
wheels when they are hot. The
wheel temperature should be the
same as ambient temperature.

Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes
after the cleaner is applied.

In areas where road salt is used in winter, the
underbody must be cleaned regularly. This will
prevent dirt and salt from building up and
causing the acceleration of corrosion on the
underbody and suspension. Before the winter
period and again in the spring, the underseal
must be checked and, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASS
Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust
film from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass
to become coated with a film after the vehicle is
parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft
cloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION
When cleaning the inside of the windows, do not use sharp-edged tools,
abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based
disinfectant cleaners. They could da-

NISSAN recommends that the road wheels
be waxed to protect against road salt in
areas where it is used during winter.

CAUTION
Do not use abrasive cleaners when
washing the wheels.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS
Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a
mild soap solution, especially during winter
months in areas where road salt is used. Salt
could discolor the wheels if not removed.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

CHROME PARTS
Clean chrome parts regularly with a nonabrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

TIRE DRESSING
NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire
dressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating to
the tires to help reduce discoloration of the
rubber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, it
may react with the coating and form a compound. This compound may come off the tire
while driving and stain the vehicle paint.
If you choose to use a tire dressing, take the
Appearance and care 7-3

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (272,1)

CLEANING INTERIOR
following precautions:
.

Use a water-based tire dressing. The coating on the tire dissolves more easily with an
oil-based tire dressing.

Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help
prevent it from entering the tire tread/
grooves (where it would be difficult to
remove).

Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry
towel. Make sure the tire dressing is
completely removed from the tire tread/
grooves.

Allow the tire dressing to dry as recommended by tire dressing manufacturer.

Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior
trim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuum
cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl and
leather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution, then wipe clean
with a dry soft cloth.
Regular care and cleaning is required in order to
maintain the appearance of the leather.
Before using any fabric protector, read the
manufacturer’s recommendations. Some fabric
protectors contain chemicals that may stain or
bleach the seat material.
Use a cloth dampened only with water, to clean
the meter and gauge lens.

WARNING
Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot
steam cleaners) on the seat. This can
damage the seat or occupant classification sensors. This can also affect the
operation of the air bag system and
result in serious personal injury.

CAUTION

7-4

and damaging to the leather surfaces and should be removed
promptly. Do not use saddle soap,
car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaning
fluids, solvents, detergents or ammonia-based cleaners as they may
damage the leather’s natural finish.

Never use benzine, thinner, or any
similar material.

Small dirtInfparticles
can
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
ded
by: be abrasive

Never use fabric protectors unless
recommended by the manufacturer.

Do not use glass or plastic cleaner
on meter or gauge lens covers. It
may damage the lens cover.

AIR FRESHENERS
Most air fresheners use a solvent that could
affect the vehicle interior. If you use an air
freshener, take the following precautions:
.

Hanging-type air fresheners can cause
permanent discoloration when they contact
vehicle interior surfaces. Place the air
freshener in a location that allows it to hang
free and not contact an interior surface.

Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip on
the vents. These products can cause
immediate damage and discoloration when
spilled on interior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’s
instructions before using air fresheners.

Appearance and care

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (273,1)

FLOOR MATS

WARNING
To avoid potential pedal interference
that may result in a collision or injury:
. NEVER place a floor mat on top of
another floor mat in the driver front
position.
.

Use only genuine NISSAN floor
mats specifically designed for use
in your vehicle model. See your
NISSAN dealer for more information.
Properly position the mats in the
floorwell using the floor mat positioning aid. See “Floor mat positioning aid” later in this section.

The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can
extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it
easier to clean the interior. Mats should be
maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if
they become excessively worn.

SAI0050
Front (example)

Floor mat positioning aid
This model includes front floor mat brackets to
act as floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN floor
mats have been specially designed for your
vehicle model. The front floor mats have
grommet holes in them. To install, simply
position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket
through the floor mat grommet hole while
centering the mat in the floorwell.
Periodically check to make certain that the mats
are properly positioned.

SAI0055
Bracket positions

The illustration shows the location of the floor
mat brackets.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Appearance and care 7-5

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (274,1)

CORROSION PROTECTION
SEAT BELTS
The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them
with a sponge dampened in a mild soap
solution. Allow the belts to dry completely in
the shade before using them.
See “SEAT BELTS” in the “1. Safety — Seats,
seat belts and supplemental restraint system”
section.

WARNING
Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in
the retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, or
chemical solvents to clean the seat
belts, since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing.

MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION

Air pollution

The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt
and debris in body panel sections, cavities,
and other areas.

Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the air
in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use will
accelerate the corrosion process. Road salt will
also accelerate the disintegration of paint
surfaces.

Damage to paint and other protective coatings caused by gravel and stone chips or
minor traffic accidents.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM
CORROSION

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION
Moisture
Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the
vehicle body underside can accelerate corrosion. Wet floor coverings will not dry completely
inside the vehicle, and should be removed for
drying to avoid floor panel corrosion.

Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the
vehicle clean.

Always check for minor damage to the paint
and repair it as soon as possible.

Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors
open to avoid water accumulation.

Check the underbody for accumulation of
sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with water
as soon as possible.

Relative humidity
Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high
relative humidity, especially those areas where
the temperatures stay above freezing where
atmospheric pollution exists, or where road salt
is used.

CAUTION
.

NEVER remove dirt, sand or other
debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose.
Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.

Never allow water or other liquids to
come in contact with electronic
components inside the vehicle as

Temperature
A temperature increase will accelerate the rate
of corrosion to those parts which are not well
ventilated.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

7-6

Appearance and care

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (275,1)

this may damage them.
Chemicals used for road surface deicing are
extremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion
and deterioration of underbody components
such as the exhaust system, fuel and brake
lines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.
In winter, the underbody must be cleaned
periodically.
For additional protection against rust and
corrosion, which may be required in some areas,
consult a NISSAN dealer.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Appearance and care 7-7

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (276,1)

MEMO

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

7-8

Appearance and care

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (25,1)

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
Maintenance requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Scheduled maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Where to go for service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Explanation of maintenance items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
MR16DDT engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Engine cooling system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Changing engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid. . . . . . . . 8-11
Brake and clutch (if so equipped) fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Variable voltage control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
Replacing spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windshield wiper blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear window wiper blade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake pad wear warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Key battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keyfob. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intelligent Key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exterior and interior lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8-16
8-16
8-16
8-17
8-18
8-18
8-18
8-18
8-19
8-19
8-20
8-21
8-21
8-22
8-24
8-25
8-26
8-27
8-27
8-31
8-33
8-33
8-34

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (278,1)

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT

GENERAL MAINTENANCE

Your new NISSAN has been designed to have
minimum maintenance requirements with long
service intervals to save you both time and
money. However, some day-to-day and regular
maintenance is essential to maintain your
NISSAN’s fine mechanical condition, as well
as its emission and engine performance.

Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few
general automotive tools.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that
the scheduled maintenance, as well as general
maintenance, is performed.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE

As the vehicle owner, you are the only one who
can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper
maintenance care. You are a vital link in the
maintenance chain.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
For your convenience, both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your “NISSAN Service and
Maintenance Guide”. You must refer to that
guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is
performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals.

These checks or inspections can be done by
yourself, a qualified technician or, if you prefer, a
NISSAN dealer.

If maintenance service is required or your vehicle
appears to malfunction, have the systems
checked and serviced by a NISSAN dealer.

When performing any checks or maintenance
work, see “MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS”
later in this section.

NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialists
and are kept up-to-date with the latest service
information through technical bulletins, service
tips, and in-dealership information systems.
They are completely qualified to work on
NISSAN vehicles before work begins.

EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE
ITEMS

You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer’s
service department performs the best job to
meet the maintenance requirements on your
vehicle — in a reliable and economical way.

The maintenance items listed here should be
performed from time to time, unless otherwise
specified.

GENERAL MAINTENANCE
General maintenance includes those items
which should be checked during normal dayto-day operation. They are essential for proper
vehicle operation. It is your responsibility to
perform these procedures regularly as prescribed.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

8-2

During the normal day-to-day operation of the
vehicle, general maintenance should be performed regularly as prescribed in this section. If
you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations or
smell, be sure to check for the cause or have a
NISSAN dealer do it promptly. In addition, you
should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that
repairs are required.

Additional information on the following
items with “*” is found later in this section.

Outside the vehicle

Doors and engine hood: Check that all doors
and the engine hood operate properly. Also
ensure that all latches lock securely. Lubricate
hinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and links if
necessary. Make sure that the secondary latch
keeps the hood from opening when the primary
latch is released.
When driving in areas using road salt or other
corrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (279,1)

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis.
Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, tail
lights, turn signal lights, and other lights are all
operating properly and installed securely. Also
check headlight aim.

For additional information regarding tires, refer
to “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or
“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checking
the tires, make sure no wheel nuts are missing,
and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten if
necessary.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regular
basis. Check the windshield at least every six
months for cracks or other damage. Have a
damaged windshield repaired by a qualified
repair facility.

Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every
7,500 miles (12,000 km).

Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracks
or wear if they do not wipe properly.

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge often
and always prior to long distance trips. If
necessary, adjust the pressure in all tires,
including the spare, to the pressure specified.
Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessive
wear.

Inside the vehicle

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
transmitter components: Replace the TPMS
transmitter grommet seal, valve core and cap
when the tires are replaced due to wear or age.

The maintenance items listed here should be
checked on a regular basis, such as when
performing scheduled maintenance, cleaning
the vehicle, etc.
Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for
smooth operation and make sure the pedal
does not catch or require uneven effort. Keep
the floor mat away from the pedal.

Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicle
should pull to either side while driving on a
straight and level road, or if you detect uneven or
abnormal tire wear, there may be a need for
wheel alignment.

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth
operation. If the brake pedal suddenly goes
down further than normal, the pedal feels
spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to
stop, see a NISSAN dealer immediately. Keep
the floor mat away from the pedal.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal
highway speeds, wheel balancing may be
needed.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull the
vehicle to one side when applied.

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
P (Park) position mechanism: On a fairly
steep hill, check that the vehicle is held securely
with the selector lever in the P (Park) position
without applying any brakes.
Parking brake: Check the parking brake
operation regularly. The vehicle should be
securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the
parking brake applied. If the parking brake needs
adjusted, see a NISSAN dealer.
Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat belt
system (for example, buckles, anchors, adjusters
and retractors) operate properly and smoothly,
and are installed securely. Check the belt
webbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.
Seats: Check seat position controls such as
seat adjusters, seatback recliners, etc. to ensure
they operate smoothly and that all latches lock
securely in every position. Check that the head
restraints/headrests move up and down
smoothly and that the locks (if so equipped)
hold securely in all latched positions.
Steering wheel: Check for changes in the
steering conditions, such as excessive free play,
hard steering or strange noises.
Warning lights and chimes: Make sure that
all warning lights and chimes are operating
properly.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (280,1)

Windshield defroster: Check that the air
comes out of the defroster outlets properly and
in sufficient quantity when operating the heater
or air conditioner.
Windshield wiper and washer*: Check that
the wipers and washers operate properly and
that the wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and vehicle
The maintenance items listed here should be
checked periodically (for example, each time you
check the engine oil or refuel).
Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell.
It should be between the MAX and MIN lines.
Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under
severe condition require frequent checks of the
battery fluid level.
Brake and clutch fluid level*: Make sure that
the brake and clutch fluid level is between the
MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir.
Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant level
when the engine is cold.
Engine drive belt*: Make sure that the drive
belt is not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.
Engine oil level*: Check the level after parking
the vehicle on a level surface and turning off the
engine. Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to
drain back into the oil pan.

8-4

Exhaust system: Make sure there are no loose
supports, cracks or holes. If the sound of the
exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of
exhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaust
system inspected by a NISSAN dealer. (See
“PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND
DRIVING” in the “5. Starting and driving”
section for exhaust gas (carbon monoxide).)

section.
Windshield washer fluid*: Check that there is
adequate fluid in the reservoir.

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel,
oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has
been parked for a while. Water dripping from the
air conditioner after use is normal. If you should
notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident,
check for the cause and have it corrected
immediately.
Radiator and hoses: Check the front of the
radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,
etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure the
hoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or loose
connections.
Underbody: The underbody is frequently exposed to corrosive substances such as those
used on icy roads or to control dust. It is very
important to remove these substances, otherwise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuel
lines and around the exhaust system. At the end
of winter, the underbody should be thoroughly
flushed with plain water, being careful to clean
those areas where mud and dirt may accumulate. For additional information, see “CLEANING
I
nf
or
ma
t
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:
EXTERIOR” in the
“7.
Appearance
and care”

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (281,1)

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS
When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle, always take care
to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or
damage to the vehicle. The following are general
precautions which should be closely observed.

WARNING
.

Park the vehicle on a level surface,
apply the parking brake securely
and block the wheels to prevent
the vehicle from moving. Move the
selector lever to the P (Park) position or the shift lever to the N
(Neutral) position.

Be sure the ignition switch is in the
OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or
repairs.

If you must work with the engine
running, keep your hands, clothing,
hair and tools away from moving
fans, belts and any other moving
parts.

It is advisable to secure or remove
any loose clothing and remove any
jewelry, such as rings, watches, etc.
before working on your vehicle.

Always wear eye protection when-

ever you work on your vehicle.
.

If you must run the engine in an
enclosed space such as a garage, be
sure there is proper ventilation for
exhaust gases to escape.
Never get under the vehicle while it
is supported only by a jack. If it is
necessary to work under the vehicle,
support it with safety stands.
Keep smoking materials, flame and
sparks away from fuel tank and the
battery.
The fuel filter or fuel lines should be
serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high
pressure even when the engine is
off.

CAUTION
.

Do not work under the hood while
the engine is hot. Turn the engine
off and wait until it cools down.
Avoid direct contact with used engine oil and coolant. Improperly
disposed engine oil, and engine
coolant and/or other vehicle fluids
can damage
the
environment.
AlI
nf
or
mat
i
o
nPr
ovi
d
edby:

ways conform to local regulations
for disposal of vehicle fluid.
.

Never leave the engine or the CVT
related component harnesses disconnected while the ignition switch
is in the ON position.

Never connect or disconnect the
battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is
in the ON position.

Your vehicle is equipped with an
automatic engine cooling fan. It may
come on at any time without warning, even if the ignition key is in the
OFF position and the engine is not
running. To avoid injury, always
disconnect the negative battery
cable before working near the fan.

This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section
gives instructions regarding only those items
which are relatively easy for an owner to perform.
A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also
available. (See “OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICE
MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION” in the “9.
Technical and consumer information” section.)
You should be aware that incomplete or
improper servicing may result in operating
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-5

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (282,1)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK
LOCATIONS
difficulties or excessive emissions, and could
affect your warranty coverage. If in doubt
about any servicing, we recommend that
it be done by a NISSAN dealer.

SDI2639

MR16DDT ENGINE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

8-6

Engine oil filler cap
Radiator filler cap
Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir
Air cleaner
Window washer
fluid
reservoir
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
*:

Engine drive belt location
Engine oil dipstick
Engine coolant reservoir
Fuse/fusible link holder
Battery
for Manual Transmission (MT) models

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (283,1)

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
The engine cooling system is filled at the factory
with Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/
Coolant (blue) to provide year-round anti-freeze
and coolant protection. The anti-freeze solution
contains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Additional
engine cooling system additives are not necessary.

WARNING
.

Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
hot. Wait until the engine and
radiator cool down. Serious burns
could be caused by high pressure
fluid escaping from the radiator.
See precautions in “IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS” in the “6. In case
of emergency” section of this manual.

The radiator is equipped with a
pressure type radiator cap. To prevent engine damage, use only a
genuine NISSAN radiator cap.

If the engine was stopped soon
when the engine is hot, the cooling
fan may operate for approximately
10 minutes after the engine was
stopped to cool the components in
the engine compartment. When the

cooling fan is operating, be sure
that hands or other items do not get
caught in it.

CAUTION
When adding or replacing coolant, be
sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long
Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or
equivalent. Genuine NISSAN Long Life
Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted
to provide antifreeze protection to
−348F (−378C). If additional freeze protection is needed due to weather where
you operate your vehicle, add Genuine
NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant
(blue) concentrate following the directions on the container. If an equivalent
coolant other than Genuine NISSAN
Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is
used, follow the coolant manufacture’s
instructions to maintain minimum antifreeze protection to −348F (−378C). The
use of other types of coolant solutions
other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life
Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent
may damage the engine cooling system.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

SDI2641

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL
Check the coolant level in the reservoir when
the engine is cold. If the coolant level is below
2 , open the reservoir cap and
the MIN level *
1 . If the
add coolant up to the MAX level *
reservoir is empty, check the coolant level in the
radiator when the engine is cold. If there is
insufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiator
with coolant up to the filler opening and also add
1 .
it to the reservoir up to the MAX level *
Tighten the cap securely after adding engine
coolant.
If the cooling system frequently requires
coolant, have it checked by a NISSAN
dealer.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-7

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (284,1)

ENGINE OIL
CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT

cap and pour recommended oil through the
B .
opening. Do not overfill *

Major cooling system repairs should be performed by a NISSAN dealer. The service
procedures can be found in the appropriate
NISSAN Service Manual.

6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.
It is normal to add some oil between oil
maintenance intervals or during the breakin period, depending on the severity of
operating conditions.

Improper servicing can result in reduced
heater performance and engine overheating.

CAUTION

WARNING
.

To avoid the danger of being
scalded, never change the coolant
when the engine is hot.

SDI1993

Oil level should be checked regularly.
Operating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the
engine, and such damage is not covered by the warranty.

Never remove the radiator cap when
the engine is hot. Serious burns
could be caused by high pressure
fluid escaping from the radiator.

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply
the parking brake.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

Avoid direct skin contact with used
coolant. If skin contact is made,
wash thoroughly with soap or hand
cleaner as soon as possible.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operating
temperature.

Change the engine oil and filter according to the
maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service
and Maintenance Guide.

Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of properly.
Check your local regulations.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 10
minutes for the oil to drain back into
the oil pan.
4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.
Reinsert it all the way.
5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oil
C . If the
level. It should be within the range *
A , remove the oil filler
oil level is below *

Vehicle set-up
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply
the parking brake.
2. Run the engine until it reaches the operating
temperature.
3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10
minutes.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

8-8

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (285,1)

1.
2.
3.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using a
suitable floor jack and safety jack stands.
.

Place the safety jack stands under the
vehicle jack-up points.

A suitable adapter should be attached to
the jack stand saddle.

Oil filler cap
Oil drain plug
Oil filter

Engine oil and filter
1. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug.
2. Remove the oil filler cap.
3. Remove the drain plug with a wrench and
completely drain the oil.

CAUTION
Make sure the correct lifting and support points are used to avoid vehicle
damage.

CAUTION
SDI2652

Be careful not to burn yourself, as the
engine oil is hot.
.

Waste oil must be disposed of
properly.

Check your local regulations.

(Perform steps 4 to 7 only when the engine
oil filter change is needed.)
4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench.
Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand.
5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface
with a clean rag.

SDI2651
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-9

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2011/ 1/ 7

Black plate (286,1)

and refill capacity. The drain and refill
capacity depends on the oil temperature
and drain time. Use these specifications for
reference only. Always use the dipstick to
determine the proper amount of oil in the
engine.

CAUTION
Be sure to remove any old gasket
material remaining on the mounting
surface of the engine. Failure to do so
could lead to engine damage.
6. Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean
engine oil.
7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight
resistance is felt, then tighten additionally
more than 2/3 turn.
Oil filter tightening torque:
11 to 15 ft-lb
(14.7 to 20.5 N·m)
8. Clean and re-install the drain plug with a
new washer. Securely tighten the drain plug
with a wrench.
Drain plug tightening torque:
22 to 29 ft-lb
(29 to 39 N·m)
Do not use excessive force.
9. Refill the engine with the recommended oil
through the oil filler opening, and install the
oil filler cap securely.
See “CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED
FUEL/LUBRICANTS” in the “9. Technical
and consumer information” section for drain

10. Start the engine and check for leakage
around the drain plug and the oil filter.
Correct as required.
11. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10
minutes. Check the oil level with the dipstick.
Add engine oil if necessary.

After the operation
1. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground.
2. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.

WARNING
.

Prolonged and repeated contact
with used engine oil may cause skin
cancer.

Try to avoid direct skin contact with
used oil. If skin contact is made,
wash thoroughly with soap or hand
cleaner as soon as possible.

Keep used engine oil out of reach of
children.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

8-10 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2011/ 1/ 7

Black plate (287,1)

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE
TRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID

BRAKE AND CLUTCH (if so
equipped) FLUID

When checking or replacement is required, we
recommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing.

For additional brake and clutch fluid information,
see “CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED
FUEL/LUBRICANTS” in the “9. Technical and
consumer information” section of this manual.

CAUTION
.

Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid
NS-2. Do not mix with other fluids.

Using transmission fluid other than
Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2
will damage the CVT, which is not
covered by the NISSAN new vehicle
limited warranty.

WARNING
.

Use only new fluid from a sealed
container. Old, inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake
and clutch systems. The use of
improper fluids can damage the
brake and clutch systems, and affect
the vehicle’s stopping ability.

Clean the filler cap before removing.

Brake and clutch fluid is poisonous
and should be stored carefully in
marked containers out of the reach
of children.

CAUTION

SDI2655

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid is
2 or the brake warning
below the MIN line *
light comes on, add Genuine NISSAN Super
Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3
1 . If fluid must be
fluid up to the MAX line *
added frequently, the system should be checked
by a NISSAN dealer.

Do not spill the fluid on any painted
surfaces. This will damage the paint. If
fluid is spilled, immediately wash the
surface with water.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-11

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (288,1)

WINDOW WASHER FLUID

BATTERY
conditions require an increased amount of
window washer fluid.
Recommended fluid:
Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

CAUTION
.

SDI2429

To fill the window washer fluid reservoir, lift the
cap and pour the window washer fluid into the
reservoir opening.
Add a washer solvent to the washer for better
cleaning. In the winter season, add a windshield
washer antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’s
instructions for the mixture ratio.
Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodically.
To check the fluid level, use your finger to plug
1 of the cap/tube assembly,
the center hole *
then remove it from the reservoir. If there is no
fluid in the tube, add fluid.
Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving

Do not substitute engine anti-freeze
coolant for window washer solution.
This may result in damage to the
paint.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Keep the battery surface clean and dry.
Clean the battery with a solution of baking
soda and water.

Make certain the terminal connections are
clean and securely tightened.

If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or
longer, disconnect the negative 7 battery
terminal cable to prevent discharging it.

WARNING
.

Do not expose the battery to flames
or electrical sparks. Hydrogen gas
generated by the battery is explosive. Do not allow battery fluid to
contact your skin, eyes, fabrics or
painted surfaces. After touching a
battery or battery cap, do not touch
or rub your eyes. Thoroughly wash
your hands. If the acid contacts your
eyes, skin or clothing, immediately
flush with water for at least 15
minutes and seek medical attention.

Do not operate the vehicle if the
fluid in the battery is low. Low
battery fluid can cause a higher load
on the battery which can generate
heat, reduce battery life, and in
some cases lead to an explosion.

8-12 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (289,1)

When working on or near a battery,
always wear suitable eye protection
and remove all jewelry.

Battery posts, terminals and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds. Wash hands after
handling.

Keep the battery out of the reach of
children.

DI0137MA

Check the fluid level in each cell. It should be
1 and LOWER
between the UPPER LEVEL *
2 lines.
LEVEL *
If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilled
water to bring the level to the indicator in each
filler opening. Do not overfill.

SDI1480C

1. Remove the cell plugs

A .
*

2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL
1 line.
*
If the side of the battery is not clear, check
the distilled water level by looking directly
1 indicates
above the cell; the condition *
2 needs more to be
OK and the condition *
added.
3. Tighten cell plugs

A .
*

Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under
severe conditions require frequent checks of the
battery fluid level.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-13

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (290,1)

VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL
SYSTEM
JUMP STARTING
If jump starting is necessary, see “JUMP
STARTING” in the “6. In case of emergency”
section. If the engine does not start by jump
starting, the battery may have to be replaced.
Contact a NISSAN dealer.

DRIVE BELT

CAUTION
.

Do not ground accessories directly
to the battery terminal. Doing so will
bypass the variable voltage control
system and the vehicle battery may
not charge completely.

Use electrical accessories with the
engine running to avoid discharging
the vehicle battery.

The variable voltage control system measures
the amount of electrical discharge from the
battery and controls voltage generated by the
generator.

SDI1881

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Alternator
Drive belt auto-tensioner
Crankshaft pulley
Air conditioner compressor
Water pump

WARNING
Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF
or LOCK position before servicing drive
belts. The engine could rotate unexpectedly.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

1. Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual
wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. If the belt is
in poor condition or loose, have it replaced

8-14 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (291,1)

SPARK PLUGS
or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer.
2. Have the belt condition checked regularly.

WARNING
Be sure the engine and ignition switch
are off and that the parking brake is
engaged securely.

CAUTION
Be sure to use the correct socket to
remove the spark plugs. An incorrect
socket can damage the spark plugs.
SDI2670

REPLACING SPARK PLUGS
If replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealer
for servicing.

Iridium platinum-tipped spark plugs
It is not necessary to replace the iridium
platinum-tipped spark plugs as frequently as
the conventional type spark plugs since they will
last much longer. Follow the maintenance log
shown in the “NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide”. Do not reuse the iridium platinum-tipped spark plugs by cleaning or
regapping.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Always replace spark plugs with recommended or equivalent ones.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-15

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (292,1)

AIR CLEANER

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES
not only cleans the air, it stops
flame if the engine backfires. If it
is not there, and the engine backfires, you could be burned. Do not
drive with the air cleaner removed,
and be careful when working on the
engine with the air cleaner removed.
.

Never pour fuel into the throttle
body or attempt to start the engine
with the air cleaner removed. Doing
so could result in serious injury.

SDI2667
1 upward
To remove the filter, pull the air duct *
2 , then pull the
to remove it. Pull the tabs *
3 upward.
cover *

CLEANING
If your windshield is not clear after using the
windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters
when running, wax or other material may be on
the blade or windshield.
Clean the outside of the windshield with a
washer solution or a mild detergent. Your
windshield is clean if beads do not form when
rinsing with clear water.
Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth
soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent.
Then rinse the blade with clear water. If your
windshield is still not clear after cleaning the
blades and using the wiper, replace the blades.

CAUTION
Worn windshield wiper blades can
damage the windshield and impair
driver vision.

The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and
reused. Replace it according to the maintenance
shown in the “NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide”. When replacing the filter, wipe
the inside of the air cleaner housing and the
cover with a damp cloth.

WARNING
.

Operating the engine with the air
cleaner removed can cause you or
others to be burned. The air cleaner
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

8-16 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (293,1)

SDI1803

REPLACING
Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.
Before replacing the wiper blades, the wiper
should be in the fully up position to avoid
scratching the engine hood or damaging the
wiper arm. To pull up the wiper arm, see
“WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
SWITCH” in the “2. Instruments and controls”
section.

3. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper
arm until a click sounds.
4. Rotate the wiper blade so that the dimple is
in the groove.

CAUTION
.

After wiper blade replacement, return the wiper arm to its original
position; otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened.

Make sure the wiper blades contact
the glass; otherwise the arm may be
damaged from wind pressure.

1. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield.
A , and
2. Push and hold the release tab *
move the wiper blade down the wiper arm
1 .
*

SDI1865
A .
Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle *
This may cause improper windshield washer
operation. If the nozzle is clogged, remove any
B . Be
objects with a needle or small pin *
careful not to damage the nozzle.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-17

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (294,1)

REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE

BRAKES

Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking or
replacement is required.

If the brakes do not operate properly, have the
brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer.

affect the function or performance of the brake
system.

SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKES

Proper brake inspection intervals should
be followed. For additional information, see the
maintenance log section of your “NISSAN
Service and Maintenance Guide”.

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting
brakes.
The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time the
brake pedal is applied.

WARNING
See a NISSAN dealer for a brake
system check if the brake pedal height
does not return to normal.

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING
The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it
will make a high pitched scraping sound when
the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will
first occur only when the brake pedal is
depressed. After more wear of the brake pad,
the sound will always be heard even if the brake
pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes
checked as soon as possible if the wear warning
sound is heard.
Under some driving or climate conditions,
occasional brake squeak, squeal or other noise
may be heard. Occasional brake noise during
light to moderateInfostops
is
normal
and does not
r
mat
i
onPr
ovi
d
edby:

8-18 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (295,1)

FUSES
3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holder cover by
1
pushing the tab *
and lifting the cover
2 , then the left side
from the right side *
3 .
*
4. Locate the fuse that needs to be replaced.
5. Remove the fuse using the fuse puller
located in the passenger compartment fuse
box.

SDI1754

SDI2654

A , replace it with a new
6. If the fuse is open *
B .
fuse *

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

7. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical
system checked and repaired by a NISSAN
dealer.

CAUTION
Never use a fuse of a higher or lower
amperage rating than that specified on
the fuse box cover. This could damage
the electrical system or cause a fire.

4 also contains the fuses. For
The holder *
checking and/or replacing, see a NISSAN
dealer.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,
check for an open fuse.
1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight
switch are turned off.
2. Open the engine hood.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-19

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (296,1)

SDI2642

Fusible links
If any electrical equipment does not operate and
the fuses are in good condition, check the
1 and *
2 . If any of
fusible links in the holders *
these fusible links are melted, replace only with
genuine NISSAN parts.
For checking and replacing the fusible links in
2 , see a NISSAN dealer.
the holders *

SDI2643

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller

2 .
*

CAUTION
Never use a fuse of a higher or lower
amperage rating than that specified on
the fuse box cover. This could damage
the electrical system or cause a fire.
If any electrical equipment does not operate,
check for an open fuse.
1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight
switch are turned off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

1 .
*

8-20 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (297,1)

KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT

CAUTION
Be careful not to allow children to
swallow the battery and removed parts.

SDI1754
A , replace it with a new
4. If the fuse is open *
B .
fuse *

5. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical
system checked and repaired by a NISSAN
dealer.
SDI2134

KEYFOB
Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows:
1. Remove the screw.
2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the
corner and twist it to separate the upper part
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-21

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (298,1)

from the lower part. Use a cloth to protect
the casing.

may cause undesired operation.

Recommended battery:

Note: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.

CR1620 or equivalent

For Canada:

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Do not touch the internal circuit and
electric terminals as doing so could
cause a malfunction.

Hold the battery by the edges. Holding
the battery across the contact points will
seriously deplete the storage capacity.

Make sure that the + side faces the
bottom of the case.

This device complies with RSS-210 of
Industry Canada. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) this
device may not cause interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.

4. Close the lid securely and install the screw.
5. Operate the buttons to check its operation.
See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistance
for replacement.
FCC Notice:

SDI2451

INTELLIGENT KEY
Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as
follows:
1. Remove the mechanical key from the Intelligent Key.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

8-22 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (299,1)

ence received, including interference that
may cause undesired operation.

2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the
corner and twist it to separate the upper part
from the lower part. Use a cloth to protect
the casing.

Note: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.
Recommended battery:

For Canada:

CR2025 or equivalent
.

Do not touch the internal circuit and
electric terminals as doing so could
cause a malfunction.

Hold the battery by the edges. Holding
the battery across the contact points will
seriously deplete the storage capacity.

Make sure that the + side faces the
bottom of the case.

SDI2452

4. Align the tips of the upper and lower parts
1 , and then push them together *
2 until it
*
is securely closed.
5. Operate the buttons to check its operation.
See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistance
for replacement.
FCC Notice:
For USA:
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interferI
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-23

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (300,1)

LIGHTS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

Map light
Front side marker light
Front fog light (if so equipped)
Headlight (high-beam/low-beam)
Front turn signal light
Front park light
Side turn signal light
High-mounted stop light
Back-up light
Stop light
Rear turn signal/tail/rear side marker light
License plate light
Cargo light

SDI2640
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

8-24 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (301,1)

HEADLIGHTS

Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the
exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. A
temperature difference between the inside and
the outside of the lens causes the fog. This is
not a malfunction. If large drops of water collect
inside the lens, contact a NISSAN dealer.

Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb. When aiming adjustment is necessary, contact a
NISSAN dealer.

Use the same number and wattage as originally
installed as shown in the chart.

Replacing
Halogen headlight model:
The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type which
uses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb.

CAUTION
.

Do not leave the bulb out of the
headlight reflector for a long period
of time. Dust, moisture, smoke, etc.
entering the headlight body may
affect bulb performance.

High pressure halogen gas is sealed
inside the halogen bulb. The bulb
may break if the glass envelope is
scratched or the bulb is dropped.

Only touch the base when handling
the bulb. Never touch the glass
envelope. Touching the glass envelope could significantly affect bulb
life and/or headlight performance.

SDI2687

Disconnect the battery negative cable before
replacing bulbs.
1. Remove the connector.
A and then pull out it.
*
B and then remove the
Remove the cap *
C .
bulb *

2. Turn the holder
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-25

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (302,1)

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS
Item

Wattage (W)

Headlight high/low beams (Halogen)
Front turn signal light*

Bulb No.

65/55

HB5

PY21W

Front fog light (if so equipped)*

Front side marker*

3.8

194

Front park light

WY5W

Side turn signal light*
Rear combination light*

WY5W

stop light

W21W

21/5

W21/5W

back-up
License plate light*

W16W

W5W

Map light

—

LED

—

turn signal/tail/rear side marker light

High-mounted stop light*
Cargo light

*: See a NISSAN dealer for replacement.
NOTE: Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest information about parts.
SDI2306

REMOVE

INSTALL

Replacement procedures

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

All other lights are either type A, B, C, D or E.
When replacing a bulb, first remove the lens
and/or cover.

8-26 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (303,1)

WHEELS AND TIRES
If you have a flat tire, see “FLAT TIRE” in
the “6. In case of emergency” section.

TIRE PRESSURE
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire
pressure of all tires except the spare. When
the low tire pressure warning light is lit, one or
more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is
driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h).
Also, this system may not detect a sudden drop
in tire pressure (for example a flat tire while
driving).

SDI2391
Map light

SDI2653
Cargo light

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

For more details, see “Low tire pressure warning
light” in the “2. Instruments and controls”
section, “TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and driving”
section and “TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM (TPMS)” in the “6. In case of
emergency” section.

Tire inflation pressure
Check the pressure of the tires (including
the spare) often and always prior to long
distance trips. The recommended tire
pressure specifications are shown on the
Tire and Loading Information label under
the “Cold Tire Pressure” heading. The Tire
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-27

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (304,1)

and Loading Information label is affixed to
the driver side center pillar. Tire pressures
should be checked regularly because:
.

Most tires naturally lose air over time.

Tires can lose air suddenly when driven
over potholes or other objects or if the
vehicle strikes a curb while parking.

The tire pressures should be checked
when the tires are cold. The tires are
considered COLD after the vehicle has
been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate
speeds.
Incorrect tire pressure, including under inflation, may adversely affect tire
life and vehicle handling.

WARNING
.
.

Improperly inflated tires can fail
suddenly and cause an accident.
The Gross Vehicle Weight rating
(GVWR) is located on the F.M.V.
S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. The vehicle weight capacity
is indicated on the Tire and
Loading Information label. Do

not load your vehicle beyond
this capacity. Overloading your
vehicle may result in reduced
tire life, unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire failure, or unfavorable handling
characteristics and could also
lead to a serious accident. Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of
other vehicle components.
Before taking a long trip, or
whenever you heavily load your
vehicle, use a tire pressure
gauge to ensure that the tire
pressures are at the specified
level.
For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important
Tire Safety Information” (US) or
“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Information
Booklet.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

8-28 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (305,1)

originally installed on the vehicle at
the factory.
4 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires to
*

this pressure when the tires are cold.
Tires are considered COLD after the
vehicle has been parked for 3 or
more hours, or driven less than 1 mile
(1.6 km) at moderate speeds. The
recommended cold tire inflation is set
by the manufacturer to provide the
best balance of tire wear, vehicle
handling, driveability, tire noise, etc.,
up to the vehicle’s GVWR.

5 Tire
*

size — see “TIRE LABELING”

later in this section.

6 Spare tire size or compact spare tire
*

size (if so equipped)

SDI2503

Tire and Loading Information label
1 Seating capacity: The maximum num*

ber of occupants that can be seated
in the vehicle.

2 Vehicle
*

load limit: See “VEHICLE
LOADING INFORMATION” in the “9.
Technical and consumer information”
section.

3 Original
*

size: The size of the tires
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-29

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (306,1)

tion shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label.
5. Add air to the tire as needed. If too

much air is added, press the core of the
valve stem briefly with the tip of the
gauge stem to release pressure. Recheck the pressure and add or release
air as needed.
6. Install the valve stem cap.
7. Check the pressure of all other tires,

including the spare.
SDI1949

Checking the tire pressure
1. Remove the valve stem cap from the
tire.
2. Press the pressure gauge squarely onto

the valve stem. Do not press too hard or
force the valve stem sideways, or air will
escape. If the hissing sound of air
escaping from the tire is heard while
checking the pressure, reposition the
gauge to eliminate this leakage.
3. Remove the gauge.
4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge

stem and compare it to the specifica-

COLD TIRE
INFLATION
PRESSURE
230 kPa,
33 PSI
(2WD MT
model)
250 kPa,
FRONT
P215/55R17 36 PSI
ORIGINAL
(2WD CVT
93V
TIRE
model)
240 kPa,
34 PSI
(AWD
model)
SIZE

230 kPa,
33 PSI
(2WD MT
model)
250 kPa,
REAR
P215/55R17 36 PSI
ORIGINAL
(2WD CVT
93V
TIRE
model)
240 kPa,
34 PSI
(AWD
model)
T135/80D16
SPARE 101M (2WD) 420 kPa,
TIRE
T135/90D16 60 PSI
102M (AWD)

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

8-30 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (307,1)

5. Two-digit number (16): This number is

the wheel or rim diameter in inches.
6. Two- or three-digit number (94): This

number is the tire’s load index. It is a
measurement of how much weight each
tire can support. You may not find this
information on all tires because it is not
required by law.
7. H: Tire speed rating. You should not

drive the vehicle faster than the tire
speed rating.
SDI1575

SDI1606

Example

TIRE LABELING
Federal law requires tire manufacturers to
place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies
and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire
identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to
identify the tire in case of a recall.

Example

1 Tire
*

size (example: P215/60R16
94H)
1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is designed
for passenger vehicles. (Not all tires
have this information.)
2. Three-digit number (215): This number

gives the width in millimeters of the tire
from sidewall edge to sidewall edge.
3. Two-digit number (60): This number,

known as the aspect ratio, gives the
tire’s ratio of height to width.
4. R: The “R” stands for radial.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-31

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (308,1)

5. Three-digit code: Date of Manufacture
6. Four numbers represent the week and

year the tire was built. For example, the
numbers 3103 means the 31st week of
2003. If these numbers are missing,
then look on the other sidewall of the
tire.
3 Tire ply composition and material
*

SDI1607
Example

2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) for a
*

new tire (example: DOT XX XX XXX
XXXX)
1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Department
of Transportation”. The symbol can be
placed above, below or to the left or
right of the Tire Identification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s identifi-

cation mark
3. Two-digit code: Tire size
4. Three-digit code: Tire type code (Op-

tional)

The number of layers or plies of
rubber-coated fabric in the tire.
Tire manufacturers also must indicate
the materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
4 Maximum
*

permissible inflation pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure.

5 Maximum load rating
*

This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same

load rating as the factory installed
tire.
6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”
*

Indicates whether the tire requires an
inner tube (“tube type”) or not
(“tubeless”).
7 The word “radial”
*

The word “radial” is shown, if the tire
has radial structure.
8 Manufacturer or brand name
*

Manufacturer or brand name is
shown.
Other tire-related terminology:
In addition to the many terms that are
defined throughout this section, Intended
Outboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall that
contains a whitewall, bears white lettering
or bears manufacturer, brand and/or model
name molding that is higher or deeper than
the same molding on the other sidewall of
the tire, or (2) the outward facing sidewall
of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular
side that must always face outward when
mounted on a vehicle.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

8-32 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (309,1)

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING
.

When changing or replacing tires,
be sure all four tires are of the same
type (Example: Summer, All Season
or Snow) and construction. A
NISSAN dealer may be able to help
you with information about tire type,
size, speed rating and availability.
Replacement tires may have a lower
speed rating than the factory
equipped tires, and may not match
the potential maximum vehicle
speed. Never exceed the maximum
speed rating of the tire.

Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could
affect the proper operation of the
TPMS.

For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire
Safety Information” (US) or “Tire
Safety Information” (Canada) in the
Warranty Information Booklet.

All season tires
NISSAN specifies all season tires on some
models to provide good performance all year,
including snowy and icy road conditions. All
Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON
and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) on the tire
sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction
than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas.

Summer tires
NISSAN specifies summer tires on some
models to provide superior performance on dry
roads. Summer tire performance is substantially
reduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not
have the tire traction rating M&S on the tire
sidewall.
If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or
icy conditions, NISSAN recommends the use of
SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four
wheels.

Snow tires
If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select
tires equivalent in size and load rating to the
original equipment tires. If you do not, it can
adversely affect the safety and handling of your
vehicle.
Generally, snow tires will have lower speed
ratings than factory equipped tires and may not
match the potential
I
nf
or
mat
i
omaximum
nPr
ovi
dedby: vehicle speed.

Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the
tire.
If you install snow tires, they must be the same
size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all
four wheels.
For additional traction on icy roads, studded
tires may be used. However, some U.S. states
and Canadian provinces prohibit their use.
Check local, state and provincial laws before
installing studded tires. Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires, on wet or dry
surfaces, may be poorer than that of nonstudded snow tires.

TIRE CHAINS
Use of tire chains may be prohibited according
to location. Check the local laws before installing tire chains. When installing tire chains, make
sure they are the proper size for the tires on your
vehicle and are installed according to the chain
manufacturer’s suggestions. Use only SAE
Class S chains. Class “S” chains are used on
vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance.
Vehicles that can use Class “S” chains are
designed to meet the SAE standard minimum
clearances between the tire and the closest
vehicle suspension or body component required
to accommodate the use of a winter traction
device (tire chains or cables). The minimum
clearances are determined using the factory
equipped tire size. Other types may damage
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-33

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (310,1)

your vehicle. Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to
ensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the tire
chain must be secured or removed to prevent
the possibility of whipping action damage to the
fenders or underbody. If possible, avoid fully
loading your vehicle when using tire chains. In
addition, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise,
your vehicle may be damaged and/or vehicle
handling and performance may be adversely
affected.

Wheel nut tightening torque:
80 ft-lb (108 N·m)
The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to the specification at all times.
It is recommended that wheel nuts be
tightened to the specification at each
tire rotation interval.

WARNING

Tire chains must be installed only on the
front wheels and not on the rear wheels.
Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE
ONLY spare tire.
Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving with
tire chains in such conditions can cause damage
to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to
some overstress.

.
SDI1662

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES
Tire rotation
NISSAN recommends rotating the tires
every 7,500 miles (12,000 km). (See “FLAT
TIRE” in the “6. In case of emergency”
section for tire replacing procedures.)
As soon as possible, tighten the wheel
nuts to the specified torque with a
torque wrench.

After rotating the tires, check
and adjust the tire pressure.
Retighten the wheel nuts when
the vehicle has been driven for
600 miles (1,000 km) (also in
cases of a flat tire, etc.).
Do not include the spare tire or
any other small size spare tire in
the tire rotation.
For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important
Tire Safety Information” (US) or
“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Information
Booklet.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

8-34 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (311,1)

.
SDI1663

1. Wear indicator
2. Wear indicator location mark

Tire wear and damage

WARNING
.

Tires should be periodically inspected for wear, cracking, bulging or objects caught in the
tread. If excessive wear, cracks,
bulging or deep cuts are found,
the tire(s) should be replaced.
The original tires have built-in
tread wear indicators. When

wear indicators are visible, the
tire(s) should be replaced.
Tires degrade with age and use.
Have tires, including the spare,
over 6 years old checked by a
qualified technician, because
some tire damage may not be
obvious. Replace the tires as
necessary to prevent tire failure
and possible personal injury.
Improper service of the spare
tire may result in serious personal injury. If it is necessary to
repair the spare tire, contact a
NISSAN dealer.
For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important
Tire Safety Information” (US) or
“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Information
Booklet.

Replacing wheels and tires
When replacing a tire, use the same size, tread
design, speed rating and load carrying capacity
as originally equipped. (See “SPECIFICATIONS” in the “9. Technical and consumer
information” section for recommended types
and sizes of tiresInfoand
wheels.)
r
mat
i
on
Pr
ovi
dedby:

WARNING
.

The use of tires other than those
recommended or the mixed use of
tires of different brands, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), or
tread patterns can adversely affect
the ride, braking, handling, ground
clearance, body-to-tire clearance,
tire chain clearance, speedometer
calibration, headlight aim and bumper height. Some of these effects
may lead to accidents and could
result in serious personal injury.

If the wheels are changed for any
reason, always replace with wheels
which have the same off-set dimension. Wheels of a different off-set
could cause premature tire wear,
degrade vehicle handling characteristics and/or interference with the
brake discs/drums. Such interference can lead to decreased braking
efficiency and/or early brake pad/
shoe wear. See “WHEELS AND
TIRES” in the “9. Technical and
consumer information” section of
this manual for wheel off-set dimensions.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-35

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (312,1)

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models

CAUTION
.

Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could
affect the proper operation of the
TPMS.
Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has
been repaired. Such wheels or tires
could have structural damage and
could fail without warning.

The use of retread tire is not recommended.

For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire
Safety Information” (US) or “Tire
Safety Information” (Canada) in the
Warranty Information Booklet.

Always use tires of the same size,
brand, construction (bias, biasbelted or radial), and tread pattern
on all four wheels. Failure to do so
may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and
rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may damage the
transmission, transfer case and rear
differential gears.
Only use spare tires specified for
each AWD model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recommended that all four tires be replaced with tires
of the same size, brand, construction and tread
pattern. The tire pressure and wheel alignment
should also be checked and corrected as
necessary. Contact a NISSAN dealer.

Wheel balance

formed with the wheels off the vehicle.
Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle
could lead to mechanical damage.
For additional information regarding tires, refer
to “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or
“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

Care of wheels
See “CLEANING EXTERIOR” in the “7. Appearance and care” section for details about
care of the wheels.

Spare tire
When a spare tire is mounted (TEMPORARY
USE ONLY), the TPMS will not function.
Observe the following precautions if the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used,
otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or
involved in an accident.

WARNING
.

The TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare
tire should be used for emergency
use. It should be replaced with the
standard tire at the first opportunity
to avoid possible tire or differential
damage.

Drive carefully while the TEMPOR-

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling
and tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can
get out of balance. Therefore, they should be
balanced as required.
Wheel balance
service
should be perI
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

8-36 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (313,1)

ARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed. Avoid sharp turns and
abrupt braking while driving.
.

Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure. Always keep the
pressure of the TEMPORARY USE
ONLY spare tire at 60 psi (420 kPa,
4.2 bar).
With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY
spare tire installed do not drive your
vehicle at speeds faster than 50
MPH (80 km/h).

When driving on roads covered with
snow or ice, the TEMPORARY USE
ONLY spare tire should be used on
the rear wheels and original tire
used on the front wheels (drive
wheels). Use tire chains only on
the front (original) tires.

Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE
ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster
rate than the standard tire. Replace
the spare tire as soon as the tread
wear indicators appear.

Do not use the spare tire on other
vehicles.

Do not use more than one spare tire
at the same time.

Do not tow a trailer when the
TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire
is installed.

CAUTION
.

Do not use tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tire
chains will not fit properly and may
cause damage to the vehicle.

Because the TEMPORARY USE
ONLY spare tire is smaller than the
original tire, ground clearance is
reduced. To avoid damage to the
vehicle, do not drive over obstacles.
Also do not drive the vehicle
through an automatic car wash
since it may get caught.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-37

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (314,1)

MEMO

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

8-38 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (28,1)

9 Technical and consumer information
Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Fuel recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Engine oil and oil filter recommendation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant
recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
When traveling or registering your vehicle in
another country. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Vehicle identification number (chassis number). . . . . . 9-9
Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Tire and loading information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Air conditioner specification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Installing front license plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11

Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traction AA, A, B and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature A, B and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emission control system warranty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test. . . . . .
Event Data Recorders (EDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information . . .
In the event of a collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9-12
9-12
9-13
9-15
9-15
9-15
9-16
9-16
9-16
9-16
9-16
9-16
9-17
9-17
9-18
9-19
9-19
9-20
9-20

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (316,1)

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED
FUEL/LUBRICANTS
The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedure
instructed in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.
Capacity (Approximate)

2WD model
AWD model

Fuel

Recommended specifications

US measure

Imp measure

Liter

13-1/4 gal
11-7/8 gal

11 gal
9-7/8 gal

50
45

See “FUEL RECOMMENDATION” later in this section.

Engine oil*1
Drain and refill
With oil filter change

4-3/4 qt

4 qt

4.5

Without oil filter change

4-1/2 qt

3-3/4 qt

4.3

8-5/8 qt
8-3/8 qt
5/8 qt
—
—

7-1/8 qt
7 qt
1/2 qt
—
—

8.1
7.9
0.6
—
—

. Engine oil with API Certification Mark*2
. Viscosity SAE 5W-30

Cooling system
With reservoir

CVT model
MT model

Reservoir
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid
Manual Transmission (MT) gear oil
Differential gear oil

—

Transfer fluid

—

Brake and clutch fluid
Multi-purpose grease
Air conditioning system refrigerant
Air conditioning system lubricants
Window washer fluid
*1:
*2:
*3:
*4:
*5:
*6:

Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in
the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1-1/4 gal

1 gal

4.5

Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent
Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2*3
API GL-4, Viscosity SAE 75W-80
Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or API GL-5, Viscosity
SAE 80W-90*4
Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or API GL-5, Viscosity
SAE 80W-90
Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*5 or equivalent DOT 3
NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)
HFC-134a (R-134a)*6
NISSAN A/C System Oil Type R or exact equivalent
Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

For additional information, see “ENGINE OIL” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section for changing engine oil.
For additional information, see “ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION” later in this section.
Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2. Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2 will damage the CVT, which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle
limited warranty.
For hot climates, viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 328F (08C).
Available in mainland U.S.A. through a NISSAN dealer.
For additional information, see “VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION” later in this section for air conditioner specification label.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

9-2

Technical and consumer information

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2011/ 2/ 21

Black plate (317,1)

FUEL RECOMMENDATION

Gasoline specifications

NISSAN recommends the use of unleaded
premium gasoline with an octane rating of at
least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Research octane number 96).

NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets
the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) specifications where it is available. Many of the
automobile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system
and vehicle performance. Ask your service
station manager if the gasoline meets the
WWFC specifications.

If unleaded premium gasoline is not available,
you may use unleaded regular gasoline with an
octane rating of at least 87 AKI number
(Research octane number 91), but you may
notice a decrease in performance.

CAUTION
.

Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system, and may also
affect warranty coverage.

Under no circumstances should a
leaded gasoline be used, because
this will damage the three-way catalyst.

Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is not designed to run
on E-85 fuel. Using E-85 fuel can
damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the
NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty.

Reformulated gasoline
Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformulated gasolines. These gasolines are specially
designed to reduce vehicle emissions. NISSAN
supports efforts towards cleaner air and suggests that you use reformulated gasoline when
available.

Gasoline containing oxygenates
Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing
oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence.
NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels
of which the oxygenate content and the fuel
compatibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily
determined. If in doubt, ask your service station
manager.
If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please take
the following precautions as the usage of such
fuels may cause vehicle performance problems
and/or fuel system damage.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

The fuel should be unleaded and have
an octane rating no lower than that
recommended for unleaded gasoline.

If an oxygenate-blend, other than
methanol blend is used, it should
contain no more than 10% oxygenate.
(MTBE may, however, be added up to
15%.)

If a methanol blend is used, it should
contain no more than 5% methanol
(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol) . It
should also contain a suitable amount
of appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors. If not properly formulated with appropriate cosolvents and
corrosion inhibitors, such methanol
blends may cause fuel system damage
and/or vehicle performance problems.
At this time, sufficient data is not
available to ensure that all methanol
blends are suitable for use in NISSAN
vehicles.

If any driveability problems such as engine
stalling and difficult hot-starting are experienced
after using oxygenate-blend fuels, immediately
change to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a
low blend of MTBE.
Take care not to spill gasoline during
refueling. Gasoline containing oxygenates
can cause paint damage.
Technical and consumer information 9-3

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (318,1)

E-85 fuel
E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85% fuel
ethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. E-85 can
only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Do
not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. U.S. government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing
pumps to be identified by a small, square,
orange and black label with the common
abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for
that region.

Aftermarket fuel additives
NISSAN does not recommend the use of any
aftermarket fuel additives (for example, fuel
injector cleaner, octane booster, intake valve
deposit removers, etc.) which are sold commercially. Many of these additives intended for gum,
varnish or deposit removal may contain active
solvent or similar ingredients that can be harmful
to the fuel system and engine.

Octane rating tips
Using unleaded gasoline with an octane
rating lower than recommended can cause
persistent, heavy “spark knock”. (Spark
knock is a metallic rapping noise.) If
severe, this can lead to engine damage. If
you detect a persistent heavy spark knock
even when using gasoline of the stated
octane rating, or if you hear steady spark
knock while holding a steady speed on
level roads, have a NISSAN dealer correct

9-4

the condition. Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle, for which
NISSAN is not responsible.
Incorrect ignition timing will result in spark
knock, after-run and/or overheating, which may
cause excessive fuel consumption or engine
damage. If any of the above symptoms are
encountered, have your vehicle checked at a
NISSAN dealer.

U.S. government regulations require
ethanol dispensing pumps to be
identified by a small, square, orange
and black label with the common
abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region.

However, now and then you may notice
light spark knock for a short time while
accelerating or driving up hills. This is not a
cause for concern, because you get the
greatest fuel benefit when there is light
spark knock for a short time under heavy
engine load.

CAUTION
.

Your vehicle is not designed to run
on E-85 fuel. Using E-85 fuel in a
vehicle not specifically designed for
E-85 fuel can damage fuel system
components and is not covered by
the NISSAN new vehicle limited
warranty.

E-85 is a mixture of approximately
85% fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded
gasoline.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Technical and consumer information

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (319,1)

Oil viscosity
The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes
with temperature. Because of this, it is important
to select the engine oil viscosity based on the
temperatures at which the vehicle will be
operated before the next oil change. Choosing
an oil viscosity other than that recommended
could cause serious engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filter

STI0505

1.
2.

API certification mark
API service symbol

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION
Selecting the correct oil
It is essential to choose the correct grade,
quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensure
satisfactory engine life and performance, see
“CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL/
LUBRICANTS” earlier in this section. NISSAN
recommends the use of an energy conserving oil
in order to improve fuel economy.
Select only engine oils that meet the American
Petroleum Institute (API) certification or Interna-

tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval
Committee (ILSAC) certification and SAE viscosity standard. These oils have the API
certification mark on the front of the container.
Oils which do not have the specified quality
label should not be used as they could cause
engine damage.

Oil additives
NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil
additives. The use of an oil additive is not
necessary when the proper oil type is used and
maintenance intervals are followed.
Oil which may contain foreign matter or has
been previously used should not be used.

Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a
high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. When
replacing, use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its
equivalent for the reason described in “Change
intervals”.

Change intervals
The oil and oil filter change intervals for your
engine are based on the use of the specified
quality oils and filters. Using an engine oil and
filter other than the specified quality, or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals
could reduce engine life. Damage to the engine
caused by improper maintenance or use of
incorrect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity is
not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited
warranty.
Your engine was filled with a high quality engine
oil when it was built. You do not have to change
the oil before the first recommended change
interval. Oil and filter change intervals depend

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Technical and consumer information 9-5

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (320,1)

upon how you use your vehicle.
Operation under the following conditions may
require more frequent oil and filter changes.
.

repeated short distance driving at cold
outside temperatures

driving in dusty conditions

extensive idling

stop and go commuting

Refer to the “NISSAN Service and Maintenance
Guide” for the maintenance schedule.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in your
NISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth’s ozone
layer. Although this refrigerant does not affect
the earth’s atmosphere, certain governmental
regulations require the recovery and recycling of
any refrigerant during automotive air conditioning system service. A NISSAN dealer has the
trained technicians and equipment needed to
recover and recycle your air conditioning system
refrigerant.
Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your
air conditioning system.

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RECOMMENDATIONS
The air conditioning system in your
NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the
refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the oil,
NISSAN A/C system oil Type R or the exact
equivalents.

CAUTION
The use of any other refrigerant or oil
will cause severe damage to the air
conditioning system and will require
the replacement of all air conditioner
system components.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

9-6

Technical and consumer information

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (321,1)

SPECIFICATIONS
WHEELS AND TIRES

ENGINE

Road wheel

Model

MR16DDT

Type

Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC

Type

Size

Offset in (mm)

Cylinder arrangement

4-cylinder, in-line

Aluminum

17 6 7J

1.85 (47)

Spare

16 6 4T

1.18 (30)

Type

Size

Pressure PSI
(kPa) [Cold]

Conventional

P215/55R17
93V

33 (230)*1
36 (250)*2
34 (240)*3

Bore 6 Stroke

in (mm)

3.138 6 3.193 (79.7 6 81.1)

Displacement

cu in (cm3)

98.78 (1,618)

Firing order
rpm

Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.)

degree/rpm

Spark plug

Standard

DILKAR7C9H

Spark plug gap (Normal)

in (mm)

0.035 (0.9)

Camshaft operation

Tire

1-3-4-2

Idle speed

No adjustment is necessary.

Timing chain
T135/80D16
101M*1*2

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.
Spare

T135/90D16
102M*3

60 (420)

*1: 2WD MT model
*2: 2WD CVT model
*3: AWD model

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Technical and consumer information 9-7

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (322,1)

WHEN TRAVELING OR
REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN
ANOTHER COUNTRY
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
Overall length

in (mm) 162.8 (4,135)*1
162.4 (4,125)*2

Overall width
Overall height

in (mm) 69.5 (1,765)
in (mm) 61.8 (1,570)

Front tread
Rear tread

in (mm) 60.0 (1,525)
in (mm) 60.0 (1,525)*3
59.3 (1,505)*4
in (mm) 99.6 (2,530)

Wheelbase
Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating
(GVWR)

lb (kg)
See the F.M.V.S.S. or
C.M.V.S.S. certification
label on the driver’s
side center pillar.

Gross Axle
Weight Rating
(GAWR)

*1:
*2:
*3:
*4:

Front

lb (kg)

Rear

lb (kg)

With front license plate bracket
Without front license plate bracket
for 2WD model
for AWD model

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

When planning to travel in another country, you should first find out if the fuel available is
suitable for your vehicle’s engine.
Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low
may cause engine damage. All gasoline vehicles
must be operated with unleaded gasoline.
Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areas
where appropriate fuel is not available.
When transferring the registration of your
vehicle to another country, state, province
or district, it may be necessary to modify the
vehicle to meet local laws and regulations.
The laws and regulations for motor vehicle
emission control and safety standards vary
according to the country, state, province or
district; therefore, vehicle specifications may
differ.
When any vehicle is to be taken into
another country, state, province or district
and registered, its modifications, transportation, and registration are the responsibility of the user. NISSAN is not
responsible for any inconvenience that
may result.

STI0787

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
(VIN) PLATE
The vehicle identification number plate is attached as shown. This number is the identification for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle
registration.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

9-8

Technical and consumer information

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2011/ 2/ 21

Black plate (323,1)

STI0778

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
(chassis number)

STI0785

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER
The number is stamped on the engine as shown.

The vehicle identification number is located as
shown.

STI0814

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION
LABEL
The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certification
label is affixed as shown. This label contains
valuable vehicle information, such as: Gross
Vehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR), Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR), month and year of
manufacture, Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

Remove the cover to access the number.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Technical and consumer information 9-9

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 7/ 29

Black plate (324,1)

STI0774

STI0775

STI0776

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION
LABEL

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION
LABEL

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION
LABEL

The emission control information label is attached to the underside of the hood as shown.

The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label affixed to the pillar as
shown.

The air conditioner specification label is attached to the engine compartment as shown.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

9-10 Technical and consumer information

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (325,1)

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE
Use the following steps to mount the license
plate:
Before mounting the license plate, confirm that
the following parts are enclosed in the plastic
bag.
.

License plate bracket

J-nut 6 2

Screw 6 2

Screw grommet 6 2

1. Park the vehicle on flat, level ground.
A as illustrated.
2. Locate the center position *

Make sure the side end surface of the
license plate bracket is aligned with the
B .
bumper *
3. Mark the center of the holes
tip pen.

C
*

with a felt-

4. Carefully drill the two pilot holes using a
0.39 in (10 mm) drill bit at the marked
locations. (Be sure that the drill only
goes through the bumper fascia.)
5. Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia.

STI0784

6. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into the
grommet hole to add a 908 turn onto the
D .
part *

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Technical and consumer information 9-11

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (326,1)

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION
7. Insert a J-nut into the license plate bracket
before placing the license plate bracket on
the fascia.

WARNING
.

8. Install the license plate bracket with the
screws.
9. Install the license plate with bolts that are
not longer than 0.55 in (14 mm).

It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area inside the vehicle. In a collision, people riding
in these areas are more likely to
be seriously injured or killed.
Do not allow people to ride in
any area of your vehicle that is
not equipped with seats and
seat belts.
Be sure everyone in your vehicle
is in a seat and using a seat belt
properly.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
- maximum total combined weight of the
unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage,
hitch, trailer tongue load and any other
optional equipment. This information is
located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.
label.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) maximum weight (load) limit specified
for the front or rear axle. This information is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.
S.S. label.

GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rating) - The maximum total weight rating
of the vehicle, passengers, cargo, and
trailer.

Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit,
Total load capacity - maximum total
weight limit specified of the load
(passengers and cargo) for the vehicle.
This is the maximum combined weight
of occupants and cargo that can be
loaded into the vehicle. If the vehicle is
used to tow a trailer, the trailer tongue
weight must be included as part of the
cargo load. This information is located
on the Tire and Loading Information
label.

TERMS
It is important to familiarize yourself with the
following terms before loading your vehicle:
.

Curb Weight (actual weight of your
vehicle) - vehicle weight including:
standard and optional equipment,
fluids, emergency tools, and spare tire
assembly. This weight does not include passengers and cargo.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curb
weight plus the combined weight of
r
mat
i
on
Pr
ovi
dedby:
passengersInfoand
cargo.

9-12 Technical and consumer information

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (327,1)

Cargo capacity - permissible weight of
cargo, the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit.

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY
Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle
shown as “The combined weight of occupants and cargo” on the Tire and Loading
Information label. Do not exceed the
number of occupants shown as “Seating
Capacity” on the Tire and Loading Information label.
To get “the combined weight of occupants
and cargo”, add the weight of all occupants, then add the total luggage weight.
Examples are shown in the following
illustration.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Technical and consumer information 9-13

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (328,1)

4. The resulting figure equals the available

amount of cargo and luggage load
capacity. For example, if the XXX
amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will
be five 150 lb. passengers in your
vehicle, the amount of available cargo
and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs) or
(640 − 340 (5 x 70) = 300 kg.)
5. Determine the combined weight of

luggage and cargo being loaded on
the vehicle. That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo and luggage
load capacity calculated in Step 4.
Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirm
that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle.
(See “MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS”
later in this section.)
STI0447

Steps for determining correct load limit
1. Locate the statement “The combined
weight of occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” on
your vehicle’s placard.

2. Determine the combined weight of the

driver and passengers that will be riding
in your vehicle.

Also check tires for proper inflation pressures. See the Tire and Loading Information
label.

3. Subtract the combined weight of the

driver and passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs. InformationProvidedby:

9-14 Technical and consumer information

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (329,1)

TOWING A TRAILER
LOADING TIPS
. The GVW must not exceed GVWR or
GAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./
C.M.V.S.S. certification label.
.

Do not load the front and rear axle to
the GAWR. Doing so will exceed the
GVWR.

WARNING
.

Properly secure all cargo with
ropes or straps to help prevent it
from sliding or shifting. Do not
place cargo higher than the
seatbacks. In a sudden stop or
collision, unsecured cargo could
cause personal injury.
Do not load your vehicle any
heavier than the GVWR or the
maximum front and rear
GAWRs. If you do, parts of your
vehicle can break, tire damage
could occur, or it can change the
way your vehicle handles. This
could result in loss of control
and cause personal injury.
Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and

the tire, but can cause unsafe
vehicle handling and longer
braking distances. This may
cause a premature tire failure,
which could result in a serious
accident and personal injury.
Failures caused by overloading
are not covered by the vehicle’s
warranty.

Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS
Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts
that could affect the balance of your
vehicle. When the vehicle is loaded, drive
to a scale and weigh the front and the rear
wheels separately to determine axle loads.
Individual axle loads should not exceed
either of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings
(GAWR). The total of the axle loads should
not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR). These ratings are given
on the vehicle certification label. If weight
ratings are exceeded, move or remove
items to bring all weights below the ratings.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Technical and consumer information 9-15

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (330,1)

FLAT TOWING

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING

Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the
ground is sometimes called flat towing. This
method is sometimes used when towing a
vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such as a
motor home.

section of this manual.

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION (CVT)
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models:

CAUTION
.

Failure to follow these guidelines
can result in severe transmission
damage.

Whenever flat towing your vehicle,
always tow forward, never backward.

DO NOT tow any Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) vehicle
with all four wheels on the ground
(flat towing). Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts
due to lack of transmission lubrication.

DO NOT tow an All-Wheel Drive
(AWD) vehicle with any of the
wheels on the ground. Doing so
may cause serious and expensive
damage to the powertrain.
For emergency towing procedures
refer to “TOWING YOUR VEHICLE”
in the “6. In case of emergency”

Do not tow an AWD vehicle with any of the
wheels on the ground.
Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models:
To tow a vehicle equipped with a Continuously
Variable Transmission (CVT), an appropriate
vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed
vehicle’s driving wheels. Always follow the dolly
manufacturer’s recommendations when using
their product.

MANUAL TRANSMISSION
.

Always tow with the manual transmission in
Neutral.

Your vehicle speed should never exceed 70
MPH (112 km/h) when flat towing your
vehicle.

After towing 500 miles (805 km), start and
idle the engine with the transmission in
Neutral for two minutes. Failure to idle the
engine after every 500 miles (805 km) of
towing may cause damage to the transmission’s internal parts.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

DOT (Department Of Transportation) Quality
Grades: All passenger car tires must conform to
federal safety requirements in addition to these
grades.
Quality grades can be found where applicable
on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and
maximum section width. For example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

TREADWEAR
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating
based on the wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a specified
government test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one and one-half
(1 1/2) times as well on the government course
as a tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon actual conditions of their
use, however, and may depart significantly from
the norm due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

TRACTION AA, A, B AND C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are
AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the
tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may have poor
traction performance.

9-16 Technical and consumer information

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (331,1)

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
WARRANTY

WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire
is based on straight-ahead braking
traction tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,
or peak traction characteristics.

loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and
possible tire failure.

For US:
.

Emission Defects Warranty

Emissions Performance Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found with
other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your
NISSAN. If you did not receive a Warranty
Information Booklet, or it has become lost, you
may obtain a replacement by writing to:

TEMPERATURE A, B AND C
The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and
C, representing the tire’s resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability to dissipate
heat when tested under controlled conditions on
a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material
of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of
performance which all passenger car tires must
meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent
higher levels of performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum required by law.

Nissan North America, Inc.
Consumer Affairs Department
P.O. Box 685003
Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canada:
Emission Control System Warranty
Details of this warranty may be found with other
vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information
Booklet which comes with your NISSAN. If you
did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet,
or it has become lost, you may obtain a
replacement by writing to:

WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is properly
inflated and not overloaded. Excessive
speed, under-inflation, or excessive

Your NISSAN is covered by the following
emission warranties.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Nissan Canada Inc.
5290 Orbitor Drive
Mississauga, Ontario,
L4W 4Z5
Technical and consumer information 9-17

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (332,1)

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (US
only)
For USA

For Canada

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect
which could cause a crash or could cause
injury or death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying NISSAN.

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect
which could cause a crash or could cause
injury or death, you should immediately
inform Transport Canada in addition to
notifying NISSAN.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it
may open an investigation, and if it finds
that a safety defect exists in a group of
vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or NISSAN.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the
Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street,
SW., Washington, D.C. 20590. You can
also obtain other information about motor
vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
You may notify NISSAN by contacting our
Consumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at
1-800-NISSAN-1.

To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns
please contact our Consumer Information
Centre toll free at 1-800-387-0122

If Transport Canada receives complaints, it
may open an investigation, and if it finds
that a safety defect exists in a group of
vehicles, it may request that NISSAN
conduct a recall campaign. However,
Transport Canada cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your
dealer, or NISSAN.
You may contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division toll
free at 1-800-333-0510. You may also
report safety defects online at:
https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/
PCDB-BDPP/Index.aspx.
Additional information concerning motor
vehicle safety may be obtained from Transport Canada’s Road Safety Information
Centre at 1-800-333-0371 or online at
www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speakers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere
(French speakers).
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

9-18 Technical and consumer information

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (333,1)

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/
MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST
A vehicle equipped with All-Wheel Drive (AWD)
should never be tested using a two wheel
dynamometer (such as the dynamometers used
by some states for emissions testing), or similar
equipment. Make sure you inform test facility
personnel that your vehicle is equipped with
AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer.
Using the wrong test equipment may result in
transmission damage or unexpected vehicle
movement which could result in serious vehicle
damage or personal injury.

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)
“ready”.
Contact a NISSAN dealer to set “ready condition” or to prepare the vehicle for testing.

Due to legal requirements in some states/areas
or provinces, your vehicle may be required to be
in what is called the “ready condition” for an
Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the emission control system.
The vehicle is set to the “ready condition” when
it is driven through certain driving patterns.
Usually, the “ready condition” can be obtained
by ordinary usage of the vehicle.
If a powertrain system component is repaired or
the battery is disconnected, the vehicle may be
reset to a “not ready condition”. Before taking
the I/M test, check the vehicle’s inspection/
maintenance test readiness condition. Place the
ignition switch in the ON position without
starting the engine. If the Malfunction Indicator
Light (MIL) comes on steady for 20 seconds and
then blinks for 10 seconds, the I/M test
condition is “not ready”. If the MIL does not
blink after 20 seconds, the I/M test condition is

This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data
Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is
to record, in certain crash or near crash-like
situations, such as an air bag deployment or
hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in
understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data
related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems
for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds
or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
.

How various systems in your vehicle were
operating;

Whether or not the driver and passenger
safety belts were buckled/fastened;

How far (if at all) the driver was depressing
the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

How fast the vehicle was traveling.

Sounds are not recorded.

These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes
and injuries occur.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle
only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs; no data
are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g. name,
gender, age and crash location) are recorded.
However, other parties, such as law enforceTechnical and consumer information 9-19

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (334,1)

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICE
MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION
ment, could combine the EDR data with the type
of personally identifying data routinely acquired
during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special
equipment is required and access to the vehicle
or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer and NISSAN dealer, other parties,
such as law enforcement, that have the special
equipment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will
only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle
owner or lessee or as otherwise required or
permitted by law.

Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this
model year and prior can be purchased. A
genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best
source of service and repair information for your
vehicle. This manual is the same one used by the
factory trained technicians working at a NISSAN
dealer. Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals can
also be purchased.
In the USA:
For current pricing and availability of genuine
NISSAN Service Manuals contact:
1-800-450-9491
www.nissan-techinfo.com
For current pricing and availability of genuine
NISSAN Owner’s Manuals contact:
1-800-247-5321
In Canada:
To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN
Service Manual or Owner’s Manual for this
model year and prior please contact a NISSAN
dealer. For the phone number and location of a
NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN
Information Center at 1-800-387-0122 and a
bilingual NISSAN representative will assist you.

IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION
Unfortunately, accidents do occur. In this
unlikely event, there is some important informa-

tion you should know.
Many insurance companies routinely authorize
the use of non-genuine collision parts in order to
cut costs, among other reasons.

Insist on the use of Genuine NISSAN
Collision Parts!
If you want your vehicle to be restored using
parts made to NISSAN’s original exacting
specifications — if you want to help it to last
and hold its resale value, the solution is simple.
Tell your insurance agent and your repair
shop to only use Genuine NISSAN Collision Parts. NISSAN does not warrant nonNISSAN parts, nor does NISSAN’s warranty
apply to damage caused by a non-genuine part.
Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protect
your personal safety, preserve your warranty
protection and maintain the resale value of your
vehicle. And if your vehicle was leased, using
Genuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limit
unnecessary excess wear and tear expenses at
the end of your lease.
NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zones
to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate
the windshield of your vehicle in an accident.
Non-genuine (imitation) parts may not provide
such built-in safeguards. Also, non-genuine
parts often show premature wear, rust and
corrosion.

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

9-20 Technical and consumer information

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (335,1)

Why should you take a chance?
In over 40 states, the law says you must be
advised if non-genuine parts are used to repair
your vehicle. And some states have enacted
laws that restrict insurance companies from
authorizing the use of non-genuine collision
parts during the new vehicle warranty. These
laws help protect you, so you can take action to
protect yourself.

It’s your right!
If you should need further information visit us at:
www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers) or
www.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Technical and consumer information 9-21

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (336,1)

MEMO

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

9-22 Technical and consumer information

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (1,1)

10 Index
A
A/C (Air Conditioner) operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
ABS (Anti-lock Braking System). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
Advanced air bag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41
Air bag system
Advanced air bag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41
Front passenger air bag and status light . . . . 1-42
Front-seat mounted side-impact
supplemental air bag system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact
supplemental air bag system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48, 2-15
Air cleaner housing filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
Air conditioner
Air conditioner operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Air conditioner service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Air conditioner specification label . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Air conditioning system refrigerant and
lubricant recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21, 9-6
In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Alarm, How to stop alarm
(see vehicle security system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Alcohol, drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
All-wheel drive (AWD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning light . . . 2-12
Appearance care
Exterior appearance care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Interior appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

Audio operation precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Audio setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Audio system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Steering wheel audio controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Autolight system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Automatic
Air conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Moonroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
AUX (Auxiliary) button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40, 4-44
Average fuel consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
B
Back door (See lift gate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Battery replacement, Intelligent Key . . . . . . . . . . 8-22
Battery replacement, Keyfob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21
Battery saver system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Variable voltage control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31
Brake
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
Brake and clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Parking brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Break-in schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
onPr
ovi
dedby:
Brightness controlInformati
Display ON/OFF button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Bulb check/instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24
C
Cabin air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . 9-2
Car phone or CB radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Cargo cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Cargo floor box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
CD/USB memory care and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31
LATCH system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Precautions on child restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Child safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Chimes, Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Circuit breaker, Fusible link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
Cleaning exterior and interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2, 7-4
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Clock (models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Coat hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Compact Disc (CD) player
(See audio system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36, 4-42
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (2,1)

Control panel buttons — color screen with
navigation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Controls, Steering wheel audio controls . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Coolant
Capacities and recommended
fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Changing engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Corrosion protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Cover, Cargo cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
CVT, Driving with CVT
(Continuously Variable Transmission). . . . . . . . 5-9, 5-16
D
Daytime running light system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35
Defroster switch, Rear window and outside
mirror defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Displaying Climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Door open warning light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Driving
All-wheel drive (AWD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Driving with CVT
(Continuously Variable Transmission). . . . 5-9, 5-16
Driving with manual transmission . . . . . . 5-10, 5-20
Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
E
Economy, Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29

Elapsed time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9, 2-25
Electric power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
Electric power steering warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Emission control system warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-17
Engine
Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Break-in schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Capacities and recommended
fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Changing engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Changing engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Checking engine oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Engine block heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Engine oil and oil filter recommendation . . . . . . . 9-5
Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
If your vehicle overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Event Data Recorders (EDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
F
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Filter
Air cleaner housing filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
Changing engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch) . . . 2-37

Flat tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Flat towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
Floor mat cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Fluid
Brake and clutch fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Capacities and recommended
fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc
(CD) player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33, 4-41
Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Front manual seat adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Front passenger air bag and status light . . . . . . . . 1-42
Front seat, Front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Front-seat active head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Fuel
Capacities and recommended
fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Distance to empty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Fuel octane rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Fuel recommendation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Fuel-filler cap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Fuel-filler door. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
Fusible links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
G
Gas cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

10-2

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (3,1)

Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Odometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Speedometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Glove box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
H
Hands-Free Phone System, Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Head restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Headlights
Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Heater
Engine block heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Heater and air conditioner operation . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Hood release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38
How to use the back button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
How to use the setup button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
I
Ignition switch
(with Intelligent Key system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
(without Intelligent Key system). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Key positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Inside mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Integrated control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19, 5-22
Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Intelligent Key system warning light . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Key operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Key operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
P position selecting warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Remote keyless operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Interior light replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26
Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
iPod® connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
iPod® player operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
ISOFIX child restraint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
J
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
K
Keyless entry
(See remote keyless entry system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
With Intelligent Key system
(See Intelligent Key system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
For Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
L
Labels
Air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
Air conditioner specification label . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . . . 9-9
Tire and Loading information label . . . . 8-29, 9-10
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
LATCH system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
License plate, Installing front license plate. . . . . . . 9-11
Lift gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Light
Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24
Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Headlights bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48
Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24
Warning/indicator lights and audible
reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement . . . 8-26
Loading information
(See vehicle loading information) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
Lock
Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Lift gate lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Power door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Low fuel warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Low tire pressure warning system (See tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

10-3

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (4,1)

M
Maintenance
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Maintenance precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Malfunction indicator light (MIL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Manual air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system). . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Meter
Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Mirror
Inside mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Monitor, Rearview monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Moonroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
N
Navigation setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
New vehicle break-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
O
Odometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Oil
Capacities and recommended
fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Changing engine oil and filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Checking engine oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Outside air temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Overheat, If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order
information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
P
Panic alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8, 3-18
Parking
Brake break-in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Parking brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Parking on hills. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Phone
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System . . . . . . 4-52
Car phone or CB radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Power
Electric power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
Power door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Power outlet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Precautions
Audio operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Braking precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Driving safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Seat belt usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
When starting and driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Push-button ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11, 5-12
R
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Car phone or CB radio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Radio operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
Steering wheel audio controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M)
test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock. . . . . . . . 3-6
Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Rear window and outside mirror defroster
switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . 2-32
Rearview monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
Recorders, Event data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Registering your vehicle in another country. . . . . . . . 9-8
Remote keyless entry function, For Intelligent
Key system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Remote keyless entry system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Reporting safety defects (US only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
Rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Roof, Moonroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
S
Safety
Child seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Reporting safety defects (US only). . . . . . . . . . . 9-18

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

10-4

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (5,1)

Satellite radio operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
Seat adjustment
Front manual seat adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Seat belt(s)
Child safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Infants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Injured persons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Seat belt cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Seat belt hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Seat belts with pretensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Three-point type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Seat(s)
Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Security system, Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . 2-28
Security system
(NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System),
Engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Selector lever
Shift lock release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Servicing air conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Setting climate eco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Shift lock release
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

Shifting
CVT (Continuously Variable
Transmission). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9, 5-16
Manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10, 5-20
Shoulder belt height adjustment, For front
seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
SOURCE select switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36, 9-7
Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
Speedometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Starting
Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Status light, Front passenger air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42
Steering
Electric power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
Steering wheel switch for audio controls . . . . 4-49
Tilting steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Supplemental air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . 1-48, 2-15
Supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
Precautions on supplemental restraint
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
Switch
Audio control steering wheel switch . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Autolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34
Power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Rear window and outside mirror defroster
switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Turn signal switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch . . . 2-38
System setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
T
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Temperature gauge, Engine coolant
temperature gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System),
Engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29
Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Tilt steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Tire pressure, Low tire pressure warning
light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Tires
Flat tire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Low tire pressure warning system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Tire and Loading information label . . . . 8-29, 9-10
Tire chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33
Tire dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27
Tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3, 6-2
Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34
Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33
Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27
Tonneau cover (see cargo cover). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43
Touch screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

10-5

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (6,1)

Towing
Flat towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
Tow truck towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Towing a trailer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
TPMS, Tire pressure warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Traffic setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Transmission
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Driving with CVT
(Continuously Variable Transmission). . . . 5-9, 5-16
Driving with manual transmission . . . . . . 5-10, 5-20
Transmission selector lever lock release . . . . . 5-19
Transmitter (See remote keyless entry system). . . . 3-7
Transmitter, With Intelligent Key system
(See Intelligent Key system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Traveling or registering your vehicle in another
country. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Turn signal switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
U
Underbody cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
USB memory operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
V
Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Variable voltage control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Vehicle
Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

Information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
Loading information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle). . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28
Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch . . . 2-38
Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system . . . . . . 5-37
Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Voice command
(Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System). . . . . . . . . 4-58
W
Warning
Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3, 6-2
Warning/indicator lights and audible
reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Warning labels, Air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . 1-48
Warning light
Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-48, 2-15
Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning
light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
AWD warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Door open warning light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Electric power steering warning light . . . . . . . . 2-13
Intelligent Key system warning light . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Low fuel warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Warranty, Emission control system warranty. . . . . 9-17
Washer switch
Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . 2-32

Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . 2-31
Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Waxing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Weights (See dimensions and weights) . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27
Care of wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Window washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Window(s)
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44
Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
Wiper
Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . 2-32
Rear window wiper blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . 2-31
Wiper blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
X
XM setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

10-6

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (7,1)

MEMO

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

10-7

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

Black plate (2,1)

GAS STATION INFORMATION
FUEL RECOMMENDATION:
NISSAN recommends the use of unleaded
premium gasoline with an octane rating of at
least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Research octane number 96).
If unleaded premium gasoline is not available,
you may use unleaded regular gasoline with an
octane rating of at least 87 AKI number
(Research octane number 91), but you may
notice a decrease in performance.

CAUTION
.

Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control systems, and may also
affect warranty coverage.

Under no circumstances should a
leaded gasoline be used, since this
will damage the three way catalyst.

For additional information, see “CAPACITIES
AND RECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTS”
in the “9. Technical and consumer information”
section.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:
.

Engine oil with API Certification Mark

Viscosity SAE 5W-30

See “CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED
FUEL/LUBRICANTS” in the “9. Technical and
consumer information” section for engine oil and
oil filter recommendation.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES:
The label is typically located on the driver side
center pillar or on the driver’s door. For
additional information, see “WHEELS AND
TIRES” in the “8. Maintenance and do-ityourself” section.

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCEDURES RECOMMENDATION:
During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of
vehicle use, follow the recommendations outlined in the “BREAK-IN SCHEDULE” in the “5.
Starting and driving” section of this Owner’s
Manual. Follow these recommendations for the
future reliability and economy of your new
vehicle.
I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ovi
dedby:

Model "F15-D" EDITED: 2010/ 6/ 24

I
nf
or
mat
i
onPr
ov
i
dedby
:

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : Yes
Author                          : 
Create Date                     : 2010:06:24 05:49:02Z
Keywords                        : nissan;, juke;, 2011;, owner, manual;, owner’s, manual;, pdf;, vehicle, manual
Modify Date                     : 2013:04:23 14:37:57-05:00
Has XFA                         : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 5.0.5 (Windows)
Metadata Date                   : 2013:04:23 14:37:57-05:00
Creator Tool                    : 3B2 Total Publishing System 8.01b/W Unicode
Document ID                     : uuid:0a4d8f35-1b4f-405e-96ad-802a006a1dd2
Instance ID                     : uuid:a28d5f28-68ff-48b9-b560-c6d4df277621
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : 2011 Nissan Juke Owner's Manual
Description                     : Download the 2011 Nissan Juke Owner's Manual at the official Nissan web site.
Creator                         : 
Subject                         : Customer supplied pdf file
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 347

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

2011 Nissan Juke Owner's Manual

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation